WO2006007700A1 - Hepatitis c inhibitor dipeptide analogs - Google Patents

Hepatitis c inhibitor dipeptide analogs Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2006007700A1
WO2006007700A1 PCT/CA2005/001115 CA2005001115W WO2006007700A1 WO 2006007700 A1 WO2006007700 A1 WO 2006007700A1 CA 2005001115 W CA2005001115 W CA 2005001115W WO 2006007700 A1 WO2006007700 A1 WO 2006007700A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
alkyl
independently selected
aryl
het
substituents
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CA2005/001115
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Murray D. Bailey
Punit Bhardwaj
Elise Ghiro
Nathalie Goudreau
Teddy Halmos
Montse Llinas-Brunet
Marc-André Poupart
Jean Rancourt
Original Assignee
Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh
Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma Gmbh & Co Kg
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Family has litigation
First worldwide family litigation filed litigation Critical https://patents.darts-ip.com/?family=35784836&utm_source=google_patent&utm_medium=platform_link&utm_campaign=public_patent_search&patent=WO2006007700(A1) "Global patent litigation dataset” by Darts-ip is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License.
Application filed by Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh, Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma Gmbh & Co Kg filed Critical Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh
Priority to CA2573219A priority Critical patent/CA2573219C/en
Priority to JP2007521757A priority patent/JP4914354B2/en
Priority to EP05763539A priority patent/EP1771453B1/en
Publication of WO2006007700A1 publication Critical patent/WO2006007700A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D413/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D413/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
    • C07D413/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/16—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for liver or gallbladder disorders, e.g. hepatoprotective agents, cholagogues, litholytics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12—Antivirals
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12—Antivirals
    • A61P31/14—Antivirals for RNA viruses
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K5/00—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K5/04—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof containing only normal peptide links
    • C07K5/06—Dipeptides
    • C07K5/06139—Dipeptides with the first amino acid being heterocyclic
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K5/00—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K5/04—Peptides containing up to four amino acids in a fully defined sequence; Derivatives thereof containing only normal peptide links
    • C07K5/06—Dipeptides
    • C07K5/06191—Dipeptides containing heteroatoms different from O, S, or N
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K38/00—Medicinal preparations containing peptides

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to compounds, processes for their synthesis, compositions and methods for the treatment of hepatitis C virus (HCV) infection.
  • HCV hepatitis C virus
  • the present invention provides novel peptide analogs, pharmaceutical compositions containing such analogs and methods for using these analogs in the treatment of HCV infection.
  • Hepatitis C virus is the major etiological agent of post-transfusion and community-acquired non-A non-B hepatitis worldwide. It is estimated that over 200 million people worldwide are infected by the virus. A high percentage of carriers become chronically infected and many progress to chronic liver disease, so-called chronic hepatitis C. This group is in turn at high risk for serious liver disease such as liver cirrhosis, hepatocellular carcinoma and terminal liver disease leading to death.
  • HCV The mechanism by which HCV establishes viral persistence and causes a high rate of chronic liver disease has not been thoroughly elucidated. It is not known how HCV interacts with and evades the host immune system. In addition, the roles of cellular and humoral immune responses in protection against HCV infection and disease have yet to be established. Immunoglobulins have been reported for prophylaxis of transfusion-associated viral hepatitis, however, the Center for Disease Control does not presently recommend immunoglobulin treatment for this purpose. The lack of an effective protective immune response is hampering the development of a vaccine or adequate post-exposure prophylaxis measures, so in the near-term, hopes are firmly pinned on antiviral interventions.
  • Interferon in combination with ribavirin has been approved for the treatment of patients with chronic hepatitis C.
  • side effects caused by IFN such as retinopathy, thyroiditis, acute pancreatitis, depression
  • Pegylated forms of interferons such as PEG-lntron® and Pegasys® can apparently partially address these deleterious side effects but antiviral drugs still remain the avenue of choice for oral treatment of HCV.
  • HCV is an enveloped positive strand RNA virus in the Flaviviridae family.
  • the single strand HCV RNA genome is approximately 9500 nucleotides in length and has a single open reading frame (ORF) encoding a single large polyprotein of about 3000 amino acids. In infected cells, this polyprotein is cleaved at multiple sites by cellular and viral proteases to produce the structural and non-structural (NS) proteins.
  • NS structural and non-structural
  • the generation of mature nonstructural proteins (NS2, NS3, NS4A, NS4B, NS5A, and NS5B) is effected by two viral proteases.
  • the first cleaves at the NS2-NS3 junction (henceforth referred to as NS2/3 protease); the second is a serine protease contained within the N-terminal region of NS3 (NS3 protease) and mediates all the subsequent cleavages downstream of NS3, both in cis, at the NS3-NS4A cleavage site, and in trans, for the remaining NS4A-NS4B, NS4B-NS5A and NS5A-NS5B sites.
  • the NS4A protein appears to serve multiple functions, acting as a cofactor for the NS3 protease and possibly assisting in the membrane localization of NS3 and other viral replicase components.
  • NS3 protease The complex formation of the NS3 protease with NS4A seems necessary to the processing events, enhancing the proteolytic efficiency at all of the sites.
  • the NS3 protein also exhibits nucleoside triphosphatase and RNA helicase activities.
  • NS5B is a RNA-dependent RNA polymerase that is involved in the replication of HCV.
  • a general strategy for the development of antiviral agents is to inactivate virally encoded enzymes that are essential for the replication of the virus.
  • HCV NS3 protease inhibitor BILN 2061 is effective in rapidly reducing viral loads in patients infected with the hepatitis C virus (Gastroenterology (2004) 127(5): 1347-1355), thus providing proof of principle of the clinical antiviral activity of HCV NS3 protease inhibitors.
  • the NS3 protease has been found to potentially have an additional impact by blocking the IFN-mediated cellular antiviral activity in the infected cell (Foy et al., Science (2003) 300: 1145-1148). This lends credence to a hypothesis that the NS3/NS4A protease may represent a dual therapeutic target, the inhibition of which may both block viral replication and restore Interferon response of HCV infected cells.
  • Inhibitors of the HCV NS3 protease have been described in WO 00/09543 (Boehringer Ingelheim), WO 03/064456 (Boehringer Ingelheim), WO 03/064416
  • the present invention now provides novel compounds that are inhibitory to the NS3 protease. Furthermore, compounds being active in cell culture are provided.
  • An advantage of one aspect of the present invention resides in the fact that compounds according to this invention specifically inhibit the NS3 protease and do not show significant inhibitory activity against other serine proteases such as human leukocyte elastase (HLE), porcine pancreatic elastase (PPE), or bovine pancreatic chymotrypsin, or cysteine proteases such as human liver cathepsin B (Cat B).
  • HLE human leukocyte elastase
  • PPE porcine pancreatic elastase
  • Cat B bovine pancreatic chymotrypsin
  • cysteine proteases such as human liver cathepsin B (Cat B).
  • R 1 is (Ci. 6 )alkyl, (C 2 - 6 )alkenyl, or (C 2 . 6 )alkynyl; wherein the (C 1-6 )alkyl, (C 2-6 )alkenyl, and (C 2 - 6 )alkynyl are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with from one to three halogen atoms;
  • R 2 is selected from -NH-R 20 , -O-R 20 , -S-R 20 , -SO-R 20 , -SO 2 -R 20 , -OCH 2 -R 20 , and -CH 2 O-R 20 , wherein
  • R 20 is aryl or Het, the aryl and Het each being optionally substituted with R 200 , wherein
  • R 200 is one to four substituents each independently selected from H, halogen, cyano, (d -6 )alkyl, (C 3-7 )cycloalkyl, aryl-(C 1-6 )alkyl-, aryl, Het, oxo, thioxo, -OR 201 , -SR 201 , -SOR 201 , -SO 2 R 201 , -N(R 202 )R 201 , and -CON(R 202 )R 201 ; wherein each of the alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl and Het is optionally further substituted with R 2000 ;
  • R 201 in each case is independently selected from H, (C 1-6 )alkyl, aryl,
  • R 202 is H or (C 1-6 )alkyl
  • R 2000 is one to three substituents each independently selected from halogen, R 2003 , aryl, Het, -OR 2001 , -SR 2001 , -SOR 2001 , -SO 2 R 2001 , cyano and -N(R 2002 )(R 2001 ), wherein the aryl and Het are each optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from (C 1-6 )alkyl and -O-(C 1-6 )alkyl; R 2001 in each case is independently selected from aryl, aryl-(C 1-6 )alkyl-,
  • R 2002 in each case is independently selected from H and (C 1-6 )alkyl
  • R 2003 in each case is independently selected from (d -8 )alkyl, (C 3-7 )cycloalkyl and wherein the (C 3-7 )cycloalkyl and (C 3-7 )cycloalkyl-(C 1-4 )alkyl- are each optionally substituted with one to three substituents each independently selected from (C 1-3 )alkyl
  • R 2004 in each case is independently selected from H and R 2003 ;
  • R 3 is selected from :
  • R 32 and R 33 wherein R 32 and R 33 are as defined above; and (iv) -C(O)-R 35 , wherein R 35 is selected from (Ci -8 )alkyl, (C 3-7 )cycloalkyl, (C 3 . 7 )cycloalkyl-(C 1-4 )alkyl-, aryl, aryl-(C 1-6 )alkyl-, Het and Het-(Ci- 6 )alkyl, each of which are optionally substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from halo, (C ⁇ alkyl,
  • R 4 is (Ci -6 )alkyl, (C 2 . 6 )alkenyl, (C 3-7 )cycloalkyl, (C 3 . 7 )cycloalkyl-(Ci -6 )alkyl-, aryl, Het, aryl-(C ⁇ )alkyl-, or Het-(C 1-4 )alkyl-; a) the (Ci -6 )alkyl, (C 2 . 6 )alkenyl, aryl, Het, (C 3 .
  • R 42 is selected from H and (C 1-6 )alkyl
  • R 4 is -N(R N2 )(R N1 ), wherein R N1 and R N2 are each independently selected from H, (Ci -6 )alkyl, -O-(Ci- 6 )alkyl, (C 3-7 )cycloalkyl, (C 3 - 7 )cycloalkyl-(C 1-6 )alkyl-, aryl and aryl-(Ci- 6 )alkyl-; wherein the (d ⁇ alkyl, -O-(Ci -6 )alkyl, (C 3-7 )cycloalkyl, (C 3-7 )cycloalkyl-(C 1-6 )alkyl-, aryl and aryl-(Ci_ 6 )alkyl- are each optionally substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from • halogen, (Ci -6 )alkyl, hydroxy, cyano, O-(C 1-6 )alkyl, -NH 2 ,
  • R N2 and R N1 are linked, together with the nitrogen to which they are bonded, to form a 3- to 7-membered monocyclic saturated or unsaturated heterocycle optionally fused to at least one other cycle to form a heteropolycycle, the heterocycle and heteropolycycle each optionally containing from one to three further heteroatoms each independently selected from N, S and O, and being optionally substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from halogen, (Ci.
  • Het as used herein is defined as a 3- to 7-membered heterocycle having 1 to 4 heteroatoms each independently selected from O, N and S, which may be saturated, unsaturated or aromatic, and which is optionally fused to at least one other cycle to form a 4- to 14-membered heteropolycycle having wherever possible 1 to 5 heteroatoms, each independently selected from O, N and S, the heteropolycycle being saturated, unsaturated or aromatic; with the proviso that when n is 1 ; m is
  • R 2 is -O-R 20 , wherein R 20 is Het, wherein the Het is selected from:
  • R 200 is one or two substituents each independently selected from methyl, methoxy, chloro, fluoro, hydroxy, phenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 4-(dimethylamino)phenyl, 4-cyanophenyl, and a group selected from:
  • R 4 is cyclopropyl optionally substituted with propyl, cyclopropylmethyl or phenylmethyl; and R 3 is -COOR 31 ; then R 31 is not 1 ,1-dimethylethyl; or a racemate, diastereoisomer, or optical isomer thereof, including a salt thereof.
  • One aspect of the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising an anti-hepatitis C virally effective amount of a compound of formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier medium or auxiliary agent.
  • the pharmaceutical composition according to this invention additionally comprises a therapeutically effective amount of at least one other antiviral agent.
  • Another important aspect of the invention involves a method of treating or preventing a hepatitis C viral infection in a mammal by administering to the mammal an anti-hepatitis C virally effective amount of a compound of formula (I), a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a composition as described above, alone or in combination with at least one other antiviral agent, administered together or separately.
  • a compound of formula (I) as described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for the treatment or prevention of hepatitis C viral infection in a mammal.
  • a further aspect of the invention provides the use of a compound of formula (I), as described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with at least one other antiviral agent, for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment or prevention of hepatitis C viral infection.
  • Still another aspect of this invention relates to a method of inhibiting the replication of hepatitis C virus by exposing the virus to a hepatitis C viral NS3 protease inhibiting amount of the compound of formula (I) according to this invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • An additional aspect of this invention refers to an article of manufacture comprising a composition effective to treat an HCV infection or to inhibit the NS3 protease of HCV; and packaging material comprising a label which indicates that the composition can be used to treat infection by the hepatitis C virus; wherein the composition comprises a compound of formula (I) according to this invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • a further aspect of this invention is the use of the intermediate azalactone of formula (III) as described hereinbefore in the preparation of an HCV NS3 protease inhibitor peptide analog.
  • Another aspect of this invention is the use of the intermediate azalactone of formula (III) as described hereinbefore in the preparation of an HCV NS3 protease inhibitor of formula (I) as described herein.
  • P2 refers to position 2 from the C-terminal side of the cleavage site, etc..
  • the bond between the P1 and PV residues corresponds to the cleavage site.
  • the PV position corresponds to the first position on the N-terminal side of the cleavage site (see Berger A. & Schechter I., Transactions of the Royal Society London series B257. 249-264 (1970)).
  • these positions are as designated in the following formula:
  • (C 1-n )alkyl as used herein, wherein n is an integer, either alone or in combination with another substituent, means acyclic, straight or branched chain alkyl substituents containing from 1 to n carbon atoms.
  • “(Ci -6 )alkyl” includes, but is not limited to, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, 1-methylethyl (/so-propyl), 1-methylpropyl, 2-methylpropyl, 1,1-dimethylethyl (te/t-butyl), pentyl and hexyl.
  • Me denotes a methyl group
  • Et denotes an ethyl group.
  • (C 2 - n )alkenyl as used herein, wherein n is an integer, either alone or in combination with another radical, is intended to mean an unsaturated, acyclic straight or branched chain radical containing two to n carbon atoms, at least two of which are bonded to each other by a double bond.
  • examples of such radicals include, but are not limited to, ethenyl (vinyl), 1-propenyl, 2-propenyl, and 1-butenyl.
  • (C 2-n )alkenyl is understood to encompass individual stereoisomers where possible, including but not limited to (E) and (Z) isomers, and mixtures thereof.
  • a (C 2-11 ) alkenyl group is substituted, it is understood to be substituted on any carbon atom thereof which would otherwise bear a hydrogen atom, unless specified otherwise.
  • (C 2 . n )alkynyl as used herein, wherein n is an integer, either alone or in combination with another radical, is intended to mean an unsaturated, acyclic straight or branched chain radical containing two to n carbon atoms, at least two of which are bonded to each other by a triple bond.
  • examples of such radicals include, but are not limited to, ethynyl, 1-propynyl, 2-propynyl, and 1-butynyl.
  • (C 3-m )cycloalkyl as used herein, wherein m is an integer, either alone or in combination with another substituent, means a cycloalkyl substituent containing from 3 to m carbon atoms and includes, but is not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl and cycloheptyl.
  • (C 3 . m )cycloalkyl-(C 1-n )alkyl- as used herein, wherein n and m are both integers, means an alkyl radical containing from 1 to n carbon atoms to which a cycloalkyl radical containing from 3 to m carbon atoms is directly linked; including, but not limited to, cyclopropylmethyl, cyclobutylmethyl, cyclopentylmethyl,
  • a (C 3-m )cycloalkyl-(C 1-n )alkyl- group may be substituted on either the cycloalkyl or the alkyl portion thereof, or both.
  • aryl as used herein, either alone or in combination with another radical, means a carbocyclic aromatic monocyclic group containing 6 carbon atoms which may be further fused to a second 5- or 6-membered carbocyclic group which may be aromatic, saturated or unsaturated.
  • Aryl includes, but is not limited to, phenyl, indanyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl and tetrahydronaphthyl.
  • aryl-(C 1-n )alkyl- means an alkyl radical containing from 1 to n carbon atoms, wherein n is an integer, to which an aryl radical is bonded.
  • aryl-(Ci -3 )alkyl- include, but are not limited to, benzyl (phenylmethyl), 1-phenylethyl, 2-phenylethyl and phenylpropyl.
  • an aryl-(Ci -n )alkyl- group may be substituted on either the cycloalkyl or the alkyl portion thereof, or both.
  • Het defines a 3- to 7-membered heterocycle having 1 to 4 heteroatoms each independently selected from O, N and S 1 which may be saturated, unsaturated or aromatic, and which is optionally fused to at least one other cycle to form a 4- to 14-membered heteropolycycle having wherever possible 1 to 5 heteroatoms, each independently selected from O, N and S 1 the heteropolycycle being saturated, unsaturated or aromatic, unless specified otherwise.
  • heteroatom means O, S or N.
  • heterocycle either alone or in combination with another radical, means a monovalent radical derived by removal of a hydrogen from a three- to seven-membered saturated or unsaturated (including aromatic) heterocycle containing from one to four heteroatoms each independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur.
  • heterocycles include, but are not limited to, azetidine, pyrrolidine, furan, tetrahydrofuran, thiazolidine, pyrrole, thiophene, hydantoin, diazepine, 1H-imidazole, isoxazole, thiazole, tetrazole, piperidine, piperazine, homopiperidine, homopiperazine, pyran, tetrahydropyran, 1 ,4-dioxane, 4-morpholine, 4-thiomorpholine, pyridine, pyridine-N-oxide or pyrimidine, or the following heterocycles:
  • heteropolycycle either alone or in combination with another radical, means a heterocycle as defined above fused to one or more other cycle, be it a heterocycle or any other cycle.
  • heteropolycycles include, but are not limited to, indole, benzimidazole, thiazolo[4,5-b]-pyridine, quinoline, isoquinoline, or coumarin, or the following:
  • O-(C 1-n )alkyl or "(C 1-n )alkoxy” as used herein interchangeably, either alone or in combination with another radical, means the radical -O-(Ci -n )alkyl wherein alkyl is as defined above containing from 1 to n carbon atoms, and includes, but is not limited to, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, 1-methylethoxy, butoxy and 1 ,1-dimethylethoxy.
  • the latter radical is known commonly as tert-butoxy.
  • (C 1-6 )alkylthio refers to a sulfur atom further bonded to an alkyl radical as defined above containing from 1 to n carbon atoms.
  • Examples of (C 1-6 )alkylthio include, but are not limited to, methylthio (CH 3 S-), ethylthio (CH 3 CH 2 S-), propylthio (CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 S-),
  • halo or halogen as used herein interchangeably means a halogen substituent selected from fluoro, chloro, bromo or iodo.
  • salt thereof means any acid and/or base addition salt of a compound according to the invention; preferably a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable salt means a salt of a compound of formula (I) which is, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of humans and lower animals without undue toxicity, irritation, allergic response, and the like, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio, generally water or oil-soluble or dispersible, and effective for their intended use.
  • pharmaceutically-acceptable acid addition salts and pharmaceutically-acceptable base addition salts. Lists of suitable salts are found in, e.g., S.M. Birge et al., J. Pharm. Sci., 1977, 66, pp. 1-19.
  • pharmaceutically-acceptable acid addition salt means those salts which retain the biological effectiveness and properties of the free bases and which are not biologically or otherwise undesirable, formed with inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, sulfamic acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like, and organic acids such as acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, adipic acid, ascorbic acid, aspartic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, benzoic acid, butyric acid, camphoric acid, camphorsulfonic acid, cinnamic acid, citric acid, digluconic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, glutamic acid, glycolic acid, glycerophosphoric acid, hemisulfic acid, hexanoic acid, formic acid, fumaric acid, 2-hydroxyethanesulfonic acid (isethionic acid), lactic acid, hydroxymaleic acid, malic acid, malonic acid
  • pharmaceutically-acceptable base addition salt means those salts which retain the biological effectiveness and properties of the free acids and which are not biologically or otherwise undesirable, formed with inorganic bases such as ammonia or hydroxide, carbonate, or bicarbonate of ammonium or a metal cation such as sodium, potassium, lithium, calcium, magnesium, iron, zinc, copper, manganese, aluminum, and the like. Particularly preferred are the ammonium, potassium, sodium, calcium, and magnesium salts.
  • Salts derived from pharmaceutically-acceptable organic nontoxic bases include salts of primary, secondary, and tertiary amines, quaternary amine compounds, substituted amines including naturally occurring substituted amines, cyclic amines and basic ion-exchange resins, such as methylamine, dimethylamine, trimethylamine, ethylamine, diethylamine, triethylamine, isopropylamine, tripropylamine, tributylamine, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, 2-dimethylaminoethanol, 2-diethylaminoethanol, dicyclohexylamine, lysine, arginine, histidine, caffeine, hydrabamine, choline, betaine, ethylenediamine, glucosamine, methylglucamine, theobromine, purines, piperazine, piperidine, N-ethylpiperidine, tetramethylammonium compounds, tetraethylammonium
  • Particularly preferred organic nontoxic bases are isopropylamine, diethylamine, ethanolamine, trimethylamine, dicyclohexylamine, choline, and caffeine.
  • the term "mammal” as it is used herein is meant to encompass humans, as well as non-human mammals which are susceptible to infection by hepatitis C virus including domestic animals, such as cows, pigs, horses, dogs and cats, and non-domestic animals.
  • antiviral agent means an agent (compound or biological) that is effective to inhibit the formation and/or replication of a virus in a mammal. This includes agents that interfere with either host or viral mechanisms necessary for the formation and/or replication of a virus in a mammal. Such agents include but are not limited to another anti-HCV agent, an HIV inhibitor, an HAV inhibitor and an HBV inhibitor. Antiviral agents include, for example, ribavirin, amantadine, VX-497 (merimepodib, Vertex Pharmaceuticals), VX-498 (Vertex Pharmaceuticals), Levovirin, Viramidine, Ceplene (maxamine), XTL-001 and XTL-002 (XTL Biopharmaceuticals).
  • other anti-HCV agent means those agents that are effective for diminishing or preventing the progression of hepatitis C related symptoms of disease.
  • agents can be selected from: immunomodulatory agents, inhibitors of HCV NS3 protease, inhibitors of HCV polymerase or inhibitors of another target in the HCV life cycle.
  • Immunomodulatory agent means those agents (compounds or biologicals) that are effective to enhance or potentiate the immune system response in a mammal.
  • Immunomodulatory agents include, for example, class I interferons (such as ⁇ -, ⁇ -, ⁇ - and omega interferons, tau-interferons, consensus interferons and asialo-interferons), class Il interferons (such as ⁇ -interferons), pegylated interferons and conjugated interferons, including but not limited to interferons conjugated with other proteins including but not limited to human albumin.
  • class I interferons such as ⁇ -, ⁇ -, ⁇ - and omega interferons, tau-interferons, consensus interferons and asialo-interferons
  • class Il interferons such as ⁇ -interferons
  • pegylated interferons and conjugated interferons including but not limited to interferons conjugated with other
  • inhibitor of HCV NS3 protease means an agent (compound or biological) that is effective to inhibit the function of HCV NS3 protease in a mammal.
  • Inhibitors of HCV NS3 protease include, but are not limited to, those compounds described in WO 99/07733, WO 99/07734, WO 00/09558, WO 00/09543, WO 00/59929, WO 03/064416, WO 03/064455, WO 03/064456, WO 2004/037855, WO 2004/101602, WO 2004/101605, WO 2004/103996 and co-pending patent applications 10/945,518, 11/039,698; herein incorporated by reference in their entirety (all by Boehringer Ingelheim), WO 02/060926, WO 03/053349, WO 03/099274, WO 03/099316, WO 2004/032827, WO 2004/043339,
  • inhibitor of HCV polymerase means an agent (compound or biological) that is effective to inhibit the function of an HCV polymerase in a mammal. This includes, but is not limited to, non-nucleoside and nucleoside inhibitors of HCV NS5B polymerase.
  • inhibitors of HCV polymerase include but are not limited to those compounds described in: WO 02/04425 (Boehringer Ingelheim) WO 03/007945 (Boehringer Ingelheim), WO 03/010140 (Boehringer Ingelheim), WO 03/010141 (Boehringer Ingelheim), WO 2004/064925 (Boehringer Ingelheim), WO 2004/065367 (Boehringer Ingelheim), WO 2005/012288 (Genelabs), WO 2004/087714 (IRBM), WO 03/101993 (Neogenesis), WO 03/026587 (BMS), WO 03/000254 (Japan Tobacco), and WO 01/47883 (Japan Tobacco), and the clinical candidates JTK-003 (Japan Tobacco), HCV 086 (ViroPharma/Wyeth), R-803 (Rigel) and NM 283 (Idenix/Novartis).
  • inhibitor of another target in the HCV life cycle means an agent (compound or biological) that is effective to inhibit the formation and/or replication of HCV in a mammal other than by inhibiting the function of the HCV NS3 protease. This includes agents that interfere with either host or HCV viral mechanisms necessary for the formation and/or replication of HCV in a mammal.
  • Inhibitors of another target in the HCV life cycle include, for example, agents that inhibit a target selected from a helicase, a NS2/3 protease and an internal ribosome entry site (IRES) and agents that interfere with the function of other viral targets including but not limited to an NS5A protein.
  • HIV inhibitor means an agents (compound or biological) that is effective to inhibit the formation and/or replication of HIV in a mammal. This includes agents that interfere with either host or viral mechanisms necessary for the formation and/or replication of HIV in a mammal. HIV inhibitors include, for example, nucleoside inhibitors, non-nucleoside inhibitors, protease inhibitors, fusion inhibitors and integrase inhibitors.
  • HAV inhibitor means an agent (compound or biological) that is effective to inhibit the formation and/or replication of HAV in a mammal. This includes agents that interfere with either host or viral mechanisms necessary for the formation and/or replication of HAV in a mammal.
  • HAV inhibitors include Hepatitis A vaccines, for example, Havrix ® (GlaxoSmithKline), VAQT A ® (Merck) and Avaxim ® (Aventis Pasteur).
  • HBV inhibitor means an agent (compound or biological) that is effective to inhibit the formation and/or replication of HBV in a mammal. This includes agents that interfere with either host or viral mechanisms necessary for the formation and/or replication of HBV in a mammal.
  • HBV inhibitors include, for example, agents that inhibit HBV viral DNA polymerase or HBV vaccines.
  • HBV inhibitors include Lamivudine (Epivir-HBV ® ), Adefovir Dipivoxil, Entecavir, FTC (Coviracil ® ), DAPD (DXG), L-FMAU (Clevudine ® ), AM365 (Amrad), Ldt (Telbivudine), monoval-LdC (Valtorcitabine), ACH-126,443 (L-Fd4C) (Achillion), MCC478 (EIi Lilly), Racivir (RCV), Fluoro-L and D nucleosides, Robustaflavone, ICN 2001-3 (ICN), Bam 205 (Novelos), XTL-001 (XTL), Imino-Sugars (Nonyl-DNJ) (Synergy), HepBzyme; and immunomodulator products such as: interferon alpha 2b, HE2000 (Hollis-Eden), Theradigm (Ep
  • class I interferon means an interferon selected from a group of interferons that all bind to receptor type I. This includes both naturally and synthetically produced class I interferons. Examples of class I interferons include ⁇ -, ⁇ -, ⁇ -, ⁇ - interferons, ⁇ -interferons, consensus interferons, asialo-interferons and pegylated forms thereof.
  • class Il interferon as used herein means an interferon selected from a group of interferons that all bind to receptor type II.
  • Examples of class Il interferons include ⁇ -interferons.
  • ⁇ antiviral agents ribavirin and amantadine
  • ⁇ immunomodulatory agents class I interferons, class Il interferons, pegylated interferons and conjugated interferons;
  • ⁇ HCV polymerase inhibitors nucleoside analogs and non-nucleosides
  • ⁇ inhibitor of another target in the HCV life cycle agents that inhibit a target selected from a helicase, a NS2/3 protease and an internal ribosome entry site (IRES) and agents that interfere with the function of other viral targets including but not limited to an NS5A protein;
  • ⁇ HIV inhibitors nucleoside inhibitors, non-nucleoside inhibitors, protease inhibitors, fusion inhibitors and integrase inhibitors; or ⁇ HBV inhibitors: agents that inhibit viral DNA polymerase or is an HBV vaccine.
  • combination therapy is contemplated wherein a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is co-administered with at least one additional agent selected from: an antiviral agent, an immunomodulatory agent, another inhibitor of HCV NS3 protease, an inhibitor of HCV polymerase, an inhibitor of another target in the HCV life cycle, an HIV inhibitor, an HAV inhibitor and an HBV inhibitor.
  • additional agents may be combined with the compounds of this invention to create a single pharmaceutical dosage form. Alternatively these additional agents may be separately administered to the patient as part of a multiple dosage form, for example, using a kit. Such additional agents may be administered to the patient prior to, concurrently with, or following the administration of wherein a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • treatment means the administration of a compound or composition according to the present invention to alleviate or eliminate symptoms of the hepatitis C disease and/or to reduce viral load in a patient.
  • prevention means the administration of a compound or composition according to the present invention post-exposure of the individual to the virus but before the appearance of symptoms of the disease, and/or prior to the detection of the virus in the blood, to prevent the appearance of symptoms of the disease and/or to prevent the virus from reaching detectible levels in the blood.
  • the symbol used to represent a bond to or from a stereogenic centre means that the stereochemistry at that centre is mixed. For example, when the
  • stereogenic centre is a chiral centre, the symbol means that the stereochemistry at that centre is a mixture of (R) and (S).
  • the symbol means that the stereochemistry at that centre is a mixture of (E) and (Z).
  • Preferred compounds of formula (I) of the present invention are those wherein m is 2.
  • preferred compounds of formula (I) are those wherein m is 1.
  • n Preferred compounds of formula (I) are those wherein n is 1.
  • n as set out herein may be combined with any and each individual definition of R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , and m as set out herein.
  • R 1 is (C 2-6 )alkenyl or (C 2-6 )alkyl.
  • R 1 is ethyl or ethenyl.
  • R 1 any and each individual definition of R 1 as set out herein may be combined with any and each individual definition of R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , n, and m as set out herein.
  • the substituent R 1 and the carbonyl preferably take a syn orientation. Therefore, in the case R 1 is ethyl, the asymmetric carbon atoms in the cyclopropyl group take the R, R configuration according to the subformula:
  • the asymmetric carbon atoms in the cyclopropyl group preferably take the RS configuration according to the subformula:
  • the compounds of the present invention have the formula (Ia):
  • m is 2, n is 1 , and R 1 is ethyl or ethenyl, wherein R 2 , R 3 and R 4 are as defined hereinbefore and hereinafter.
  • R 2 is selected from -O-R 20 and -S-R 20 , wherein R 20 is as defined herein.
  • R 2 is -O-R 20
  • R 20 is aryl or Het, wherein the aryl and Het are optionally substituted with R 200 , wherein R 200 is as defined herein.
  • R 2 is -O-R 20 , wherein R 20 is Het, wherein the Het is optionally substituted with R 200 , wherein R 200 is as defined herein.
  • Het preferably is a heterocycle or heteropolycycle, each of which containing at least one nitrogen heteroatom, and the Het is unsubstituted or substituted with R 200 , wherein R 200 is as defined herein.
  • Het is preferably selected from
  • Het is unsubstituted or substituted with R 200 , wherein R 200 is as defined herein.
  • R 2 is -O-R Z0 and R 20 is Het selected from wherein the Het is unsubstituted or substituted with R 200 , wherein R 200 is one to four substituents each independently selected from H, halogen, cyano, (C 1-6 )alkyl, aryl, Het, -OR 201 , -SR 201 , -SOR 201 and -SO 2 R 201 ; wherein (C 1-6 )alkyl, aryl and Het are each optionally further substituted with
  • R 201 is in each case independently selected from (C 1-6 )alkyl optionally further substituted with R 2000 ;
  • R 2000 is in each case independently one to three substituents each independently selected from halogen, R 2003 , aryl, Het, -OR 2001 , -SR 2001 , -SOR 2001 , -SO 2 R 2001 , cyano, and -N(R 2002 )(R 2001 ); wherein the aryl and Het are each optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from (C 1-6 )alkyl and -O-(C 1-6 )alkyl;
  • R 2001 is in each case independently selected from aryl, aryl-(C 1-6 )alkyl-, -C(O)-R 2003 , -C(O)O-R 2003 , -CON(R 2002 XR 2004 ) and R 2004 ;
  • R 2002 is in each case independently selected from H and (C 1-6 )alkyl
  • R 2003 is in each case independently selected from (C 1-8 )alkyl, (C 3-7 )cycloalkyl and wherein the (C 3 . 7 )cycloalkyl and (C 3-7 )cycloalkyl-(C 1-4 )alkyl- are each optionally substituted with one to three substituents each independently selected from (C 1-3 )alkyl;
  • R 2004 is in each case independently selected from H and R 2003 ;
  • Het is in each case independently a 5- 6- or 7-membered monocyclic saturated, unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle containing 1 to 4 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S.
  • R 2OOd is H, aryl, Het, or -OR 201 , wherein Het is a 5- 6- or 7-membered monocyclic saturated, unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle containing 1 to 4 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S and wherein the aryl and Het are each optionally further substituted with R 2000 ;
  • R 200e is H or -OR 201 ;
  • R 200f is H, (C 1-6 )alkyl, halogen, -SR 201 , -SO 2 R 201 , or -OR 201 ; wherein the (C 1-6 )alkyl is optionally further substituted with R 2000 ; wherein R 201 is in each case independently selected from (Ci.
  • R 2000 is in each case independently one to three substituents each independently selected from halogen, (C 3-7 )cycloalkyl, aryl, -OR 2001 , cyano, and
  • R 2001 is in each case independently selected from H, (d ⁇ )alkyl and -COR 2003 ;
  • R 2002 is in each case independently selected from H and (Ci -6 )alkyl;
  • R 2003 is in each case independently selected from (Cv ⁇ )alkyl, (C 3-7 )cycloalkyl and
  • R 2OOd is -OR 201 , wherein R 201 is (C 1-6 )alkyl;
  • R 2OO ⁇ is H or -OR 201 , wherein R 201 is (C 1-6 )alkyl;
  • R 200 Ms (C 1-6 )alkyl, halogen, -OR 201 or -SR 201 , wherein R 201 is (C 1-6 )alkyl.
  • R 2 is selected from:
  • R 2 any and each individual definition of R 2 as set out herein may be combined with any and each individual definition of R 1 , R 3 , R 4 , n and m as set out herein.
  • R 4 is selected from methyl, ethyl, propyl, 1-methylethyl, butyl, 1-methylpropyl, 2-methylpropyl, 1 ,1-dimethylethyl, ethenyl, 1-propenyl, 2-propenyl, cyclopropylmethyl, cyclobutylmethyl, cyclopentylmethyl, cyclohexylmethyl, phenyl, naphthyl, Het, phenylmethyl, naphthylmethyl and Het-methyl; a) each of which optionally being substituted with one to three substituents each independently selected from fluoro and methyl; and b) each of which optionally being substituted with one or two substituents each independently selected from hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, methoxy, phenoxy and trifluoromethoxy; and c) each of which optionally being substituted with a substituent selected from chloro, bromo, cyano,
  • R 4 is phenyl, optionally substituted with halogen.
  • R 4 is selected from cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl; a) each of which optionally being substituted with one, two or three fluoro substituents; and b) each of which optionally being substituted with one or two substituents each independently selected from hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, methoxy and trifluoromethoxy; and c) each of which optionally being substituted with a substituent selected from chloro, bromo, cyano, nitro, -CO-NH 2 , -CO-NHCH 3 , -CO-N(CH 3 ) 2 , -NH 2 , -NH(CH 3 ) and -N(CH 3 J 2 ; and d) each of which being optionally substituted with (d -8 )alkyl, wherein the (Ci -8 )alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from -0-(Ci-6)
  • the group R 4 is selected from methyl, ethyl, 1-methylethyl, propyl, ethenyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, Het and phenyl; wherein Het is selected
  • the Het being optionally substituted with phenoxy; and wherein the phenyl is optionally substituted with halogen; and wherein the cyclopropyl is optionally substituted at the 1-position with methyl, ethyl, propyl or butyl, each of the methyl, ethyl, propyl and butyl being optionally further substituted with phenyl, (C 3-6 )cycloalkyl, (C 2-6 )alkenyl or (C 1-4 )alkoxy.
  • R 4 is cyclopropyl, 1-methylcyclopropyl, 1-ethylcyclopropyl, 1- benzylcyclopropyl, , phenyl, 3-chlorophenyl, 4-chlorophenyl,
  • R 4 is cyclopropyl or 1-methylcyclopropyl.
  • R 4 is -N(R N2 )(R N1 ), wherein R N1 and R N2 are each independently selected from H 1 methyl, ethyl, propyl, 1-methylethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, 1-methylethoxy, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl and phenylmethyl; wherein the methyl, ethyl, propyl, 1-methylethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, 1-methylethoxy, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl and phenylmethyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from halogen, (C-i-Oalkyl, hydroxy, cyano, 0-(C 1-4 )alkyl, -NH 2 , -
  • R 4 is -N(R N2 )(R N1 ), wherein R N1 and R N2 are each independently selected from methyl, ethyl, propyl, 1-methylethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, 1-methylethoxy, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl and phenylmethyl; wherein the methyl, ethyl, propyl, 1-methylethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, 1-methylethoxy, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl and phenylmethyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from halogen, (d.
  • R N2 and R N1 are linked, together with the nitrogen to which they are bonded, to form a 3- 4-, 5- or 6-membered monocyclic saturated or unsaturated heterocycle, optionally containing from one to three further heteroatoms each independently selected from N, S and O, and optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from halogen, (C 1-4 )alkyl, hydroxy, cyano, O-CC ⁇ alkyl, -NH 2 , -NH(C M )alkyl, -N((C 1-4 )alkyl) 2 , -CO-NH 2 , -CO-NH(C M )alkyl, -CO-N((C 1-4 )alkyl) 2 , -COOH, and -COO(C ⁇ )alkyl.
  • R 4 is selected from... , -N(CH 3 )OCH 3 and -N(CHa) 2 .
  • R 4 is -N(CH 3 ) 2 .
  • R 4 is selected from methyl, ethyl, propyl, 1-methylethyl, butyl, 1-methylpropyl, 2-methylpropyl, 1,1-dimethylethyl, ethenyl, 1-propenyl, 2-propenyl, cyclopropylmethyl, cyclobutylmethyl, cyclopentylmethyl, cyclohexylmethyl, phenyl, naphthyl, Het, phenylmethyl, naphthylmethyl and Het-methyl; a) each of which optionally being substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from fluoro and methyl; and b) each of which optionally being substituted with one or two substituents each independently selected from hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, methoxy, phenoxy and trifluoromethoxy; and c) each of which optionally being substituted with a substituent selected from chloro, bromo, CF 3 , cyano, nitro
  • Het is selected from thienyl, furyl, thiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, indolizinyl, isoindolyl, 3H-indolyl, indolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, tetrahydrothienyl, tetrahydrofuryl, thiadiazolyl, isoxazolyl, benzothienyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, and or R 4 is selected from cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl; a) each of which optional
  • Het is selected from N and , the Het being optionally substituted with phenoxy; and wherein the phenyl is optionally substituted with halogen; and wherein the cyclopropyl is optionally substituted at the 1 -position with methyl, ethyl, propyl or butyl, each of the methyl, ethyl, propyl and butyl being optionally further substituted with phenyl, (C 3-6 )cycloalkyl, (C 2-6 )alkenyl or (C 1-4 )alkoxy.
  • R 4 is cyclopropyl, 1-methylcyclopropyl, 1-ethylcyclopropyl, 1-
  • R is cyclopropyl, 1-methylcyclopropyl or -N(CH 3 J 2 .
  • R 4 any and each individual definition of R 4 as set out herein may be combined with any and each individual definition of R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , n and m as set out herein.
  • R 3 is -C(O)OR 31 , wherein R 31 is as defined herein; with the proviso that when n is 1 ; m is 2; R 1 is ethyl or ethenyl; and R 2 is -O-R 20 , wherein R 20 is Het, wherein the Het is selected from: wherein the Het is optionally substituted with R 200 , wherein R 200 is one or two substituents each independently selected from methyl, methoxy, chloro, fluoro, hydroxy, phenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 4-(dimethylamino)phenyl, 4-cyanophenyl, and a group selected from:
  • R 4 is cyclopropyl optionally substituted with propyl, cyclopropylmethyl or phenylmethyl; then R 31 is not 1 ,1-dimethylethyl.
  • R 3 is -C(O)OR 31
  • R 31 is (d -6 )alkyl optionally substituted with one to three halogen substituents; with the proviso that when n is 1 ; m is 2; R 1 is ethyl or ethenyl; and R 2 is -O-R 20 , wherein R 20 is Het, wherein the Het is selected from:
  • Het is optionally substituted with R 200 , wherein R 200 is one or two substituents each independently selected from methyl, methoxy, chloro, fluoro, hydroxy, phenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 4-(dimethylamino)phenyl, 4-cyanophenyl, and a group selected from:
  • R is cyclopropyl optionally substituted with propyl, cyclopropylmethyl or phenylmethyl; then R 31 is not 1 ,1-dimethylethyl.
  • R 31 is selected from methyl, ethyl, propyl, 1-methylethyl, butyl, 1- methylpropyl, 2-methylpropyl and 1 ,1-dimethylethyl, each of which being optionally substituted with one to three substituents each independently selected from fluoro, chloro and bromo; with the proviso that when n is 1 ; m is 2; R 1 is ethyl or ethenyl; and
  • R 2 is -O-R 20 , wherein R 20 is Het, wherein the Het is selected from:
  • Het is optionally substituted with R 200 , wherein R 200 is one or two substituents each independently selected from methyl, methoxy, chloro, fluoro, hydroxy, phenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 4-(dimethylamino)phenyl, 4-cyanophenyl, and a group selected from:
  • R 4 is cyclopropyl optionally substituted with propyl, cyclopropylmethyl or phenylmethyl; then R 31 is not 1,1-dimethylethyl.
  • R 31 is selected from methyl, ethyl, 1-methylethyl and 2,2,2-trichloro- 1,1-dimethylethyl.
  • R 3 is -C(O)NR 32 R 33 , wherein R 32 and R 33 are as defined herein.
  • R 32 and R 33 are each independently selected from H, (C 1-6 )alkyl, and Het, wherein Het is a 5- or 6-membered saturated, unsaturated or aromatic monocyclic heterocycle containing one to three heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S.
  • R 32 is H and R 33 is selected from methyl, ethyl, propyl, 1- methylethyl, butyl, 1-methylpropyl, 2-methylpropyl, 1 ,1-dimethylethyl and Het, wherein Het is selected from furyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl and pyridyl.
  • R 32 is H and R 33 is selected from ethyl, 1-methylethyl,
  • R 3 is SO V R 34 , wherein v and R 34 are as defined herein.
  • v is 2 and R 34 is as defined herein.
  • v is 2 and R 34 is selected from (C 1-6 )alkyl and NR 32 R 33 , where R 32 and
  • R 33 are each independently selected from H and (Ci -6 )alkyl.
  • v is 2 and R 34 is selected from methyl, ethyl, propyl, 1- methylethyl, butyl, 1-methylpropyl, 2-methylpropyl, 1,1-dimethylethyl and NR 32 R 33 , where R 32 and R 33 are each independently selected from H, methyl and ethyl.
  • v is 2 and R 34 is ethyl, propyl or N(CH 3 ) 2 .
  • R 3 is -C(O)-R 35 , wherein R 3S is as defined herein.
  • R 35 is selected from:
  • 1 -ethyl propyl 1 ,1-dimethylpropyl, 1,2-dimethylpropyl, 2,2-dimethylpropyl, hexyl, 2,2-dimethylbutyl, 1 -ethyl- 1-methylpropyl or 2-ethyl-2-methylbutyl, each of which being optionally substituted with one to three substituents each independently selected from fluoro, chloro, bromo, hydroxyl, methoxy, ethoxy, methylthio, ethylthio, -SOCH 3 , -SOCH 2 CH 3 , -SO 2 CH 3 , -SO 2 CH 2 CH 3 ,
  • R 36 is selected from (C 1-8 )alkyl, (C 3-7 )cycloalkyl-(C 1 ⁇ )alkyl- phenyl-(C 1-6 )alkyl- and Het-(Ci -6 )alkyl-, each of which being optionally substituted with hydroxyl.
  • R 35 is (C 1-6 )alkyl optionally substituted with hydroxyl.
  • R 3 ⁇ is .
  • R 3 is selected from:
  • R 31 is (C 1-6 )alkyl optionally substituted with one to three halogen substituents; with the proviso that when n is 1 ; m is 2; R 1 is ethyl or ethenyl; and R 2 is -O-R 20 , wherein R 20 is Het, wherein the Het is selected from:
  • Het is optionally substituted with R 200 , wherein R 200 is one or two substituents each independently selected from methyl, methoxy, chloro, fluoro, hydroxy, phenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 4- (dimethylamino)phenyl, 4-cyanophenyl, and a group selected from:
  • R 4 is cyclopropyl optionally substituted with propyl, cyclopropylmethyl or phenylmethyl; then R 31 is not 1 ,1-dimethylethyl; (ii) -C(O)NR 32 R 33 , wherein R 32 and R 33 are each independently selected from H,
  • (Ci-s)alkyl, and Het wherein Het is a 5- or 6-membered saturated, unsaturated or aromatic monocyclic heterocycle containing one to three heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S; (iii) SO V R 34 , wherein v is 2 and R 34 is selected from (C 1-6 )alkyl and NR 32 R 33 , where
  • R 32 and R 33 are each independently selected from H and (C 1-6 )alkyl; and (iv) -C(O)-R 35 wherein R 35 is selected from: (a) (C 1-8 )alkyl optionally substituted with one to three substituents each independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, -O-(C 1-6 )alkyl, -S-(C 1-6 )alkyl, -SO-(Ci -6 )alkyl, -SO 2 -(C 1-6 )alkyl, -O-phenyl, -S-phenyl, -SO-phenyl and -SO 2 -phenyl, wherein the phenyl portion of the -O-phenyl, -S-phenyl, -SO-phenyl and -SO 2 -phenyl are each optionally substituted with one to five halo substituents;
  • R 3 is selected from:
  • R 31 is selected from methyl, ethyl, propyl, 1-methylethyl, butyl, 1-methylpropyl, 2-methylpropyl and 1 ,1-dimethylethyl, each of which being optionally substituted with one to three substituents each independently selected from fluoro, chloro and bromo; with the proviso that when n is 1 ; m is 2; R 1 is ethyl or ethenyl; and R 2 is -O-R 20 , wherein R 20 is Het, wherein the Het is selected from:
  • Het is optionally substituted with R 200 , wherein R 200 is one or two substituents each independently selected from methyl, methoxy, chloro, fluoro, hydroxy, phenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 4- (dimethylamino)phenyl, 4-cyanophenyl, and a group selected from:
  • R 4 is cyclopropyl optionally substituted with propyl, cyclopropylmethyl or phenylmethyl; then R 31 is not 1 ,1-dimethylethyl;
  • R 33 are each independently selected from H, methyl and ethyl; and (iv) -C(O)-R 35 wherein R 35 is selected from:
  • R 3 is selected from:
  • R 3 any and each individual definition of R 3 as set out herein may be combined with any and each individual definition of R 1 , R 2 , R 4 , n and m as set out herein.
  • R 2 is selected from -NH-R 20 , -O-R 20 , -S-R 20 , -SO-R 20 , -SO 2 -R 20 , -OCH 2 -R 20 , and -CH 2 O-R 20 , wherein R 20 is aryl or Het, wherein the aryl and Het are optionally substituted with R 200 , wherein
  • R 200 is one to four substituents each independently selected from H, halogen, cyano, (Ci -6 )alkyl, (C 3-7 )cycloalkyl, aryl-(Ci -6 )alkyl-, aryl, Het, oxo, thioxo, -OR 201 , -SR 201 , -SOR 201 , -SO 2 R 201 , -N(R 202 )R 201 , and -CON(R 202 )R 201 ; wherein each of the alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl and Het is optionally further substituted with R 2000 ;
  • R 201 in each case is independently selected from H, (d ⁇ alkyl, aryl, (C 2 . 4 )alkenyl, (C 2 - 4 )alkynyl, -CO-(C 1-6 )alkyl and -CO-O-(C 1-6 )alkyl, wherein each of the alkyl and aryl is optionally further substituted with
  • R 202 is H or (Ci- ⁇ )alkyl
  • R 2000 is one to three substituents each independently selected from halogen, R 2003 , aryl, Het, -OR 2001 , -SR 2001 , -SOR 2001 , -SO 2 R 2001 , cyano and
  • R 2001 in each case is independently selected from aryl, aryl-(Ci -6 )alkyl-, -C(O)-R 2003 , -C(O)O-R 2003 , -CON(R 2002 XR 2004 ) and R 2004 ;
  • R 2002 in each case is independently selected from H and (Ci -6 )alkyl;
  • R 2003 in each case is independently selected from (Ci. 8 )alkyl, (C 3-7 )cycloalkyl or (C 3 - 7 )cycloalkyl-(C 1-4 )alkyl-, wherein the (C 3-7 )cycloalkyl and (C 3 . 7 )cycloalkyl-(Ci. 4 )alkyl- are optionally substituted with one to three substituents each independently selected from (C ⁇ alkyl; and
  • R 2004 in each case is independently selected from H or R 2003 ;
  • R 3 is selected from:
  • R 35 is selected from (C 1-6 )alkyl, (d ⁇ cycloalkyl, (C 3 . 7 )cycloalkyl-(Ci. 4 )alkyl-, aryl and aryl-(C 1-6 )alkyl-, each of which are optionally substituted at one to three substitutable positions with one or more substituents each independently selected from halo, (C 1-6 )alkyl, (C 3 .
  • R 4 is (Ci -6 )alkyl, (C 2-6 )alkenyl, (C 3-7 )cycloalkyl, (C 3-7 )cycloalkyl-(Ci- 6 )alkyl-, aryl, Het, aryl-(C 1-4 )alkyl-, or Het-(C 1-4 )alkyl-; a) the (C 1-6 )alkyl, (C 2-6 )alkenyl, aryl, Het, (C 3-7 )cycloalkyl-(C 1-6 )alkyl-, aryl-(C 1-4 )alkyl-, and Het-(Ci_ 4 )alkyl- optionally being substituted with nitro or substituted with one to three substituents each independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, cyano, (C — 4 )alkyl- optionally being substituted with nitro or substituted with one to three substituents each independently selected from halogen,
  • R 42 is selected from H and (C 1-6 )alkyl; or R 4 is -N(R N2 )(R N1 ), wherein R N1 and R N2 are each independently selected from
  • R N2 and R N1 are linked, together with the nitrogen to which they are bonded, to form a 3- to 7-membered monocyclic saturated or unsaturated heterocycle optionally fused to at least one other cycle to form a heteropolycycle, the heterocycle and heteropolycycle optionally containing from one to three further heteroatoms each independently selected from N, S and O, and being optionally substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from halogen, (Ci -6 )alkyl, hydroxy, cyano, O-(C 1-6 )alkyl, -NH 2 , -NH(C 1 ⁇ aIlCyI 1 -N((C 1-4 )alkyl) 2 , -CO-NH 2 , -CO-NH(C 1-4 )alkyl, -CO-N((Ci- 4 )alkyl) 2 , -COOH, and -COO(C ⁇ )alkyl; wherein Het as used herein is defined as a
  • R 200 is one or two substituents each independently selected from methyl, methoxy, chloro, fluoro, hydroxy, phenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 4-(dimethylamino)phenyl, 4-cyanophenyl, and a group selected from:
  • R 4 is cyclopropyl optionally substituted with propyl, cyclopropylmethyl or phenylmethyl;
  • R 3 Js -COOR 31 then R 31 is not 1 ,1-dimethylethyl; or a racemate, diastereoisomer, or optical isomer thereof, including a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • a preferred embodiment of the present invention provides compounds of formula (I) wherein: m is 2; n is 1 ;
  • R 1 is (C 2 . 6 )alkenyl or (C 2-6 )alkyl; R 2 is -O-R 20 and R 20 is Het selected from
  • Het is unsubstituted or substituted with R 200 , wherein R 200 is one to four substituents each independently selected from H, halogen, cyano, (C 1-6 )alkyl, aryl, Het, -OR 201 , -SR 201 , -SOR 201 and -SO 2 R 201 ; wherein (C ⁇ alkyl, aryl and Het are each optionally further substituted with R 2000 ; R 201 is in each case independently selected from (d -6 )alkyl optionally further substituted with R 2000 ;
  • R 2000 is in each case independently one to three substituents each independently selected from halogen, R 2003 , aryl, Het, -OR 2001 , -SR 2001 ,
  • R 2001 is in each case independently selected from aryl, aryl-(C 1-6 )alkyl-, -C(O)-R 2003 , -C(O)O-R 2003 , -CON(R 2002 XR 2004 ) and R 2004 ;
  • R 2002 is in each case independently selected from H and (C 1-6 )alkyl
  • R 2003 is in each case independently selected from (Ci -8 )alkyl, (C 3 . 7 )cycloalkyl and (C 3-7 )cycloalkyl-(Ci -4 )alkyl-, wherein the (C 3-7 )cycloalkyl and (C 3 . 7 )cycloalkyl-(C 1-4 )alkyl- are each optionally substituted with one to three substituents each independently selected from (C 1-3 )alkyl;
  • R 2004 is in each case independently selected from H and R 2003 ; and Het is in each case independently a 5- 6- or 7-membered monocyclic saturated, unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle containing 1 to 4 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S.
  • R 3 is selected from:
  • R 32 and R 33 are each independently selected from H, (C 1-6 )alkyl, and Het, wherein Het is a 5- or 6-membered saturated, unsaturated or aromatic monocyclic heterocycle containing one to three heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S;
  • R 35 is selected from: (a) (Ci. 8 )alkyl optionally substituted with one to three substituents each independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, -0-(Ci- 6 )alkyl, -S-(Ci -6 )alkyl, -SO-(C 1-6 )alkyl, -SO 2 -(C 1-6 )alkyl, -O-phenyl, -S-phenyl, -SO-phenyl and -SO 2 -phenyl, wherein the phenyl portion of the -O-phenyl, -S-phenyl, -SO-phenyl and -SO 2 -phenyl are each optionally substituted with one to five halo substituents;
  • R 4 is selected from methyl, ethyl, propyl, 1-methylethyl, butyl, 1-methylpropyl, 2-methylpropyl, 1,1-dimethylethyl, ethenyl, 1-propenyl, 2-propenyl, cyclopropylmethyl, cyclobutylmethyl, cyclopentylmethyl, cyclohexylmethyl, phenyl, naphthyl, Het, phenylmethyl, naphthylmethyl and Het-methyl; a) each of which optionally being substituted with one to three substituents each independently selected from fluoro and methyl; and b) each of which optionally being substituted with one or two substituents each independently selected from hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, methoxy, phenoxy and trifluoromethoxy; and c) each of which optionally being substituted with a substituent selected from chloro, bromo, CF 3 , cyano, nitro, -CO-
  • morpholinyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, and or R 4 is selected from cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl; a) each of which optionally being substituted with one to three fluoro substituents; and b) each of which optionally being substituted with one or two substituents each independently selected from hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, methoxy and trifluoromethoxy; and c) each of which optionally being substituted with a substituent selected from chloro, bromo, cyano, nitro, -CO-NH 2 , -CO-NHCH 3 , -CO-N(CH 3 ) 2 , -NH 2 , -NH(CH 3 ) and -N(CH 3 ) 2 ; and d) each of which being optionally substituted with (C 1-8 )alkyl, wherein the
  • (C 1-8 )alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from -O-(C 1-6 )alkyl, hydroxy, halogen, (C 2 . 10 )alkenyl, (C 2- io)alkynyl, (C 3-7 )cycloalkyl, (C 4-7 )cycloalkenyl, aryl, aryloxy, and wherein each of the aryl and aryloxy is optionally substituted with (C 1-6 )alkyl; or R 4 is -N(R N2 )(R N1 ), wherein R N1 and R N2 are each independently selected from H, methyl, ethyl, propyl, 1-methylethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, 1- methylethoxy, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl and phenylmethyl; wherein the
  • R N2 and R N1 are linked, together with the nitrogen to which they are bonded, to form a 3- A-, 5- or 6-membered monocyclic saturated or unsaturated heterocycle, optionally containing from one to three further heteroatoms each independently selected from N, S and O, and optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from halogen, (C 1-4 )alkyl, hydroxy, cyano, O-(C 1-4 )alkyl, -NH 2 , -NH(C 1-4 )alkyl, -N((C 1-4 )alkyl) 2 , -CO-NH 2 , -CO-NH(C 1-4 )alkyl, -CO-N((C 1-4 )alkyl) 2 , -COOH, and -COO(C 1-4 )alkyl; with the proviso that when R 1
  • Het is optionally substituted with R 200 , wherein R 200 is one or two substituents each independently selected from methyl, methoxy, chloro, fluoro, hydroxy, phenyl, 4-methoxy phenyl, 4-(dimethylamino)phenyl, 4-cyanophenyl, and a group selected from:
  • R 4 is cyclopropyl optionally substituted with propyl, cyclopropylmethyl or phenylmethyl;
  • R 3 Js -COOR 31 ; then R 31 is not 1 ,1-dimethylethyl.
  • a more preferred embodiment of the present invention provides compounds of formula (I) wherein: n is 1; m is 2; R 1 is ethyl or ethenyl;
  • R 2 is -O-R 20 wherein R 20 is Het of the formula
  • R 200d is H, aryl, Het, or -OR 201 , wherein Het is a 5- 6- or 7-membered monocyclic saturated, unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle containing 1 to 4 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S and wherein the aryl and Het are each optionally further substituted with
  • R 200 ⁇ is H or -OR 201 ; and R 200f is H, (C 1-6 )alkyl, halogen, -SR 201 , -SO 2 R 201 , or -OR 201 ; wherein the
  • (C 1-6 )alkyl is optionally further substituted with R 2000 ; wherein R 201 is in each case independently selected from (C 1-6 )alkyl optionally further substituted with R 2000 ;
  • R 2000 is in each case independently one to three substituents each independently selected from halogen, (C 3 . 7 )cycloalkyl, aryl, -OR 2001 , cyano, and -N(R 2002 )(R 2001 );
  • R 2001 is in each case independently selected from H, (C 1-6 )alkyl and -COR 2003 ;
  • R 2002 is in each case independently selected from H and (C 1-6 )alkyl;
  • R 2003 is in each case independently selected from (Ci -8 )alkyl, (C 3-7 )cycloalkyl and (Cs ⁇ cycloalkyKd- ⁇ alkyl-;
  • R 3 is selected from :
  • R 31 is selected from methyl, ethyl, propyl, 1-methylethyl, butyl, 1-methylpropyl, 2-methylpropyl and 1 ,1-dimethylethyl, each of which being optionally substituted with one ⁇ to three substituents each independently selected from fluoro, chloro and bromo;
  • R 32 is H and R 33 is selected from methyl, ethyl, propyl, 1-methylethyl, butyl, 1-methylpropyl, 2-methylpropyl, 1 ,1-dimethylethyl and Het, wherein Het is selected from furyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl and pyridyl;
  • -S-phenyl, -SO-phenyl and -SO 2 -phenyl are each optionally substituted with one to five halo substituents;
  • R 4 is selected from methyl, ethyl, 1-methylethyl, propyl, ethenyl, cyclopropyl,
  • Het is selected from X N) and , the Het being optionally substituted with phenoxy; and wherein the phenyl is optionally substituted with halogen; and wherein the cyclopropyl is optionally substituted at the 1-position with methyl, ethyl, propyl or butyl, each of the methyl, ethyl, propyl and butyl being optionally further substituted with phenyl, (C 3-6 )cycloalkyl, (C 2- 6)alkenyl or (C 1-4 )alkoxy; with the proviso that when R 1 is ethyl or ethenyl; and
  • R 2 is -O-R 20 , wherein R 20 is Het, wherein the Het is selected from:
  • the Het is optionally substituted with R 200 , wherein R 200 is one or two substituents each independently selected from methyl, methoxy, chloro, fluoro, hydroxy, phenyl, 4-methoxy phenyl, 4-(dimethylamino)phenyl, 4-cyanophenyl, and a group selected from: R 4 is cyclopropyl optionally substituted with propyl, cyclopropylmethyl or phenylmethyl; and R 3 is -COOR 31 ; then R 31 is not 1 ,1-dimethylethyl.
  • Examples of preferred compounds according to this invention are each single compound contained in Tables 1 and 2.
  • composition comprising an anti-hepatitis C virally effective amount of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or ester thereof, and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier medium or auxiliary agent.
  • the pharmaceutical composition according to this invention further comprises a therapeutically effective amount of at least one other antiviral agent.
  • the pharmaceutical composition of this invention may additionally comprise at least one other anti-HCV agent.
  • anti-HCV agents include, but are not limited to, ⁇ - (alpha), ⁇ - (beta), ⁇ - (delta), ⁇ - (gamma), ⁇ - (omega) and tau-interferon, pegylated ⁇ -interferon, ribavirin and amantadine.
  • the pharmaceutical composition of this invention may additionally comprise at least one other inhibitor of HCV NS3 protease.
  • the pharmaceutical composition of this invention may additionally comprise at least one inhibitor of HCV polymerase.
  • the pharmaceutical composition of this invention may additionally comprise at least one inhibitor of other targets in the HCV life cycle, including but not limited to, an agent that inhibits a target selected from a helicase, an NS2/3 protease and an internal ribosome entry site (IRES) and an agent that interferes with the function of an NS5A protein.
  • at least one inhibitor of other targets in the HCV life cycle including but not limited to, an agent that inhibits a target selected from a helicase, an NS2/3 protease and an internal ribosome entry site (IRES) and an agent that interferes with the function of an NS5A protein.
  • the pharmaceutical composition of this invention may be administered orally, parenterally or via an implanted reservoir. Oral administration or administration by injection is preferred.
  • the pharmaceutical composition of this invention may contain any conventional non-toxic pharmaceutically-acceptable carriers, adjuvants or vehicles.
  • the pH of the formulation may be adjusted with pharmaceutically acceptable acids, bases or buffers to enhance the stability of the formulated compound or its delivery form.
  • parenteral as used herein includes subcutaneous, intracutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, intra-articular, intrasynovial, intrasternal, intrathecal, and intralesional injection or infusion techniques.
  • the pharmaceutical composition may be in the form of a sterile injectable preparation, for example, as a sterile injectable aqueous or oleaginous suspension.
  • This suspension may be formulated according to techniques known in the art using suitable dispersing or wetting agents (such as, for example Tween 80) and suspending agents.
  • the pharmaceutical composition of this invention may be orally administered in any orally acceptable dosage form including, but not limited to, capsules, tablets, and aqueous suspensions and solutions.
  • carriers which are commonly used include lactose and corn starch.
  • Lubricating agents such as magnesium stearate, are also typically added.
  • useful diluents include lactose and dried corn starch.
  • aqueous suspensions are administered orally, the active ingredient is combined with emulsifying and suspending agents. If desired, certain sweetening and/or flavoring and/or coloring agents may be added.
  • Dosage levels of between about 0.001 and about 100 mg/kg body weight per day, preferably between about 0.01 and about 50 mg/kg body weight per day of the protease inhibitor compound described herein are useful in a monotherapy for the prevention and treatment of HCV mediated disease.
  • the pharmaceutical composition of this invention will be administered from about 1 to about 5 times per day or alternatively, as a continuous infusion. Such administration can be used as a chronic or acute therapy.
  • the amount of active ingredient that may be combined with the carrier materials to produce a single dosage form will vary depending upon the host treated and the particular mode of administration.
  • a typical preparation will contain from about 5% to about 95% active compound (w/w).
  • such preparations contain from about 20% to about 80% active compound.
  • composition of this invention comprises a combination of a compound of formula I 1 including a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and one or more additional therapeutic or prophylactic agent
  • both the compound and the additional agent should be present at dosage levels of between about 10 to 100%, and more preferably between about 10 and 80% of the dosage normally administered in a monotherapy regimen.
  • these compounds or their pharmaceutically acceptable salts are formulated together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, the resulting composition may be administered in vivo to mammals, such as man, to inhibit HCV NS3 protease or to treat or prevent HCV virus infection. Such treatment may also be achieved using a compound of this invention in combination with another antiviral agent.
  • Preferred other antiviral agents are described within the Definitions section and the section of preferred pharmaceutical compositions according to this invention and include, but are not limited to: ⁇ -, ⁇ -, ⁇ -, ⁇ -, ⁇ -and tau-interferon, ribavirin, amantadine; other inhibitors of HCV NS3 protease; inhibitors of HCV polymerase; inhibitors of other targets in the HCV life cycle, which include but are not limited to, agents that inhibit a target selected from a helicase, an NS2/3 protease and an internal ribosome entry site (IRES) and agents that interfere with the function of an NS5A protein; and combinations thereof.
  • the additional agents may be combined with compounds of this invention to create a single dosage form. Alternatively these additional agents may be separately administered to a mammal as part of a multiple dosage form.
  • another embodiment of this invention provides a method of inhibiting HCV NS3 protease activity in a mammal by administering a compound of the formula (I), including a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • this method is useful in decreasing the NS3 protease activity of the hepatitis C virus infecting a mammal.
  • combination therapy is contemplated wherein a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is co-administered with at least one additional antiviral agent.
  • additional antiviral agents are described hereinbefore and examples of such agents are provided in the Definitions section.
  • These additional agents may be combined with the compounds of this invention to create a single pharmaceutical dosage form. Alternatively these additional agents may be separately administered to the patient as part of a multiple dosage form, for example, using a kit. Such additional agents may be administered to the patient prior to, concurrently with, or following the administration of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, set forth herein may also be used as a laboratory reagent.
  • a compound of this invention may also be used to treat or prevent viral contamination of materials and therefore reduce the risk of viral infection of laboratory or medical personnel or patients who come in contact with such materials (e.g. blood, tissue, surgical instruments and garments, laboratory instruments and garments, and blood collection apparatuses and materials).
  • materials e.g. blood, tissue, surgical instruments and garments, laboratory instruments and garments, and blood collection apparatuses and materials.
  • a compound of formula (I), including a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, set forth herein may also be used as a research reagent.
  • a compound of formula (I), including a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, may also be used as positive control to validate surrogate cell-based assays or in vitro or in vivo viral replication assays.
  • step a) reacting an azalactone of formula (III): (III) wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , and n are as defined herein, with the amide anion of formula (Ha).
  • the strong base referred to in step a) is well known to one skilled in the art and includes, but is not limited to, an alkyllithium reagent (including, but not limited to, butyllithium, tert-butyllithium and the like) and the alkali metal salt of a secondary amine or silyl analog thereof (including, but not limited to, lithium hexamethyldisilazide, sodium hexamethyldisilazide, potassium hexamethyldisilazide, lithium diisopropylamide, lithium N-isopropylcyclohexylamide, lithium tetramethylpiperidide, potassium diisopropylamide, and the like).
  • an alkyllithium reagent including, but not limited to,
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and n are as defined herein.
  • a further aspect of this invention is the use of the intermediate azalactone of formula (III) as described hereinbefore in the preparation of an HCV NS3 protease inhibitor peptide analog.
  • the compounds of the present invention are synthesized according to a general process wherein the P2, P1 , and P1' fragments can be linked by well known peptide coupling techniques.
  • the P2, P1 , and P1' fragments may be linked together in any order as long as the final compound corresponds to compounds of formula (I), wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , m, n and Z are as defined herein.
  • This process is illustrated in Scheme I (wherein CPG is a carboxyl protecting group, APG is an amino protecting group and LG is a group that may be displaced during the coupling reaction attaching R 3 to the P2 unit).
  • the P2 fragment is generally formed by attaching the R 2 moiety to the proline fragment using methodology as described in the examples below. This attachment may take place at any stage in this synthetic scheme, i.e., when P2 is an isolated fragment or when it has already been coupled to P1 or P1-P1'. In cases where the R 2 moiety is to be added at an intermediate stage after coupling to the P1 and/or P1-P1' fragments, the P2 fragment shown above is replaced with a suitable precursor fragment for the purposes of this scheme.
  • peptides are elongated by deprotecting the ⁇ -amino group of the N-terminal residue and coupling the unprotected carboxyl group of the next suitably N-protected amino acid through a peptide linkage using well known methods. This deprotection and coupling procedure is repeated until the desired sequence is obtained.
  • This coupling can be performed with the constituent amino acid fragments in stepwise fashion or by solid phase peptide synthesis according to the method originally described in Merrifield, J. Am. Chem. So ⁇ , (1963), 85, 2149-2154.
  • Coupling between two amino acids, an amino acid and a peptide, or two peptide fragments can be carried out using standard coupling procedures such as the azide method, mixed carbonic-carboxylic acid anhydride (isobutyl chloroformate) method, carbodiimide (dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, diisopropylcarbodiimide, or water-soluble carbodiimide) method, active ester (p-nitrophenyl ester, N-hydroxysuccinic imido ester) method, Woodward reagent K-method, carbonyldiimidazole method, phosphorus reagents or oxidation-reduction methods. Some of these methods (especially the carbodiimide method) can be enhanced by adding 1-hydroxybenzotriazole. These coupling reactions can be performed in either solution (liquid phase) or solid phase.
  • the coupling step involves the dehydrative coupling of a free carboxyl of one reactant with the free amino group of the other reactant in the presence of a coupling agent to form a linking amide bond.
  • a coupling agent to form a linking amide bond.
  • suitable coupling agents are N,N'-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, 1-hydroxybenzotriazole in the presence of N,N'-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide or N-ethyl-N'-[(3-dimethylamino)propyl]carbodiimide.
  • a practical and useful coupling agent is the commercially available (benzotriazol-i-yloxy)tris-(dimethylamino)- phosphonium hexafluorophosphate, either by itself or in the presence of 1-hydroxybenzotriazole.
  • Another practical and useful coupling agent is commercially available 2-(1H-benzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N',N'-tetramethyluronium tetrafluoroborate. Still another practical and useful coupling agent is commercially available O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N',N'-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate.
  • the coupling reaction is conducted in an inert solvent, e.g. dichloromethane, acetonitrile or dimethylformamide.
  • An excess of a tertiary amine e.g. diisopropylethylamine, N-methylmorpholine or N-methylpyrrolidine, is added to maintain the reaction mixture at a pH of about 8.
  • the reaction temperature usually ranges between 0 c C and 5O 0 C and the reaction time usually ranges between 15 min and 24 h.
  • the C-terminal carboxylic acid is attached to an insoluble carrier (usually polystyrene).
  • insoluble carriers usually contain a group that will react with the carboxylic group to form a bond that is stable to the elongation conditions but readily cleaved later. Examples of which are: chloro- or bromomethyl resin, hydroxymethyl resin, trityl resin and 2-methoxy- 4-alkoxy-benzylalcohol resin.
  • Bn benzyl; Boc: tert-butyloxycarbonyl (Me 3 C-O-C(O)); brosyl: p-bromobenzenesulfonyl;
  • CDI N,N'-Carbonyldiimidazole
  • DBU 1 ,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene
  • DCC 1 ,3-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide
  • DCM dichloromethane
  • DIPEA diisopropylethylamine
  • EDTA ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid
  • HATU [0-7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-1,1 ,3,3-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate];
  • HOAt 1-hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole
  • HPLC high performance liquid chromatography
  • IBCF /so-butyl chloroformate
  • LAH lithium aluminum hydride
  • LHMDS lithium hexamethyldisilazide
  • NaHMDS sodium hexamethyldisilazide
  • NMO N-methylmorpholine-N-oxide
  • NMP N-methylpyrrolidone
  • Pr propyl
  • t R retention time
  • TBAF tetra- ⁇ -butylammonium fluoride
  • TBDMSCI tert-butyldimethylsilyl chloride
  • TBTU 2-(1H-benzotriazole-1-yl)-1 ,1 ,3,3-tetramethyluronium tetrafluoroborate
  • TEA triethylamine
  • TFA trifluoroacetic acid
  • TPAP tetra-/?-propylammonium perruthenate
  • Tris/HCI tris(hydroxymethyl)aminomethane hydrochloride
  • Ts tosyl (p-methylbenzenesulfonyl)
  • P2 moieties of compounds of formula (I) can be prepared using the protocols outlined in WO 00/59929, WO 00/09543, WO 03/064456 and WO 03/064416.
  • R 2 moieties of compounds of formula 1 are either commercially available, have been described previously in the literature or are synthesized according to methods provided in the examples below. General methods for the synthesis of some of these fragments are described in WO 00/59929, WO 00/09543, WO 03/064456 and WO 03/064416 and more specific and pertinent examples are provided below.
  • P2 aniline moieties are commercially available or may require some well known chemical transformation.
  • the nitro derivative may be commercially available and is then converted to the corresponding amine by using a reducing agent.
  • carboxylic acid when commercially available, it can be transformed into the corresponding amine via a Curtius rearrangement.
  • Step A 2-Amino-3-nitrophenol 1b1 (5 g; 32.4 mmol) was dissolved in H 2 O (29.5 mL) and 1,4-dioxane (14.7 mL). The mixture was heated to reflux and hydrobromic acid (48%; 16.7 mL; 147 mmol) was added dropwise over a period of 20 min. Upon completion of the addition, the reflux was maintained an additional 15 min. The reaction was cooled to 0°C (ice bath), and sodium nitrite (2.23 g; 32.3 mmol) in H 2 O (20 mL) was added over a period of 30 min. The stirring was continued for 15 min.
  • Step B The nitrophenol starting material 1b2 (3.1 g; 14.2 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (20 mL) and to the solution was added ground cesium carbonate (5.58 g; 17.1 mmol) followed by MeI (2.6 mL; 42.5 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight.
  • Step A 2-Amino-3-nitrophenol 1b1 (5 g; 32.4 mmol) was dissolved in concentrated HCI (75 ml_) and 1 ,4-dioxane (14.7 ml_). The mixture was heated to 7O 0 C until most of the solids were in solution. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0 0 C (ice bath), and sodium nitrite (2.23 g; 32.3 mmol) in H 2 O (5.4 ml_) was added over a period of 3 hours to the brown solution. The temperature was maintained below 1O 0 C during the addition and the stirring was continued for an additional 15 min. at 0°C.
  • This diazonium intermediate was poured into a solution of Cu(I)CI (3.8 g; 38.9 mmol) in H 2 O (18.5 ml_) and cone. HCI (18.5 mL) at 0 0 C. The reaction was stirred for 15 min. at 0 0 C, warmed to 60 0 C, and stirred for an additional 15 min. The reaction mixture was then brought to room temperature, and left to stir overnight. The reaction mixture was transferred to a separatory funnel and extracted with ether (3 X 150 mL). The organic layers were combined, washed with brine (1 X), dried (Na 2 SO 4 ), filtered and concentrated to afford the crude product (5.83 g) as a red-brown oil.
  • Step B The nitrophenol starting material 1c1 (1.3 g; 7.49 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (10 mL) and to this solution was added ground cesium carbonate (2.92 g; 8.96 mmol), followed by MeI (1.4 mL; 22.5 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The DMF was evaporated in vacuo and the residue taken up in ether (150 mL), washed with water (150 mL), brine (4 X 100 mL), and then dried over (MgSO 4 ). The organic phase was filtered and evaporated to afford the crude 2- chloro-3-nitroanisole 1c2 (98%; 1.38 g) as an orange solid.
  • Step C 2-Chloro-3-nitroanisole 1c2 (1.38 g; 7.36 mmol) was dissolved in a mixture of glacial acetic acid (19 mL)/ethanol (19 mL). To this solution was added iron powder (1.64 g; 29.4 mmol). The mixture was stirred at reflux for 3.5 hr and worked up. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (70 ml_), neutralized with solid Na 2 CO 3 and the product extracted with CH 2 CI 2 (3 X 150 mL). The extracts were combined and washed with sat.
  • a suitably functionalized cyanoester is condensed with the corresponding alcohol using a fully saturated HCI/Et 2 O solution [Neilson, in Patai, "The Chemistry of Amidines and Imidates.” pp. 385-489, Wiley, NY, 1975.].
  • the resulting imidate salt is then subsequently condensed with an appropriately substituted aniline to form the aniline derived imidate.
  • Thermal cyclization affords the corresponding 2-alkoxy substituted 4-hydroxyquinolines 1d.
  • R 200c of the ⁇ -ketoester moiety is an alkyl group and wherein R 200a and R 200b are each independently selected from R 200 wherein R 200 is as defined herein can be prepared according to the following scheme:
  • appropriately substituted ⁇ -ketoesters are condensed with substituted anilines and subsequently thermally cyclized to afford the corresponding 2-alkyl substituted hydroxyquinolines 1e.
  • step A when the initial condensation reaction with the aniline (step A) is performed with the corresponding methyl ketone, a methyl group is incorporated in the 2-position of the resulting hydroxyquinoline.
  • condensation of diethyl malonate under basic conditions with a suitably functionalized isothiocyanate produces the malonate adduct as a salt.
  • an alkylating reagent e.g. EtI
  • an alkylating reagent e.g. EtI
  • thermal cyclization of this mixture gives the 3-ethyl carboxylate which is saponified and decarboxylated to produce the desired 2-alkylthio substituted hydroxyquinolines 1f.
  • utilization of EtI in the alkylation step results in the formation of the 2-ethylthio analog.
  • Step A To ethyl cyanoacetate 1g1 (23 g, 0.203 mol) was added absolute ethanol (10 g, 12.7 mL, 0.22 mol) in diethyl ether (20 mL). The solution was cooled to O 0 C in an ice bath before being treated with HCI gas (bubbled through solution for 12 minutes resulted in an increase in weight of 12 g ( ⁇ 0.33mol)). This solution was stirred at O 0 C for 6 h and then allowed to warm to RT and was stirred for 16 h. The resultant solid was broken up and washed several times with ether and then placed in vacuo for several hours. The imidate salt 1g2 was obtained as a white solid (36.4 g, 92%) and was stored under a nitrogen atmosphere. The 1 H NMR was consistent with the desired product.
  • Step C The condensation product 1g4 (1.73 g, 6.41 mmol) was dissolved in diphenyl ether (10 mL) and placed in a sand bath (300°C). The internal temperature was monitored and allowed to stay between 240-250 0 C for 8 minutes. The mixture was cooled and then directly loaded on a silica gel column and eluted first with hexanes, then with 30% EtOAc/Hexanes and finally 50% EtOAc/hexanes. The product was concentrated and dried in vacuo to give the corresponding 4-hydroxyquinoline derivative 1g5 as a beige crystalline solid (0.76 g, 53%). MS electrospray: (M + H) + ; 224 and (M - H) " ; 222.
  • Step A To 2-chloroaniline 1g3 (1.6 mL, 15.2 mmol, 1 eq) dissolved in anhydrous acetonitrile (50 mL) at RT was added Meldrum's acid 1h1 (2.41 g, 16.73 mmol, 1.1 eq), followed by trimethyl orthoformate (2.0 mL, 18.25 mmol, 1.2 eq). The resulting mixture was heated to reflux (95°C) for 2 h and monitoring by analytical HPLC until complete. The resulting solution was cooled to RT and evaporated to dryness to afford a beige solid that was recrystallized from boiling MeOH.
  • Step B In a pre-heated sand bath (300-350 0 C), diphenyl ether (6 mL) was heated until the internal temperature reached 22O 0 C.
  • Adduct 1h2 (981 mg, 3.48 mmol) was added portionwise over ca. 4 min period (gas evolution) to the heated solvent. The temperature (220 0 C) was maintained for another 5 min. after which the solution was allowed to cool. Upon cooling, the product crashed out of solution and was filtered and washed with diethyl ether. After drying in vacuo (16h), product 1h3 was obtained as a beige solid (417 mg, 67%).
  • EXAMPLE U SYNTHESIS OF P2 MOIETY 2-ETHYLTHIO-S-CHLORO ⁇ -HYDROXYQUINOLINE (U7):
  • Step A To THF (30 mL) was added sodium hydride (60% in oil, 920 mg, 23 mmol, 1.2 eq) before being cooled to 0 0 C. Diethyl malonate (2.91 mL, 19.15 mmol, 1.0 eq) was then added dropwise (gas evolution) and this solution was allowed to warm to RT and was stirred for 1 hr. This mixture was cooled down to O 0 C before the addition of 2- chlorophenyl isothiocyanate 1j1 (2.5 mL, 19.15 mmol, 1.0 eq). The resulting mixture was again allowed to warm to RT for 3 h until the starting material was consumed. The orange solution was concentrated down and dried in vacuo to afford the sodium salt adduct 1j2 (6.73 g, 100%) as an orange crystalline solid. This material was used as is for subsequent steps.
  • Step B A solution of adduct 1j2 (6.0 g, 17.06 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF (50 mL) was cooled down to -45 0 C. Ethyl iodide (1.64 mL, 20.5 mmol, 1.2 eq) was then slowly added and the solution was stirred at -45°C for 2 h and then at RT (16 h). Water was added and the mixture was extracted twice with a mixture of ether/hexanes (1 :1 , 3 X 150 mL).
  • Step C In a pre-heated sand bath (350°C) a solution of compounds 1j3 and 1j4 (6.1 g, 17.05 mmol, 1 eq.) in diphenyl ether (60 ml_) was heated until the internal temperature reached 22O 0 C, which was maintained for 7 minutes. The solution was cooled to RT and the mixture loaded directly on a silica gel column, being eluted first with hexanes (1 L) to remove the diphenyl ether, and then 3% EtOAc/hexanes to afford the desired quinoline 1j5 (2.76 g, 52%) as a pale yellow solid.
  • Step D To a solution of quinoline 1j5 (2.76 g crude; 8.85 mmol; 1 eq) in THF (10 mL) and methanol (10 mL) at RT was added 1 N NaOH (45 mL; 45 mmol; 5.1 eq). The reaction was allowed to stir at reflux (85°C) for 24 h (monitored by HPLC). The mixture was acidified using 4N HCI and extracted using methylene chloride (3X). The organic fractions were dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and concentrated to afford the quinoline acid 1j6 (2.43 g, 97%) as a pale yellow solid. MS: (M + H) + ; 284. This material was used as is for the following reaction.
  • Step A To 3-amino-2-chloro-pyridine 1k1 (964 mg, 7.5 mmol, 1 eq) was added imidate 1g2 (1.47 g, 7.5 mmol, 1 eq) in ethanol (15 mL) under a N 2 atmosphere. The mixture was stirred at RT for 24 h at which point the reaction was concentrated and purified directly on a silica gel column (eluent: EtOAc/Hexanes (1 :9)) to afford adduct
  • Step A The imidate salt 1g2(1.4 g, 7.2 mmol, 1 eq.) was combined with 2-
  • Step B The condensation product 112 (1.66 g, 5.90 mmol) was dissolved in diphenyl ether (10 mL) and placed in a sand bath (300 0 C). The internal temperature was monitored and allowed to stay between 240-250 0 C for 10 minutes. The mixture was cooled and then directly loaded on a silica gel column and eluted first with hexanes, then with 30% EtOAc/Hexanes and finally 50% EtOAc/hexanes. The product was concentrated and dried in vacuo to give the corresponding 4-hydroxyquinoline derivative 113 as a yellow solid (0.735 g, 53%). MS electrospray: (M + H) + ; 236 and (M - H) " ; 234. EXAMPLE 1M - SYNTHESIS OF P2 MOIETY 2-ETHOXY-7-METHOXY-8-METHYL-4-
  • Step A The imidate salt 1g2 (1.5 g, 7.65 mmol) was combined with 2-methyl-3- aminoanisole 1m1 (1.05 g, 7.65 mmol, 1 eq.) in ethanol (15 mL) under an N 2 atmosphere. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT (24 h) and monitored by HPLC. The reaction mixture was concentrated and then ether was added and the mixture filtered. The solids were washed with ether and the combined ether washes concentrated in vacuo. The resulting adduct 1m2 was purified by chromatography (SiO 2 , 15% EtOAc/hexanes) to obtain as a yellow oil (2.11 g, 99%). MS electrospray: (M + H) + ; 280 and (M - H)-; 278.
  • Step B The condensation product 1m2 (2.1 g, 7.52 mmol) was dissolved in diphenyl ether (10 mL) and placed in a sand bath (300 0 C). The internal temperature was monitored and allowed to stay between 240-250 0 C for 10 minutes. The mixture was cooled and then directly loaded on a silica gel column and eluted first with hexanes, then with 30% EtOAc/Hexanes and finally 50% EtOAc/hexanes. The product was concentrated and dried in vacuo to give the corresponding 4-hydroxyquinoline derivative 1m3 as a yellow oil which solidified upon standing to a yellow solid (1.09g, 62%). MS electrospray: (M + H) + ; 233.4 and (M - H) " ; 231.9.
  • Step A and B Beginning with ortho-anisidine 1n1 and following the same protocol as outlined in previous examples, the desired 8-methoxyquinoline derivative 1n3 was obtained in 38% overall yield as a pale yellow solid. MS: 220 (M +H) + .
  • EXAMPLE 10 SYNTHESIS OF P2 BUILDING BLOCK 8-BROMO-2-ETHOXY-4-HYDROXY 7-
  • Step A To 2-bromo-3-aminoanisole 1b4 (750mg, 3.7mmol, 1eq) was added imidate 1g2 (0.73 g, 3.7 mmol, 1 eq) in ethanol (7 mL) under a N 2 atmosphere. The mixture was stirred at RT for 24 h at which point the reaction was concentrated and purified directly on a silica gel column (eluent: EtOAc/Hexanes (1 :9)) to afford adduct 1o1 (1.12 g, 88%) as a pale yellow oil. MS: 344 (M + H) + and 346 (MH + 2) + .
  • Step A To available thiophen-3-ylamine 1p1 (0.50 g, 5.04 mmol) was added imidate 1g2 (1.08g, 5.5mmol) in ethanol (10 mL) under a N 2 atmosphere. The mixture was stirred at RT for 3 h at which point the reaction was concentrated. To the residue was added ether, and the suspension filtered and washed with ether to afford adduct 1p2(1.0g, 82%). This material was sufficiently clean to be used in the subsequent step. MS: 242.1 (MH)+.
  • Step B Adduct 1p2 (1.Og, 4.14mmol) was dissolved in diphenyl ether (5 mL) and placed in a pre-heated sand bath (300 0 C). The internal temperature was monitored and allowed to stay between 210°C-225°C for 7 minutes. The mixture was directly loaded on a silica gel column and eluted with hexanes to remove diphenyl ether, followed by a gradient of 30% EtOAc/hexane to neat EtOAc. Concentration and drying in vacuo afforded the desired thieno[3.2-b]pyridinol 1p3 (200mg, 25%) as a brown solid. MS: 196 (MH)+.
  • 6-substituted isoquinolones wherein R 200a is R 200 as defined herein, can be made from 3-substituted cinnamic acid derivatives by first activation with a chloroformate in base followed by treatment with an azide source. The resulting acyl azide can undergo a Curtius rearrangement followed by thermal cyclization to afford the appropriately substituted isoquinolones. As described here, the cinnamic acid can be differentially substituted.
  • isoquinolines were prepared according to the following reference; Tetrahedron, 2002, 58, 5761-5766.
  • Step A The 3-methoxycinnamic acid 1r1 (2.5 g, 14.03 mmol) was dissolved in acetone (40 ml_) and treated with triethylamine (3.94 ml_, 28.06 mmol). The solution was cooled to 0 0 C and then treated dropwise with ethyl chloroformate (2.0 mL, 21 mmol). A white precipitate immediately formed upon addition of each drop. The solution was stirred for 1 h (with a suspension) before being treated with sodium azide (0.91 g, 14.03 mmol) in 10 mL of H 2 O dropwise over 30 min.
  • Step B The diphenyl ether (10 mL) and tributylamine (7 ml_) were heated in a sand bath to 190 0 C before the dropwise addition of the acyl azide 1r2 (behind an explosion shield) in toluene (5 mL) over several minutes. The toluene distilled off and the temperature was raised to 210 0 C for 2h. After cooling, the precipitated product was collected by filtration and washed with hexanes to give the desired isoquinoline 1r3 (0.47 g, 19%). MS (electrospray); (M+H) + ; 176 and (M-H) " ; 174.
  • Step 1 To aniline 1a2 (Example 1A) (504 mg; 3.67 mmol) dissolved in anhydrous acetonitrile (5.0 mL) was added Meldrum's acid 1h1 (582.4 mg; 4.04 mmol) followed by trimethyl orthoformate (482.3 ⁇ L; 4.41 mmol). The resulting brown solution was refluxed for 2 hours and the reaction judged complete by HPLC and TLC
  • Step 2 A three- neck flask containing diphenyl ether (1.9 mL; 11.75 mmol) was placed into a preheated sand bath heated to ⁇ 300°C and the sand bath allowed to slowly heat further to ⁇ 330°C so as the internal temperature was between 245-250 0 C.
  • the aniline derivative 1s1 was added portion-wise (immediately seeing gas evolution) at a rate as to maintain the internal temperature at 240-245 0 C (addition time 5-10min). Once addition was complete, the yellow solution was maintained at 245-250 0 C for 20 minutes.
  • TLC Hexane:EtOAc 6:4) indicated the consumption of starting material, however, the reaction mixture was left another 20 minutes to ensure complete intermediate decarboxylation.
  • Step 1 2-Methylthioaniline 1t1 (2 g, 14.36 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous acetonitrile (50 mL) at RT. Meldrum's acid 1h1 (2.48 g, 17.3 mmol) was then added, followed by trimethyl orthoformate (2 mL, 18.6 mmol). The resulting mixture was then heated to reflux (95°C) for 2 h. The solution was cooled to rt, and evaporated to dryness to obtained an orange solid that was triturated with MeOH, filtered and to afford 3.33 g of a pale yellow solid (79%) 1t2, which was used as such for the next step.
  • Step 2 In a pre-heated sand bath (300-350 0 C), diphenyl ether (5 mL) was heated until the internal temperature reached 220 0 C, then 1t2 (3.34 g, 1.14 mmol) was added portionwise over a 4 min period (gas evolution). The same temperature was maintained for another 5 min after which the solution was cooled down. Ether was added. After stirring for 12 h, a beige solid precipitated, filtered and washed with diethyl ether, dried under vaccum to afford 669 mg of a beige solid 1t3 (30%).
  • Step 1 Reagent 2a1 (0.3g, 0.99 mmol) [prepared according to Winum, J-Y; Toupet, L; Barragan, V; Dewynter, G; Montero, J-L., Org. Lett., 14(3), 2241-2243 (2001)] was suspended in CH 2 CI 2 before morpholine (0.086 mL, 0.99 mmol) was added and stirred for 5h. The reaction was followed by TLC. On completion the reaction mixture was directly adsorbed on the silica gel and eluted the product with 6% MeOH in CHCI 3 to afford 0.258g (98%) of compound 2a2 as a white solid.
  • Step 2 Compound 2a2 (0.150 g, 0.56 mmol) was dissolved in CH 2 CI 2 (5 mL) and treated with TFA (1 mL). The reaction was stirred for 4h and monitored by TLC. Upon completion, the solvent was evaporated and the residue directly adsorbed on the silica gel and eluted with 5% MeOH in CHCI 3 to afford 0.075g (80.2%) of compound 2a3 as a white solid.
  • Step A Reagent 2a1 (1.5g, 4.98 mmol) was suspended in 12 mL of CH 2 CI 2 before the pyrroline (0.40 mL, 5.22 mmol, 1.05 equiv.) was added and stirred overnight. On completion, the reaction mixture was directly adsorbed on the silica gel and eluted the product with 1 % AcOEt in CH 2 CI 2 to afford 0.919g (74%) of compound 2b1 as a white solid.
  • Step B Compound 2b1 (0.919 g, 3.70 mmol) was dissolved in 10 mL Of CH 2 CI 2 and treated with TFA (2 mL). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 4h. The solvent was then evaporated in vacuo, the residue was dried under vacuum to afford 0.565g (quantitative) of compound 2b2 as a beige solid.
  • Step A Note: the reaction was performed on a solid phase synthesizer (Advanced Chemtech ACT 396), using the 96-wells block.
  • the starting material 2a1 (45.2 mg, 0.15 mmol) was weighed in 96 Eppendorf vials and 96 different amines (0.18 mmol, 1.2 equiv.) were weighed and placed in separate Eppendorf vials.
  • Each well of the reaction block were filled with 1.2 mL of 1 ,2-dichloroethane and the starting material 2a1 and the various amines were added.
  • the reaction mixtures were shaken for 12 h in the case of aliphatic amines and for 36 h in the case of aniline derivatives. After the required stirring time, PS-trisamine resin was added to each well (Argonaut
  • Step B The products 2c1 in 2-dram vials were dissolved in 1 ,2-dichloroethane (0.5 mL) and TFA (0.5 mL) and the vials were shaken on an orbital shaker for 1.5 h. The volatiles were removed on a vacuum centrifuge to afford the desired products 2c2 in yields ranging from 71 % to quantitative (12-20 mg of product). Those compounds were used as is in the next step of synthesis of compounds of formula (I).
  • Cyclopropanesulfonamide can be prepared by amination of cyclopropanesulfonyl chloride, according to the literature reference of J. King et al., J. Org. Chem., 1993, 58, 1128-1135, or as set out below.
  • Step 1 A dry 3 L 3-neck flask equipped with a magnetic stir bar, addition funnel and argon inlet was flushed with argon, then charged with 3-chloropropanesulfonyl chloride 2d1 (100.48 g, 0.57 mol, 1.0 eq). Anhydrous dichloromethane (900 mL) was transferred into the flask via cannula, the mixture was cooled in an ice/water bath and tert-butylamine (72 mL, 0.68 mol, 1.2 eq) was added.
  • Step 2 A dry 5 L 3-neck flask equipped with a magnetic stir bar, argon inlet and 2 addition funnels was flushed with argon and anhydrous THF (1.5 L) was transferred into the flask via cannula and cooled to -78 0 C.
  • Compound 2d2 (96.73 g, 0.453 mol, 1.0 eq) was dissolved in anhydrous THF (390 mL) and the solution was transferred into one of the addition funnels.
  • n-Butyllithium solution (2.5 M in hexanes, 390 mL, 0.975 mol, 2.15 eq) was transferred to the other addition funnel and the solutions in the addition funnels were added to the flask simultaneously over 4 hours.
  • the mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature. Once the internal temperature reached ⁇ 0°C, the reaction was quenched by dropwise addition of saturated NH 4 CI solution (200 ml_).
  • the THF was removed under vacuum and the residue was diluted with CH 2 CI 2 (2 L) and water (1 L). The layers were separated and the organic layer was washed with water (2 x 1 L) and brine (800 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and evaporated to dryness.
  • Step 3 A 2L flask equipped with a magnetic stir bar and condenser was charged with Compound 2d3 (82.53 g, 0.466 mol, 1.0 eq), dichloromethane (400 mL) and trifluoroacetic acid (460 mL, 5.97 mol, 13 eq). The mixture was heated to reflux for 2 h, allowed to cool, and evaporated and co-evaporated several times with CH 2 CI 2 to remove most of the TFA. The crude product was dissolved in 95:5 CH 2 CI 2 :Me0H and NH 4 OH and was purified by silica gel column chromatography (94:5:1 CH 2 CI 2 :MeOH:NH 4 OH).
  • Step 5 To a cooled solution (-78 0 C) of the Boc-cyclopropanesulfonamide 2d5 (500 mg; 2.26 mmol) in anhydrous THF (15 mL) was added dropwise n-BuLi (2.1 mL; 5.20 mmol) and the mixture was allowed to stir 1 h at -78°C. Two portions of methyl iodide (each 280 ⁇ L; 4.52 mmol) were added with a one hour interval and the reaction mixture was allowed to warm slowly to RT and stir at RT overnight. The reaction mixture was adjusted to pH 3 with 1 N aq. HCI and the product was extracted with EtOAc (3x).
  • Step 1
  • the amino acid salt 3a2 (1.10 mmol), in an 0.5M aqueous solution of H 2 SO 4 (4.5 ml_), was cooled to 0 0 C and a solution of NaNO 2 (459 mg, 6.6 mmol, 6 equiv./1.5 mL H 2 O) was added slowly over a period of 3 hours. The ice bath was removed and the resulting solution was stirred overnight at room temperature. The reaction mixture was extracted twice with EtOAc, dried (MgSO 4 ), and evaporated to give the crude product 3a3 as a yellow oil (160 mg, 0.97 mmol, 88%).
  • Step 1
  • Step 3 A solution of compound 3b2 (1 g, 5.0 mmol) in 10 mL of a mixture of KOH (3 g) and ethylene glycol (10 ml_), was heated at reflux (-180-190 0 C) for 10 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with water and extracted twice with ether. The aqueous phase was acidified by addition- of HCI (10%) and extracted with 3 portions of EtOAc. The combined organic phase was dried over MgSO 4 and concentrated in vacuo. The crude material was heated to 150 0 C for 1.5 h, then was diluted with NaOH (1 M) and extracted twice with ether.
  • Step 4 A solution of dry diisopropylamine (0.4 ml_, 2.85 mmol, 2.23 equiv.) in dry THF (5 ml_) was cooled to O 0 C and BuLi (0.8 M in hexanes; 3.5 ml_, 2.80 mmol, 2.18 equiv.) was added dropwise.
  • Step 1
  • the mixture was heated to reflux for one hour, then cooled to room temperature and poured into 60 mL of ice-water.
  • the mixture was acidified to pH 2 with 20% aqueous H 2 SO 4 , then extracted with benzene (3 x 300 mL).
  • the organic extracts were combined, washed with water and brine, and dried over Na 2 SO 4 .
  • the oily residue was purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with 5% ethyl acetate in hexanes to yield 10.77 g of the pure compound 3d2.
  • Step 3 A solution of KOH (6.58 g, 0.117 mol) in ethylene glycol (42 mL) was added to compound 3d2 (10.76 g, 0.0587 mol). The mixture was heated to reflux for 3 hours, cooled, diluted with water (50 mL), and extracted with ether (3 x 80 mL). The combined ether layer was washed with brine (1 x 80 mL) and dried over Na 2 SO 4 . Evaporation of solvents gave 5.43 g of the crude nitrile 3d3 (83.2% yield), which was used directly in the next step.
  • Step 4 A solution of KOH (6.58 g, 0.117 mol) in ethylene glycol (42 mL) was added to compound 3d2 (10.76 g, 0.0587 mol). The mixture was heated to reflux for 3 hours, cooled, diluted with water (50 mL), and extracted with ether (3 x 80 mL). The combined ether layer was washed with brine (1 x 80 mL
  • reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 12 h, filtered over millex filter and purified by prep HPLC (YMC Combiscreen ODS- AQ, 50 x20mm ID S-5micron,120A ; 220nm) using a linear gradient and 0.06% TFA CH 3 CN / H 2 O.
  • the pure fractions were combined and lyophilized to provide the product 4e2 (compound 1013, Table 1) as the trifluoroacetate salt (11 mg, 26%).
  • reaction mixture diluted with AcOH, was purified by preparatory HPLC (YMC Combiscreen ODS-AQ, 50 x20mm ID S-5 micron, 120A ; 220nm) using a linear gradient and 0.06% TFA CH 3 CN / H 2 O.
  • the pure fractions were combined, concentrated and lyophilized to provide the product 4i3 (compound 1038, Table 1) as the trifluoroacetate salt (30 mg, 68%).
  • reaction mixture diluted with AcOH, was purified by prep HPLC (YMC Combiscreen ODS-AQ 1 50 x20mm ID S-5micron,120A ; 220nm) using a linear gradient and 0.06% TFA CH 3 CN / H 2 O.
  • the pure fractions were combined, concentrated and lyophilized to provide the product 4j1 (Compound 1039) as the trifluoroacetate salt (10.2 mg, 26%).
  • Step 1 The purified compound 4m1 (prepared as described in WO 03/064456) (2.15 g, 4.27 mmol) was dissolved in THF (57 mL) and water (9 mL) and cooled to 0 0 C (ice bath). Solid LiOH (monohydrate) (224 mg, 5.34 mmol, 1.3 eq) was dissolved in water (9 mL) and added to the cooled solution over ca. 10 minutes with rapid stirring. The reaction was stirred for 2 hours (OC) until the starting material had been completely consumed by HPLC analysis. The excess base was neutralized with 0.5N HCI to give a final pH of ⁇ 6. The THF was evaporated off and the residue dissolved in EtOAc and washed 3x with sat.
  • Step 2 The purified dipeptide 4m2 (1.25 g, 3.53 mmol) was dissolved in methylene chloride (48 mL) with 4-bromobenzene sulfonyl chloride (1.89 g, 7.41 mmol, 2.1 equiv.). To this solution was added triethylamine (1.74 mL, 12.5 mmol, 3.5 equiv.), and a catalytic amount of DMAP (43 mg, 0.35 mmol, 0.1 equiv.). The reaction was stirred at 4OC for 16 hours before being diluted with EtOAc, and then washed with sat. NaHCO 3 (aq) (2x), water(2x), and sat. brine (1x).
  • Step 3 To a solution of the brosylate 4m3 (105 mg; 0.15 mmol) and the hydroxyquinoline 1s4 (32.6 mg ; 0.173 mmol) in 1-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone (NMP; 3.OmL) was added cesium carbonate (73.3 mg ; 0.225 mmol). The resulting suspension was placed into a pre-heated oil bath at a bath temperature of 70 0 C and stirred for 2 hours. HPLC indicated reaction was complete. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and extensively washed with water (4x ; NMP is soluble in water and easily removed), saturated NaCO 3 (3x), 1 N NaOH (1x ; removes excess quinoline) and brine (2x).
  • NMP 1-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone
  • the methyl ester (1.0 g, 6.84 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (5.0 mL) and dihydropyran (3.12 mL, 34.2 mmol) and p-toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate (130 mg, 0.684 mmol) were added. The mixture was stirred at 20 0 C for 1.5 h, then was diluted with dichloromethane, washed with sat. NaHCO 3 (aq) and brine, dried (MgSO 4 ), filtered and evaporated to dryness. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (4:1 hexane/EtOAc) to give the THP-protected methyl ester (737 mg, 46.8%).
  • Step B Compound 4m4 (Example 4M) (841 mg, 1.60 mmol) was dissolved in HCI/dioxane (4M, 15.0 mL) and stirred for 1 h at room temperature. The mixture was evaporated to dryness and the residue was dissolved in DMF (6.0 mL).
  • Step A To the ⁇ -bromoketone 4q1 (prepared as described in US Patent No. 6,642,204; compound 18) (75 mg, 0.119 mmol) was added the thiourea 4q2 (prepared as described in International Patent Application WO 03/064416) (25 mg, 0.134 mmol) in 3 mL of isopropanol. The mixture was heated at 75°C for 75 min. The reaction was concentrated to dryness and then extracted into EtOAc and washed with NaHCO 3 (aq) (2x) followed by saturated brine. The organic phase was dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and concentrated to give the desired product 4q3 as a solid (82 mg, 96%) which was used as is in the next step.
  • Step B The aminothiazolyl intermediate 4q3 (82 mg, 0.114 mmol) was first Boc deprotected with 4N HCI/dioxane (3 mL) at RT for 1.5h. The mixture was concentrated to dryness and placed under vacuum to furnish the HCI salt. This was used directly in the coupling step. The HCI salt (74 mg, 0.113) was combined with (S)-2-hydroxy-3,3- dimethylbutyric acid (30 mg, 0.227 mmol) in DMF (1 mL).
  • the reaction mixture was diluted with AcOH and purified by preparatory HPLC (YMC Combiscreen ODS-AQ, 50 x20mm ID S-5micron,120A ; 220nm) using a linear gradient and 0.06% TFA CH 3 CN / H 2 O.
  • the pure fractions were combined, concentrated and lyophilized to provide the product compound 1057 as the TF salt.
  • the fastest eluting compound (7 mg, 26%) showed the following NMR.
  • Step 1
  • Step 2 To a solution of S-2-hydroxy-3,3-dimethylbutyric acid (24 mg, 0.18 mmol), the amine 4w1 (90 mg, 0.147 mmol) and DIPEA (127.6 ⁇ l_, 0.733 mmol), in 1 mL of DMF, was added a solution of DIC (32 ⁇ l_, 0.074 mmol) HOAt (11mg, 0.074mmol) in 0.75 mL of DMF.
  • the resulting solution was stirred at room temperature 12 h.
  • the reaction mixture was diluted with AcOH and purified by prep HPLC (YMC Combiscreen ODS- AQ, 50 x20mm ID S-5micron,120A ; 220nm) using a linear gradient and 0.06% TFA CH 3 CN / H 2 O.
  • the pure fractions were combined, concentrated and lyophilized to provide compound 1105 as the trifluoroacetate salt (32 mg, 32%).
  • Huh-7 cells with a stable subgenomic HCV replicon that encodes a modified luciferase reporter gene (expressed as a !uciferase-FMDV2A-neomycin phosphotransferase fusion gene) were established as previously described (Lohman et al., 1999. Science 285: 110-113; Vroljik et al., 2003 J.Virol Methods 110:201-209.), with the exception that replicon cells were selected with 0.25 mg/mL G418. The amount of luciferase expressed by selected cells directly correlates with the level of HCV replication.
  • MP-1 cells are maintained in Dulbecco's Modified Earle Medium (DMEM) supplemented with 10% FBS and 0.25 mg/mL neomycin (standard medium). The cells are passaged by trypsinization and frozen in 90% FBS/10% DMSO. During the assay, DMEM medium supplemented with 10% FBS, containing 0.5% DMSO and lacking neomycin, was used (Assay medium). The day of the assay, MP-1 cells are trypsinized and diluted to 100 000 cells/mL in assay medium. 100 ⁇ L is distributed into each well of a black 96-well ViewPlateTM (Packard). The plate is then incubated at 37°C with 5% CO 2 for two hours.
  • DMEM Dulbecco's Modified Earle Medium
  • standard medium 0.25 mg/mL neomycin
  • test compound in 100% DMSO was first diluted in assay medium to a final DMSO concentration of 0.5%.
  • the solution was sonicated for 15 min and filtered through a 0.22 ⁇ M Millipore Filter unit.
  • the appropriate volume is transferred into assay medium to obtain the starting concentration (2x) to be tested.
  • columns 2 and 4 to 12 add 200 ⁇ L of assay medium (containing 0.5% DMSO).
  • Serial dilutions (1/2) are prepared by transferring 200 ⁇ L from column 3 to column 4, then from column 4 to column 5, serially through to column 11.
  • Columns 2 and 12 are the no inhibition controls.
  • a volume of 100 ⁇ L from each well of the compound dilution plate is transferred to a corresponding well of the Cell Plate (Two columns will be used as the "No inhibition control"; ten [10] columns are used for the dose response).
  • the cell culture plate was incubated at 37°C with 5% CO 2 for 72 hours.
  • the medium is aspirated from the 96-well assay plate and a volume of 100 ⁇ L of 1X GIo Lysis Buffer (Promega) previously warmed to room temperature was added to each well.
  • the plate was incubated at room temperature for 10 min with occasional shaking. A black tape was put at the bottom of the plate. 100 ⁇ L of Bhght-Glo luciferase substrate (Promega) previously warmed to room temperature was added to each well followed by gentle mixing.
  • the luminescence was determined on a Packard Topcount instrument using the Data Mode Luminescence (CPS) with a count delay of 1 min and a count time of 2 sec.
  • CPS Data Mode Luminescence
  • the luminescence determination (CPS) in each well of the culture plate was a measure of the amount of HCV RNA replication in the presence of various concentrations of inhibitor.
  • the % inhibition was calculated with the following equation:
  • the compounds of this invention are found to be active when evaluated in the preceding enzymatic and cell based assays.
  • the specificity assays used to evaluate the selectivity of compounds according to this invention were performed as described in WO 00/09543 except that the assay buffer for the Elastase assay was comprised of 50 mM Tris-HCI pH 8, 0.25 M NaCitrate, 0.01% n-dodecyl ⁇ -d-maltoside, and 5.25% DMSO.
  • the compounds of formula (I) are found to be selective in that they do not show significant inhibition (no measurable activity at concentrations up to 30 ⁇ M) in the Human Leukocyte Elastase or Human Liver Cathepsin B assays.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Virology (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Communicable Diseases (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Peptides Or Proteins (AREA)
  • Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
  • Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention relates to compounds of formula (I): wherein R1, R2, R4, n and m are as defined herein and R3 is selected from: (i) -C(O)OR31 wherein R31 is (C1-6)alkyl or aryl, wherein the (C1-6)alkyl is optionally substituted with one to three halogen substituents; (ii) -C(O)NR32R33, wherein R32 and R33 are each independently selected form H, (C1-6)alkyl, and Het; (iii) -SOvR34, wherein v is 1 or 2 and R34 is selected from: (C1-6)alkyl, aryl, Het, and NR32R33 wherein R32 and R33 are as defined above; and (iv) -CO(O)-R35, wherein R35 is selected from (C1-8)alkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl-(C1-4)alkyl, aryl, aryl-(C1-6)alkyl, Het and Het-(C1-6)alkyl, each of which are optionally substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from halo, (C1-6)alkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl, aryl, Het, hydroxyl, -O-(C1-6)alkyl, -S-(C1-6)alkyl, -SO-(C1-6)alkyl, -SO2-(C1-6)alkyl, -O-aryl, -S-aryl, -SO-aryl and -SO2-aryl, wherein the aryl portion of the -O-aryl, -S-aryl, -SO-aryl and -SO2-aryl are each optionally substituted with one to five halo substituents. The present invention further relates to pharmaceutical compositions containing the compounds of formula (I) and methods for using these analogs in the treatment of HCV infection.

Description

HEPATITIS C INHIBITOR DIPEPTIDE ANALOGS
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
The present invention relates to compounds, processes for their synthesis, compositions and methods for the treatment of hepatitis C virus (HCV) infection. In particular, the present invention provides novel peptide analogs, pharmaceutical compositions containing such analogs and methods for using these analogs in the treatment of HCV infection.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
Hepatitis C virus (HCV) is the major etiological agent of post-transfusion and community-acquired non-A non-B hepatitis worldwide. It is estimated that over 200 million people worldwide are infected by the virus. A high percentage of carriers become chronically infected and many progress to chronic liver disease, so-called chronic hepatitis C. This group is in turn at high risk for serious liver disease such as liver cirrhosis, hepatocellular carcinoma and terminal liver disease leading to death.
The mechanism by which HCV establishes viral persistence and causes a high rate of chronic liver disease has not been thoroughly elucidated. It is not known how HCV interacts with and evades the host immune system. In addition, the roles of cellular and humoral immune responses in protection against HCV infection and disease have yet to be established. Immunoglobulins have been reported for prophylaxis of transfusion-associated viral hepatitis, however, the Center for Disease Control does not presently recommend immunoglobulin treatment for this purpose. The lack of an effective protective immune response is hampering the development of a vaccine or adequate post-exposure prophylaxis measures, so in the near-term, hopes are firmly pinned on antiviral interventions.
Various clinical studies have been conducted with the goal of identifying pharmaceutical agents capable of effectively treating HCV infection in patients afflicted with chronic hepatitis C. These studies have involved the use of interferon-alpha, alone and in combination with other antiviral agents. Such studies have shown that a substantial number of the participants do not respond to these therapies, and of those that do respond favorably, a large proportion were found to relapse after termination of treatment.
Interferon in combination with ribavirin has been approved for the treatment of patients with chronic hepatitis C. However, side effects caused by IFN (such as retinopathy, thyroiditis, acute pancreatitis, depression) are not alleviated with this combination therapy. Pegylated forms of interferons such as PEG-lntron® and Pegasys® can apparently partially address these deleterious side effects but antiviral drugs still remain the avenue of choice for oral treatment of HCV.
Therefore, a need exists for the development of effective antiviral agents for treatment of HCV infection that overcome the limitations of existing pharmaceutical therapies.
HCV is an enveloped positive strand RNA virus in the Flaviviridae family. The single strand HCV RNA genome is approximately 9500 nucleotides in length and has a single open reading frame (ORF) encoding a single large polyprotein of about 3000 amino acids. In infected cells, this polyprotein is cleaved at multiple sites by cellular and viral proteases to produce the structural and non-structural (NS) proteins. In the case of HCV, the generation of mature nonstructural proteins (NS2, NS3, NS4A, NS4B, NS5A, and NS5B) is effected by two viral proteases. The first cleaves at the NS2-NS3 junction (henceforth referred to as NS2/3 protease); the second is a serine protease contained within the N-terminal region of NS3 (NS3 protease) and mediates all the subsequent cleavages downstream of NS3, both in cis, at the NS3-NS4A cleavage site, and in trans, for the remaining NS4A-NS4B, NS4B-NS5A and NS5A-NS5B sites. The NS4A protein appears to serve multiple functions, acting as a cofactor for the NS3 protease and possibly assisting in the membrane localization of NS3 and other viral replicase components. The complex formation of the NS3 protease with NS4A seems necessary to the processing events, enhancing the proteolytic efficiency at all of the sites. The NS3 protein also exhibits nucleoside triphosphatase and RNA helicase activities. NS5B is a RNA-dependent RNA polymerase that is involved in the replication of HCV. A general strategy for the development of antiviral agents is to inactivate virally encoded enzymes that are essential for the replication of the virus. In a two day clinical trial, it has been shown that the HCV NS3 protease inhibitor BILN 2061 is effective in rapidly reducing viral loads in patients infected with the hepatitis C virus (Gastroenterology (2004) 127(5): 1347-1355), thus providing proof of principle of the clinical antiviral activity of HCV NS3 protease inhibitors.
The NS3 protease has been found to potentially have an additional impact by blocking the IFN-mediated cellular antiviral activity in the infected cell (Foy et al., Science (2003) 300: 1145-1148). This lends credence to a hypothesis that the NS3/NS4A protease may represent a dual therapeutic target, the inhibition of which may both block viral replication and restore Interferon response of HCV infected cells.
Inhibitors of the HCV NS3 protease have been described in WO 00/09543 (Boehringer Ingelheim), WO 03/064456 (Boehringer Ingelheim), WO 03/064416
(Boehringer Ingelheim), WO 2004/101602 (Boehringer Ingelheim), WO 2004/101605 (Boehringer Ingelheim), WO 2004/103996 (Boehringer Ingelheim), WO 02/060926 (Bristol-Myers Squibb), WO 03/053349 (Bristol-Myers Squibb), WO 03/099316 (Bristol-Myers Squibb), WO 03/099274 (Bristol-Myers Squibb), WO 2004/032827 (Bristol-Myers Squibb) and WO 2004/043339 (Bristol-Myers Squibb). As well, phenethylamide dipeptide inhibitors of the HCV NS3 protease have been described in Orvieto et at, Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry Letters (2003) 13: 2745-8 and in Nizi et al, Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry Letters (2004) 14: 2151-4.
In WO 2004/043339, WO 03/099274, WO 03/053349, and WO 02/060926, dipeptide synthetic intermediates bearing a ferf-butyloxycarbonyl group are described.
The present invention now provides novel compounds that are inhibitory to the NS3 protease. Furthermore, compounds being active in cell culture are provided.
An advantage of one aspect of the present invention resides in the fact that compounds according to this invention specifically inhibit the NS3 protease and do not show significant inhibitory activity against other serine proteases such as human leukocyte elastase (HLE), porcine pancreatic elastase (PPE), or bovine pancreatic chymotrypsin, or cysteine proteases such as human liver cathepsin B (Cat B).
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
Included in the scope of the invention is a compound of formula (I):
Figure imgf000005_0001
(I) wherein n is 1 or 2; m is 1 or 2;
R1 is (Ci.6)alkyl, (C2-6)alkenyl, or (C2.6)alkynyl; wherein the (C1-6)alkyl, (C2-6)alkenyl, and (C2-6)alkynyl are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with from one to three halogen atoms; R2 is selected from -NH-R20, -O-R20, -S-R20, -SO-R20, -SO2-R20, -OCH2-R20, and -CH2O-R20, wherein
R20 is aryl or Het, the aryl and Het each being optionally substituted with R200, wherein
R200 is one to four substituents each independently selected from H, halogen, cyano, (d-6)alkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl, aryl-(C1-6)alkyl-, aryl, Het, oxo, thioxo, -OR201, -SR201, -SOR201, -SO2R201, -N(R202)R201, and -CON(R202)R201; wherein each of the alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl and Het is optionally further substituted with R2000;
R201 in each case is independently selected from H, (C1-6)alkyl, aryl,
(C^alkenyl, (C2^)alkynyl, -CO-(C1-6)alkyl and -CO-O-(C1-6)alkyl, wherein each of the alkyl and aryl is optionally further substituted with
O 2000. R202 is H or (C1-6)alkyl;
R2000 is one to three substituents each independently selected from halogen, R2003, aryl, Het, -OR2001, -SR2001, -SOR2001, -SO2R2001, cyano and -N(R2002)(R2001), wherein the aryl and Het are each optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from (C1-6)alkyl and -O-(C1-6)alkyl; R2001 in each case is independently selected from aryl, aryl-(C1-6)alkyl-,
-C(O)-R2003, -C(O)O-R2003, -CON(R2002XR2004) and R2004; R2002 in each case is independently selected from H and (C1-6)alkyl; R2003 in each case is independently selected from (d-8)alkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl and
Figure imgf000006_0001
wherein the (C3-7)cycloalkyl and (C3-7)cycloalkyl-(C1-4)alkyl- are each optionally substituted with one to three substituents each independently selected from (C1-3)alkyl; and R2004 in each case is independently selected from H and R2003; R3 is selected from :
(i) -C(O)OR31 wherein R31 is (C1-6)alkyl or aryl, wherein the (Ci-6)alkyl is optionally substituted with one to three halogen substituents; (ii) -C(O)NR32R33, wherein R32 and R33 are each independently selected from H, (C1-6)alkyl, and Het; (iii) -SOyR34 wherein v is 1 or 2 and R34 is selected from : (C1-6)alkyl, aryl,
Het, and NR32R33 wherein R32 and R33 are as defined above; and (iv) -C(O)-R35, wherein R35 is selected from (Ci-8)alkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl, (C3.7)cycloalkyl-(C1-4)alkyl-, aryl, aryl-(C1-6)alkyl-, Het and Het-(Ci-6)alkyl, each of which are optionally substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from halo, (C^alkyl,
(C3.7)cycloalkyl, aryl, Het, hydroxyl, -O-(C1-6)alkyl, -S-(C1-6)alkyl, -S0-(Ci-6)alkyl, -SO2-(C1-6)alkyl, -O-aryl, -S-aryl, -SO-aryl and -SO2-aryl, wherein the aryl portion of the -O-aryl, -S-aryl, -SO-aryl and -SO2-aryl are each optionally substituted with one to five halo substituents;
R4 is (Ci-6)alkyl, (C2.6)alkenyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl, (C3.7)cycloalkyl-(Ci-6)alkyl-, aryl, Het, aryl-(C^)alkyl-, or Het-(C1-4)alkyl-; a) the (Ci-6)alkyl, (C2.6)alkenyl, aryl, Het, (C3.7)cycloalkyl-(C1-6)alkyl-, aryl-(Ci-4)alkyl-, and Het-(Ci-4)alkyl- optionally being substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from halogen, nitro, hydroxy, cyano, (Ci-6)alkyl, O-(C1-6)alkyl, O-aryl, -CO-NH2, -CO-NH(C1-4)alkyl,
Figure imgf000006_0002
-NH2, -NH(C1-4)alkyl and -N((Ci-4)alkyl)2, wherein the (C1-6)alkyl and O^C^alkyl are optionally substituted with one to three halogen substituents; and b) the (C3-7)cycloalkyl being optionally substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from nitro, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, -O-(C1-6)alkyl, (C^alkenyl, -OCF3, -NH2, -NH(C1-4)alkyl, -N((C1-4)alkyl)2, tri(C1-6)alkylsilyl, R41, -C(=O)-R4\ -C(=O)OR41, -C(=O)N(R42)R41, -SO2R41, and -OC(=O)-R41; wherein R41 in each case is independently selected from: i) H, (C3-7)cycloalkyl, (C4-7)cycloalkenyl, Het, or aryl-(Ci-4)alkyl-0-; ii) aryl or aryloxy, each of which being optionally substituted with
(C1-6)alkyl; and iii) (Ci-8)alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from -O-(C1-6)alkyl, hydroxy, halogen, (C2-io)alkenyl, (C2-io)alkynyl, (C3.7)cycloalkyl, (C4.7)cycloalkenyl, aryl, Het, aryloxy, and aryl-(C1-4)alkyl-O-, wherein each of the aryl and aryloxy is optionally substituted with (Cv6)alkyl; and
R42 is selected from H and (C1-6)alkyl; or
R4 is -N(RN2)(RN1), wherein RN1 and RN2 are each independently selected from H, (Ci-6)alkyl, -O-(Ci-6)alkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl-(C1-6)alkyl-, aryl and aryl-(Ci-6)alkyl-; wherein the (d^alkyl, -O-(Ci-6)alkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl-(C1-6)alkyl-, aryl and aryl-(Ci_6)alkyl- are each optionally substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from • halogen, (Ci-6)alkyl, hydroxy, cyano, O-(C1-6)alkyl, -NH2, -NH(C^)alkyl,
-N((Ci-4)alkyl)2, -CO-NH2, -CO-NH(C1-4)alkyl, -CO-N((C1-4)alkyl)2, -COOH, and -COO(C1-6)alkyl; or RN2 and RN1 are linked, together with the nitrogen to which they are bonded, to form a 3- to 7-membered monocyclic saturated or unsaturated heterocycle optionally fused to at least one other cycle to form a heteropolycycle, the heterocycle and heteropolycycle each optionally containing from one to three further heteroatoms each independently selected from N, S and O, and being optionally substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from halogen, (Ci.6)alkyl, hydroxy, cyano, O-(C1.6)alkyl, -NH2, -NH(Ci-4)alkyl, -N((C1-4)alkyl)2, -CO-NH2, -CO-NH(C^)alkyl, -CO-N((CiJ))alkyl)2, -COOH, and -COO(C1-6)alkyl; wherein Het as used herein is defined as a 3- to 7-membered heterocycle having 1 to 4 heteroatoms each independently selected from O, N and S, which may be saturated, unsaturated or aromatic, and which is optionally fused to at least one other cycle to form a 4- to 14-membered heteropolycycle having wherever possible 1 to 5 heteroatoms, each independently selected from O, N and S, the heteropolycycle being saturated, unsaturated or aromatic; with the proviso that when n is 1 ; m is 2; R1 is ethyl or ethenyl; and
R2 is -O-R20, wherein R20 is Het, wherein the Het is selected from:
Figure imgf000008_0001
substituted with R200, wherein R200 is one or two substituents each independently selected from methyl, methoxy, chloro, fluoro, hydroxy, phenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 4-(dimethylamino)phenyl, 4-cyanophenyl, and a group selected from:
Figure imgf000008_0002
R4 is cyclopropyl optionally substituted with propyl, cyclopropylmethyl or phenylmethyl; and R3 is -COOR31; then R31 is not 1 ,1-dimethylethyl; or a racemate, diastereoisomer, or optical isomer thereof, including a salt thereof.
One aspect of the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising an anti-hepatitis C virally effective amount of a compound of formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier medium or auxiliary agent. According to an embodiment of this aspect, the pharmaceutical composition according to this invention additionally comprises a therapeutically effective amount of at least one other antiviral agent.
Another important aspect of the invention involves a method of treating or preventing a hepatitis C viral infection in a mammal by administering to the mammal an anti-hepatitis C virally effective amount of a compound of formula (I), a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a composition as described above, alone or in combination with at least one other antiviral agent, administered together or separately.
Also within the scope of this invention is the use of a compound of formula (I) as described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the treatment or prevention of hepatitis C viral infection in a mammal.
Further encompassed within the scope of this invention is the use of a compound of formula (I) as described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment or prevention of hepatitis C viral infection in a mammal.
A further aspect of the invention provides the use of a compound of formula (I), as described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, in combination with at least one other antiviral agent, for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment or prevention of hepatitis C viral infection.
Still another aspect of this invention relates to a method of inhibiting the replication of hepatitis C virus by exposing the virus to a hepatitis C viral NS3 protease inhibiting amount of the compound of formula (I) according to this invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
Further included in the scope of the invention is the use of a compound of formula (I) according to this invention, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, to inhibit the replication of hepatitis C virus. An additional aspect of this invention refers to an article of manufacture comprising a composition effective to treat an HCV infection or to inhibit the NS3 protease of HCV; and packaging material comprising a label which indicates that the composition can be used to treat infection by the hepatitis C virus; wherein the composition comprises a compound of formula (I) according to this invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In a further aspect of this invention is provided a process for the preparation of a compound of formula (I), comprising the steps of:
a) reacting a compound of formula (II):
H2N. /R som
(II) wherein R4 and m are as defined herein, with a strong base so as to form the corresponding amide anion and
b) reacting an azalactone of formula (III):
Figure imgf000010_0001
(III) wherein R1, R2, R3, and n are as defined herein, with the amide anion formed in step a).
In yet a further aspect of the present invention is provided an azalactone intermediate compound of formula (III):
Figure imgf000011_0001
(III) wherein R1, R2, R3 and n are as defined herein.
A further aspect of this invention is the use of the intermediate azalactone of formula (III) as described hereinbefore in the preparation of an HCV NS3 protease inhibitor peptide analog.
Another aspect of this invention is the use of the intermediate azalactone of formula (III) as described hereinbefore in the preparation of an HCV NS3 protease inhibitor of formula (I) as described herein.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF PREFERRED EMBODIMENTS Definitions
As used herein, the following definitions apply unless otherwise noted.
With reference to the instances where (R) or (S) is used to designate the absolute configuration of a substituent or asymmetric center of a compound of formula (I), the designation is done in the context of the whole compound and not in the context of the substituent or asymmetric center alone.
The designations "P2, P1 and PV " as used herein refer to the position of the amino acid residues starting from the N-terminus of the peptide analogs and extending towards and beyond the cleavage site, i.e. the bond in a substrate of the protease enzyme which is normally cleaved by the catalytic action of the protease enzyme. Thus, P2 refers to position 2 from the C-terminal side of the cleavage site, etc.. The bond between the P1 and PV residues corresponds to the cleavage site. Thus, the PV position corresponds to the first position on the N-terminal side of the cleavage site (see Berger A. & Schechter I., Transactions of the Royal Society London series B257. 249-264 (1970)). In the context of the compounds of formula (I) herein described, these positions are as designated in the following formula:
Figure imgf000012_0001
The term "(C1-n)alkyl" as used herein, wherein n is an integer, either alone or in combination with another substituent, means acyclic, straight or branched chain alkyl substituents containing from 1 to n carbon atoms. "(Ci-6)alkyl" includes, but is not limited to, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, 1-methylethyl (/so-propyl), 1-methylpropyl, 2-methylpropyl, 1,1-dimethylethyl (te/t-butyl), pentyl and hexyl. The abbreviation Me denotes a methyl group and Et denotes an ethyl group.
The term "(C2-n)alkenyl", as used herein, wherein n is an integer, either alone or in combination with another radical, is intended to mean an unsaturated, acyclic straight or branched chain radical containing two to n carbon atoms, at least two of which are bonded to each other by a double bond. Examples of such radicals include, but are not limited to, ethenyl (vinyl), 1-propenyl, 2-propenyl, and 1-butenyl. Unless specified otherwise, the term "(C2-n)alkenyl" is understood to encompass individual stereoisomers where possible, including but not limited to (E) and (Z) isomers, and mixtures thereof. When a (C2-11) alkenyl group is substituted, it is understood to be substituted on any carbon atom thereof which would otherwise bear a hydrogen atom, unless specified otherwise.
The term "(C2.n)alkynyl", as used herein, wherein n is an integer, either alone or in combination with another radical, is intended to mean an unsaturated, acyclic straight or branched chain radical containing two to n carbon atoms, at least two of which are bonded to each other by a triple bond. Examples of such radicals include, but are not limited to, ethynyl, 1-propynyl, 2-propynyl, and 1-butynyl. When a (C2-n)alkynyl group is substituted, it is understood to be substituted on any carbon atom thereof which would otherwise bear a hydrogen atom, unless specified otherwise. The term "(C3-m)cycloalkyl" as used herein, wherein m is an integer, either alone or in combination with another substituent, means a cycloalkyl substituent containing from 3 to m carbon atoms and includes, but is not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl and cycloheptyl.
The term "(C3.m)cycloalkyl-(C1-n)alkyl-" as used herein, wherein n and m are both integers, means an alkyl radical containing from 1 to n carbon atoms to which a cycloalkyl radical containing from 3 to m carbon atoms is directly linked; including, but not limited to, cyclopropylmethyl, cyclobutylmethyl, cyclopentylmethyl,
1-cyclopentylethyl, 2-cyclopentylethyl, cyclohexylmethyl, 1-cyclohexylethyl and 2-cyclohexylethyl. Unless specified otherwise, a (C3-m)cycloalkyl-(C1-n)alkyl- group may be substituted on either the cycloalkyl or the alkyl portion thereof, or both.
The term "aryl" as used herein, either alone or in combination with another radical, means a carbocyclic aromatic monocyclic group containing 6 carbon atoms which may be further fused to a second 5- or 6-membered carbocyclic group which may be aromatic, saturated or unsaturated. Aryl includes, but is not limited to, phenyl, indanyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl and tetrahydronaphthyl.
As used herein, the term "aryl-(C1-n)alkyl-" means an alkyl radical containing from 1 to n carbon atoms, wherein n is an integer, to which an aryl radical is bonded. Examples of aryl-(Ci-3)alkyl- include, but are not limited to, benzyl (phenylmethyl), 1-phenylethyl, 2-phenylethyl and phenylpropyl. Unless specified otherwise, an aryl-(Ci-n)alkyl- group may be substituted on either the cycloalkyl or the alkyl portion thereof, or both.
As used herein, the term "Het" defines a 3- to 7-membered heterocycle having 1 to 4 heteroatoms each independently selected from O, N and S1 which may be saturated, unsaturated or aromatic, and which is optionally fused to at least one other cycle to form a 4- to 14-membered heteropolycycle having wherever possible 1 to 5 heteroatoms, each independently selected from O, N and S1 the heteropolycycle being saturated, unsaturated or aromatic, unless specified otherwise.
As used herein the term "heteroatom" means O, S or N. As used herein, the term "heterocycle", either alone or in combination with another radical, means a monovalent radical derived by removal of a hydrogen from a three- to seven-membered saturated or unsaturated (including aromatic) heterocycle containing from one to four heteroatoms each independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur. Examples of such heterocycles include, but are not limited to, azetidine, pyrrolidine, furan, tetrahydrofuran, thiazolidine, pyrrole, thiophene, hydantoin, diazepine, 1H-imidazole, isoxazole, thiazole, tetrazole, piperidine, piperazine, homopiperidine, homopiperazine, pyran, tetrahydropyran, 1 ,4-dioxane, 4-morpholine, 4-thiomorpholine, pyridine, pyridine-N-oxide or pyrimidine, or the following heterocycles:
Figure imgf000014_0001
As used herein, the term "heteropolycycle" either alone or in combination with another radical, means a heterocycle as defined above fused to one or more other cycle, be it a heterocycle or any other cycle. Examples of such heteropolycycles include, but are not limited to, indole, benzimidazole, thiazolo[4,5-b]-pyridine, quinoline, isoquinoline, or coumarin, or the following:
Figure imgf000014_0002
The term "O-(C1-n)alkyl" or "(C1-n)alkoxy" as used herein interchangeably, either alone or in combination with another radical, means the radical -O-(Ci-n)alkyl wherein alkyl is as defined above containing from 1 to n carbon atoms, and includes, but is not limited to, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, 1-methylethoxy, butoxy and 1 ,1-dimethylethoxy. The latter radical is known commonly as tert-butoxy. When an O-(C1-n)alkyl radical is substituted, it is understood to be substituted on the (C1-n)alkyl portion thereof. As used herein, the term "-S-(C1-π)alkyl" or "(C1-n)alkylthio", used interchangeably, refers to a sulfur atom further bonded to an alkyl radical as defined above containing from 1 to n carbon atoms. Examples of (C1-6)alkylthio include, but are not limited to, methylthio (CH3S-), ethylthio (CH3CH2S-), propylthio (CH3CH2CH2S-),
1-methylethylthio (/sopropylthi; (CH3)2CHS-), 1 ,1-dimethylethylthio (tert-butylthio; (CH3)3CS-), etc.. When an -S-(C1-n)alkyl radical is substituted, it is understood to be substituted on the (Ci.n)alkyl portion thereof.
The term "halo" or "halogen" as used herein interchangeably means a halogen substituent selected from fluoro, chloro, bromo or iodo.
The term "oxo" as used herein means an oxygen atom attached as a substituent by a double bond (=0).
The term "thioxo" as used herein means an sulfur atom attached as a substituent by a double bond (=S).
The term "salt thereof means any acid and/or base addition salt of a compound according to the invention; preferably a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
The term "pharmaceutically acceptable salt" means a salt of a compound of formula (I) which is, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of humans and lower animals without undue toxicity, irritation, allergic response, and the like, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio, generally water or oil-soluble or dispersible, and effective for their intended use. The term includes pharmaceutically-acceptable acid addition salts and pharmaceutically-acceptable base addition salts. Lists of suitable salts are found in, e.g., S.M. Birge et al., J. Pharm. Sci., 1977, 66, pp. 1-19.
The term "pharmaceutically-acceptable acid addition salt" means those salts which retain the biological effectiveness and properties of the free bases and which are not biologically or otherwise undesirable, formed with inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, sulfamic acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like, and organic acids such as acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, adipic acid, ascorbic acid, aspartic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, benzoic acid, butyric acid, camphoric acid, camphorsulfonic acid, cinnamic acid, citric acid, digluconic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, glutamic acid, glycolic acid, glycerophosphoric acid, hemisulfic acid, hexanoic acid, formic acid, fumaric acid, 2-hydroxyethanesulfonic acid (isethionic acid), lactic acid, hydroxymaleic acid, malic acid, malonic acid, mandelic acid, mesitylenesulfonic acid, methanesulfonic acid, naphthalenesulfonic acid, nicotinic acid, 2-naphthalenesulfonic acid, oxalic acid, pamoic acid, pectinic acid, phenylacetic acid, 3-phenylpropionic acid, pivalic acid, propionic acid, pyruvic acid, salicylic acid, stearic acid, succinic acid, sulfanilic acid, tartaric acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, undecanoic acid, and the like.
The term "pharmaceutically-acceptable base addition salt" means those salts which retain the biological effectiveness and properties of the free acids and which are not biologically or otherwise undesirable, formed with inorganic bases such as ammonia or hydroxide, carbonate, or bicarbonate of ammonium or a metal cation such as sodium, potassium, lithium, calcium, magnesium, iron, zinc, copper, manganese, aluminum, and the like. Particularly preferred are the ammonium, potassium, sodium, calcium, and magnesium salts. Salts derived from pharmaceutically-acceptable organic nontoxic bases include salts of primary, secondary, and tertiary amines, quaternary amine compounds, substituted amines including naturally occurring substituted amines, cyclic amines and basic ion-exchange resins, such as methylamine, dimethylamine, trimethylamine, ethylamine, diethylamine, triethylamine, isopropylamine, tripropylamine, tributylamine, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, 2-dimethylaminoethanol, 2-diethylaminoethanol, dicyclohexylamine, lysine, arginine, histidine, caffeine, hydrabamine, choline, betaine, ethylenediamine, glucosamine, methylglucamine, theobromine, purines, piperazine, piperidine, N-ethylpiperidine, tetramethylammonium compounds, tetraethylammonium compounds, pyridine, N,N-dimethylaniline, N-methylpiperidine, N-methylmorpholine, dicyclohexylamine, dibenzylamine, N,N-dibenzylphenethylamine, 1-ephenamine,
N,N'-dibenzylethylenediamine, polyamine resins, and the like. Particularly preferred organic nontoxic bases are isopropylamine, diethylamine, ethanolamine, trimethylamine, dicyclohexylamine, choline, and caffeine. The term "mammal" as it is used herein is meant to encompass humans, as well as non-human mammals which are susceptible to infection by hepatitis C virus including domestic animals, such as cows, pigs, horses, dogs and cats, and non-domestic animals.
The term "antiviral agent" as used herein means an agent (compound or biological) that is effective to inhibit the formation and/or replication of a virus in a mammal. This includes agents that interfere with either host or viral mechanisms necessary for the formation and/or replication of a virus in a mammal. Such agents include but are not limited to another anti-HCV agent, an HIV inhibitor, an HAV inhibitor and an HBV inhibitor. Antiviral agents include, for example, ribavirin, amantadine, VX-497 (merimepodib, Vertex Pharmaceuticals), VX-498 (Vertex Pharmaceuticals), Levovirin, Viramidine, Ceplene (maxamine), XTL-001 and XTL-002 (XTL Biopharmaceuticals).
The term "other anti-HCV agent" as used herein means those agents that are effective for diminishing or preventing the progression of hepatitis C related symptoms of disease. Such agents can be selected from: immunomodulatory agents, inhibitors of HCV NS3 protease, inhibitors of HCV polymerase or inhibitors of another target in the HCV life cycle.
The term "immunomodulatory agent" as used herein means those agents (compounds or biologicals) that are effective to enhance or potentiate the immune system response in a mammal. Immunomodulatory agents include, for example, class I interferons (such as α-, β-, δ- and omega interferons, tau-interferons, consensus interferons and asialo-interferons), class Il interferons (such as γ-interferons), pegylated interferons and conjugated interferons, including but not limited to interferons conjugated with other proteins including but not limited to human albumin.
The term "inhibitor of HCV NS3 protease" as used herein means an agent (compound or biological) that is effective to inhibit the function of HCV NS3 protease in a mammal. Inhibitors of HCV NS3 protease include, but are not limited to, those compounds described in WO 99/07733, WO 99/07734, WO 00/09558, WO 00/09543, WO 00/59929, WO 03/064416, WO 03/064455, WO 03/064456, WO 2004/037855, WO 2004/101602, WO 2004/101605, WO 2004/103996 and co-pending patent applications 10/945,518, 11/039,698; herein incorporated by reference in their entirety (all by Boehringer Ingelheim), WO 02/060926, WO 03/053349, WO 03/099274, WO 03/099316, WO 2004/032827, WO 2004/043339, WO 2004/094452 (all by BMS), WO 2004/072243, WO 2004/093798, WO 2004/113365, WO 2005/010029 (all by Enanta) and WO 2005/037214 (Intermune), and the Vertex candidate identified as VX-950.
The term "inhibitor of HCV polymerase" as used herein means an agent (compound or biological) that is effective to inhibit the function of an HCV polymerase in a mammal. This includes, but is not limited to, non-nucleoside and nucleoside inhibitors of HCV NS5B polymerase.
Examples of inhibitors of HCV polymerase include but are not limited to those compounds described in: WO 02/04425 (Boehringer Ingelheim) WO 03/007945 (Boehringer Ingelheim), WO 03/010140 (Boehringer Ingelheim), WO 03/010141 (Boehringer Ingelheim), WO 2004/064925 (Boehringer Ingelheim), WO 2004/065367 (Boehringer Ingelheim), WO 2005/012288 (Genelabs), WO 2004/087714 (IRBM), WO 03/101993 (Neogenesis), WO 03/026587 (BMS), WO 03/000254 (Japan Tobacco), and WO 01/47883 (Japan Tobacco), and the clinical candidates JTK-003 (Japan Tobacco), HCV 086 (ViroPharma/Wyeth), R-803 (Rigel) and NM 283 (Idenix/Novartis).
The term "inhibitor of another target in the HCV life cycle" as used herein means an agent (compound or biological) that is effective to inhibit the formation and/or replication of HCV in a mammal other than by inhibiting the function of the HCV NS3 protease. This includes agents that interfere with either host or HCV viral mechanisms necessary for the formation and/or replication of HCV in a mammal. Inhibitors of another target in the HCV life cycle include, for example, agents that inhibit a target selected from a helicase, a NS2/3 protease and an internal ribosome entry site (IRES) and agents that interfere with the function of other viral targets including but not limited to an NS5A protein.
The term "HIV inhibitor" as used herein means an agents (compound or biological) that is effective to inhibit the formation and/or replication of HIV in a mammal. This includes agents that interfere with either host or viral mechanisms necessary for the formation and/or replication of HIV in a mammal. HIV inhibitors include, for example, nucleoside inhibitors, non-nucleoside inhibitors, protease inhibitors, fusion inhibitors and integrase inhibitors.
The term "HAV inhibitor" as used herein means an agent (compound or biological) that is effective to inhibit the formation and/or replication of HAV in a mammal. This includes agents that interfere with either host or viral mechanisms necessary for the formation and/or replication of HAV in a mammal. HAV inhibitors include Hepatitis A vaccines, for example, Havrix® (GlaxoSmithKline), VAQT A® (Merck) and Avaxim® (Aventis Pasteur).
The term "HBV inhibitor" as used herein means an agent (compound or biological) that is effective to inhibit the formation and/or replication of HBV in a mammal. This includes agents that interfere with either host or viral mechanisms necessary for the formation and/or replication of HBV in a mammal. HBV inhibitors include, for example, agents that inhibit HBV viral DNA polymerase or HBV vaccines. Specific examples of HBV inhibitors include Lamivudine (Epivir-HBV®), Adefovir Dipivoxil, Entecavir, FTC (Coviracil®), DAPD (DXG), L-FMAU (Clevudine®), AM365 (Amrad), Ldt (Telbivudine), monoval-LdC (Valtorcitabine), ACH-126,443 (L-Fd4C) (Achillion), MCC478 (EIi Lilly), Racivir (RCV), Fluoro-L and D nucleosides, Robustaflavone, ICN 2001-3 (ICN), Bam 205 (Novelos), XTL-001 (XTL), Imino-Sugars (Nonyl-DNJ) (Synergy), HepBzyme; and immunomodulator products such as: interferon alpha 2b, HE2000 (Hollis-Eden), Theradigm (Epimmune), EHT899 (Enzo Biochem), Thymosin alpha-1 (Zadaxin®), HBV DNA vaccine (PowderJect), HBV DNA vaccine (Jefferon Center), HBV antigen (OraGen), BayHep B® (Bayer), Nabi-HB® (Nabi) and Anti-hepatitis B (Cangene); and HBV vaccine products such as the following: Engerix B, Recombivax HB, GenHevac B, Hepacare, Bio-Hep B, TwinRix, Comvax, Hexavac.
The term "class I interferon" as used herein means an interferon selected from a group of interferons that all bind to receptor type I. This includes both naturally and synthetically produced class I interferons. Examples of class I interferons include α-, β-, δ-, ω- interferons, τ-interferons, consensus interferons, asialo-interferons and pegylated forms thereof.
The term "class Il interferon" as used herein means an interferon selected from a group of interferons that all bind to receptor type II. Examples of class Il interferons include γ-interferons.
Specific preferred examples of some of these agents are listed below: ■ antiviral agents: ribavirin and amantadine;
■ immunomodulatory agents: class I interferons, class Il interferons, pegylated interferons and conjugated interferons;
■ HCV polymerase inhibitors: nucleoside analogs and non-nucleosides;
■ inhibitor of another target in the HCV life cycle: agents that inhibit a target selected from a helicase, a NS2/3 protease and an internal ribosome entry site (IRES) and agents that interfere with the function of other viral targets including but not limited to an NS5A protein;
■ HIV inhibitors: nucleoside inhibitors, non-nucleoside inhibitors, protease inhibitors, fusion inhibitors and integrase inhibitors; or ■ HBV inhibitors: agents that inhibit viral DNA polymerase or is an HBV vaccine.
As discussed above, combination therapy is contemplated wherein a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is co-administered with at least one additional agent selected from: an antiviral agent, an immunomodulatory agent, another inhibitor of HCV NS3 protease, an inhibitor of HCV polymerase, an inhibitor of another target in the HCV life cycle, an HIV inhibitor, an HAV inhibitor and an HBV inhibitor. Examples of such agents are provided in the Definitions section above. These additional agents may be combined with the compounds of this invention to create a single pharmaceutical dosage form. Alternatively these additional agents may be separately administered to the patient as part of a multiple dosage form, for example, using a kit. Such additional agents may be administered to the patient prior to, concurrently with, or following the administration of wherein a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
As used herein, the term "treatment" means the administration of a compound or composition according to the present invention to alleviate or eliminate symptoms of the hepatitis C disease and/or to reduce viral load in a patient.
As used herein, the term "prevention" means the administration of a compound or composition according to the present invention post-exposure of the individual to the virus but before the appearance of symptoms of the disease, and/or prior to the detection of the virus in the blood, to prevent the appearance of symptoms of the disease and/or to prevent the virus from reaching detectible levels in the blood.
As used herein, the symbol
Figure imgf000021_0001
used to represent a bond to or from a stereogenic centre means that the stereochemistry at that centre is mixed. For example, when the
stereogenic centre is a chiral centre, the symbol means that the stereochemistry at that centre is a mixture of (R) and (S). As an alternative example,
Figure imgf000021_0002
when the stereogenic centre gives rise to geometric isomerism, the symbol means that the stereochemistry at that centre is a mixture of (E) and (Z).
As used herein, the designation whereby a bond to a substituent R is drawn as emanating from the center of a ring, such as, for example,
Figure imgf000021_0003
means that the substituent R may be attached to any free position on the ring that would otherwise be substituted with a hydrogen atom, unless specified otherwise.
Figure imgf000021_0004
The following sign is used in sub-formulas to indicate the bond which is connected to the rest of the molecule as defined.
PREFERRED EMBODIMENTS
In the following preferred embodiments, groups and substituents of the compounds of formula (I) according to this invention are described in detail. Groups, substituents and indices are defined as hereinbefore unless stated otherwise.
m:
Preferred compounds of formula (I) of the present invention are those wherein m is 2. Alternatively, preferred compounds of formula (I) are those wherein m is 1.
Any and each individual definition of m as set out herein may be combined with any and each individual definition of R1, R2, R3, R4, and n as set out herein.
n: Preferred compounds of formula (I) are those wherein n is 1.
Any and each individual definition of n as set out herein may be combined with any and each individual definition of R1, R2, R3, R4, and m as set out herein.
R1:
Preferably, R1 is (C2-6)alkenyl or (C2-6)alkyl.
More preferably, R1 is ethyl or ethenyl.
Any and each individual definition of R1 as set out herein may be combined with any and each individual definition of R2, R3, R4, n, and m as set out herein.
In the moiety P1 , the substituent R1 and the carbonyl preferably take a syn orientation. Therefore, in the case R1 is ethyl, the asymmetric carbon atoms in the cyclopropyl group take the R, R configuration according to the subformula:
Figure imgf000022_0001
In the case R1 is ethenyl, the asymmetric carbon atoms in the cyclopropyl group preferably take the RS configuration according to the subformula:
Figure imgf000022_0002
Therefore, in a preferred embodiment, the compounds of the present invention have the formula (Ia):
Figure imgf000023_0001
(I) (Ia).
In another preferred embodiment of the present invention, m is 2, n is 1 , and R1 is ethyl or ethenyl, wherein R2, R3 and R4 are as defined hereinbefore and hereinafter.
R2:
Preferably, R2 is selected from -O-R20 and -S-R20, wherein R20 is as defined herein.
More preferably, R2 is -O-R20, and R20 is aryl or Het, wherein the aryl and Het are optionally substituted with R200, wherein R200 is as defined herein.
Even more preferably, R2 is -O-R20, wherein R20 is Het, wherein the Het is optionally substituted with R200, wherein R200 is as defined herein.
Still more preferably, when R2 is -O-R20 and R20 is Het, Het preferably is a heterocycle or heteropolycycle, each of which containing at least one nitrogen heteroatom, and the Het is unsubstituted or substituted with R200, wherein R200 is as defined herein.
Yet more preferably, when R is -O-R ° and R is Het, Het is preferably selected from
Figure imgf000023_0002
wherein the Het is unsubstituted or substituted with R200, wherein R200 is as defined herein.
Preferably, R2 is -O-RZ0 and R20 is Het selected from
Figure imgf000024_0001
wherein the Het is unsubstituted or substituted with R200, wherein R200 is one to four substituents each independently selected from H, halogen, cyano, (C1-6)alkyl, aryl, Het, -OR201, -SR201, -SOR201 and -SO2R201; wherein (C1-6)alkyl, aryl and Het are each optionally further substituted with
R2000;
R201 is in each case independently selected from (C1-6)alkyl optionally further substituted with R2000;
R2000 is in each case independently one to three substituents each independently selected from halogen, R2003, aryl, Het, -OR2001, -SR2001, -SOR2001, -SO2R2001, cyano, and -N(R2002)(R2001); wherein the aryl and Het are each optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from (C1-6)alkyl and -O-(C1-6)alkyl;
R2001 is in each case independently selected from aryl, aryl-(C1-6)alkyl-, -C(O)-R2003, -C(O)O-R2003, -CON(R2002XR2004) and R2004;
R2002 is in each case independently selected from H and (C1-6)alkyl;
R2003 is in each case independently selected from (C1-8)alkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl and
Figure imgf000024_0002
wherein the (C3.7)cycloalkyl and (C3-7)cycloalkyl-(C1-4)alkyl- are each optionally substituted with one to three substituents each independently selected from (C1-3)alkyl;
R2004 is in each case independently selected from H and R2003; and
Het is in each case independently a 5- 6- or 7-membered monocyclic saturated, unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle containing 1 to 4 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S.
Also preferred are compounds of formula (I) wherein R2 is -O-R20 and R20 is Het of the formula
Figure imgf000024_0003
wherein
R2OOd is H, aryl, Het, or -OR201, wherein Het is a 5- 6- or 7-membered monocyclic saturated, unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle containing 1 to 4 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S and wherein the aryl and Het are each optionally further substituted with R2000; R200e is H or -OR201; and R200f is H, (C1-6)alkyl, halogen, -SR201, -SO2R201, or -OR201; wherein the (C1-6)alkyl is optionally further substituted with R2000; wherein R201 is in each case independently selected from (Ci.6)alkyl optionally further substituted with R2000; R2000 is in each case independently one to three substituents each independently selected from halogen, (C3-7)cycloalkyl, aryl, -OR2001, cyano, and
-N(R2002)(R2001);
R2001 is in each case independently selected from H, (d^)alkyl and -COR2003; R2002 is in each case independently selected from H and (Ci-6)alkyl; and R2003 is in each case independently selected from (Cvβ)alkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl and
(C3-7)cycloalkyl-(Ci.4)alkyk
Even more preferred are compounds wherein R is -OR , R is Het and Het is
Figure imgf000025_0001
wherein
R2OOd is -OR201, wherein R201 is (C1-6)alkyl;
R2OOΘ is H or -OR201, wherein R201 is (C1-6)alkyl; and
R200Ms (C1-6)alkyl, halogen, -OR201 or -SR201, wherein R201 is (C1-6)alkyl.
Most preferably, R2 is selected from:
Figure imgf000025_0002
Figure imgf000026_0001
Any and each individual definition of R2 as set out herein may be combined with any and each individual definition of R1, R3, R4, n and m as set out herein.
R4:
In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, R4 is selected from methyl, ethyl, propyl, 1-methylethyl, butyl, 1-methylpropyl, 2-methylpropyl, 1 ,1-dimethylethyl, ethenyl, 1-propenyl, 2-propenyl, cyclopropylmethyl, cyclobutylmethyl, cyclopentylmethyl, cyclohexylmethyl, phenyl, naphthyl, Het, phenylmethyl, naphthylmethyl and Het-methyl; a) each of which optionally being substituted with one to three substituents each independently selected from fluoro and methyl; and b) each of which optionally being substituted with one or two substituents each independently selected from hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, methoxy, phenoxy and trifluoromethoxy; and c) each of which optionally being substituted with a substituent selected from chloro, bromo, cyano, nitro, -CO-NH2, -CO-NHCH3, -CO-N(CH3)2, -NH2, -NH(CH3) and -N(CH3)2; wherein Het is selected from thienyl, furyl, thiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, indolizinyl, isoindolyl, 3H-indolyl, indolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, tetrahydrothienyl, tetrahydrofuryl, thiadiazolyl, isoxazolyl, benzothienyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, triazolyl,
tetrazolyl, and
Figure imgf000026_0002
Even more preferably in this embodiment, R4 is phenyl, optionally substituted with halogen.
In an alternative preferred embodiment, R4 is selected from cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl; a) each of which optionally being substituted with one, two or three fluoro substituents; and b) each of which optionally being substituted with one or two substituents each independently selected from hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, methoxy and trifluoromethoxy; and c) each of which optionally being substituted with a substituent selected from chloro, bromo, cyano, nitro, -CO-NH2, -CO-NHCH3, -CO-N(CH3)2, -NH2, -NH(CH3) and -N(CH3J2; and d) each of which being optionally substituted with (d-8)alkyl, wherein the (Ci-8)alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from -0-(Ci-6)alkyl, hydroxy, halogen, (C2-i0)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl, (C4.7)cycloalkenyl, aryl, aryloxy, and aryl-(C1-4)alkyl-O-, wherein each of the aryl and aryloxy is optionally substituted with
Figure imgf000027_0001
More preferably, the group R4 is selected from methyl, ethyl, 1-methylethyl, propyl, ethenyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, Het and phenyl; wherein Het is selected
from
Figure imgf000027_0002
and , the Het being optionally substituted with phenoxy; and wherein the phenyl is optionally substituted with halogen; and wherein the cyclopropyl is optionally substituted at the 1-position with methyl, ethyl, propyl or butyl, each of the methyl, ethyl, propyl and butyl being optionally further substituted with phenyl, (C3-6)cycloalkyl, (C2-6)alkenyl or (C1-4)alkoxy.
Even more preferably, R4 is cyclopropyl, 1-methylcyclopropyl, 1-ethylcyclopropyl, 1- benzylcyclopropyl,
Figure imgf000028_0001
, phenyl, 3-chlorophenyl, 4-chlorophenyl,
Figure imgf000028_0002
Most preferably, R4 is cyclopropyl or 1-methylcyclopropyl.
In another alternative preferred embodiment, R4 is -N(RN2)(RN1), wherein RN1 and RN2 are each independently selected from H1 methyl, ethyl, propyl, 1-methylethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, 1-methylethoxy, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl and phenylmethyl; wherein the methyl, ethyl, propyl, 1-methylethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, 1-methylethoxy, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl and phenylmethyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from halogen, (C-i-Oalkyl, hydroxy, cyano, 0-(C1-4)alkyl, -NH2, -NH(C^)alkyl, -N((C^)alkyl)2, -CO-NH2, -CO-NH(C1-4)alkyl, -CO-N((Ci-4)alkyl)2, -COOH, and -COO(C^)alkyl; or RN2 and RN1 are linked, together with the nitrogen to which they are bonded, to form a 3- 4-, 5- or 6-membered monocyclic saturated or unsaturated heterocycle, optionally containing from one to three further heteroatoms each independently selected from N, S and O, and optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from halogen, (C1-4)alkyl, hydroxy, cyano, 0-(Ci-4)alkyl, -NH2, -NH(C1-4)alkyl, -N((C1-4)alkyl)2, -CO-NH2, -CO-NH(Ci-4)alkyl, -CO-N((C1-4)alkyl)2, -COOH, and -COO(C^)alkyl.
In another alternative preferred embodiment, R4 is -N(RN2)(RN1), wherein RN1 and RN2 are each independently selected from methyl, ethyl, propyl, 1-methylethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, 1-methylethoxy, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl and phenylmethyl; wherein the methyl, ethyl, propyl, 1-methylethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, 1-methylethoxy, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl and phenylmethyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from halogen, (d.4)alkyl, hydroxy, cyano, O-(C1-4)alkyl, -NH2, -NH(C1-4)alkyi; -N((CM)alkyl)2, -CO-NH2, -CO-NH(Ci-4)alkyl, -CO-N((C1-4)alkyl)2, -COOH, and -COO(C1-4)alkyl; or
RN2 and RN1 are linked, together with the nitrogen to which they are bonded, to form a 3- 4-, 5- or 6-membered monocyclic saturated or unsaturated heterocycle, optionally containing from one to three further heteroatoms each independently selected from N, S and O, and optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from halogen, (C1-4)alkyl, hydroxy, cyano, O-CC^alkyl, -NH2, -NH(CM)alkyl, -N((C1-4)alkyl)2, -CO-NH2, -CO-NH(CM)alkyl, -CO-N((C1-4)alkyl)2, -COOH, and -COO(C^)alkyl.
More preferably in this embodiment, R4 is selected from...
Figure imgf000029_0001
, -N(CH3)OCH3 and -N(CHa)2.
Most preferably, R4 is -N(CH3)2.
Therefore preferably, R4 is selected from methyl, ethyl, propyl, 1-methylethyl, butyl, 1-methylpropyl, 2-methylpropyl, 1,1-dimethylethyl, ethenyl, 1-propenyl, 2-propenyl, cyclopropylmethyl, cyclobutylmethyl, cyclopentylmethyl, cyclohexylmethyl, phenyl, naphthyl, Het, phenylmethyl, naphthylmethyl and Het-methyl; a) each of which optionally being substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from fluoro and methyl; and b) each of which optionally being substituted with one or two substituents each independently selected from hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, methoxy, phenoxy and trifluoromethoxy; and c) each of which optionally being substituted with a substituent selected from chloro, bromo, CF3, cyano, nitro, -CO-NH2, -CO-NHCH3, -CO-N(CH3)2, -NH2,
-NH(CH3) and -N(CH3J2; wherein Het is selected from thienyl, furyl, thiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, indolizinyl, isoindolyl, 3H-indolyl, indolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, tetrahydrothienyl, tetrahydrofuryl, thiadiazolyl, isoxazolyl, benzothienyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, and
Figure imgf000030_0001
or R4 is selected from cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl; a) each of which optionally being substituted with one, two or three fluoro substituents; and b) each of which optionally being substituted with one or two substituents selected from hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, methoxy and trifluoromethoxy; and c) each of which optionally being substituted with a substituent selected from chloro, bromo, cyano, nitro, -CO-NH2, -CO-NHCH3, -CO-N(CH3)2, -NH2, -NH(CH3) and -N(CH3)2; and d) each of which being optionally substituted with (C1-8)alkyl, wherein the (Ci-8)alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from -O-(C1-6)alkyl, hydroxy, halogen, (C2-10)alkenyl, (C2-io)alkynyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl, (C4-7)cycloalkenyl, aryl, aryloxy, and aryl-(Ci-4)alkyl-O-, wherein each of the aryl and aryloxy is optionally substituted with (C1-6)alkyl; or R4 is -N(RN2)(RN1), wherein RN1 and RN2 are each independently selected from H, methyl, ethyl, propyl, 1-methylethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, 1-methylethoxy, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl and phenylmethyl; wherein the methyl, ethyl, propyl, 1-methylethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, 1-methylethoxy, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl and phenylmethyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from halogen, (C1-4)alkyl, hydroxy, cyano, O-(Ci-4)alkyl, -NH2, -NH(Ci-4)alkyl, -N((C1-4)alkyl)2, -CO-NH2, -CO-NH(C1-4)alkyl, -CO-N((C1-4)alkyl)2, -COOH, and -COO(C1-4)alkyl; or RN2 and RN1 are linked, together with the nitrogen to which they are bonded, to form a 3- 4-, 5- or 6-membered monocyclic saturated or unsaturated heterocycle, optionally containing from one to three further heteroatoms each independently selected from N, S and O, and optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from halogen,
Figure imgf000030_0002
-NH2, -NH(Ci-4)alkyl, -N((C^)alkyl)2, -CO-NH2, -CO-NH(C^)alkyl, -CO-N((C1-4)alkyl)2, -COOH, and -COO(C1-4)alkyl. More preferably, R4 is selected from methyl, ethyl, 1-methylethyl, propyl, ethenyl,
cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, Het, phenyl,
Figure imgf000031_0001
, -N(CH3)-OCH3 and
-N(CH3)2; wherein Het is selected from N and
Figure imgf000031_0002
, the Het being optionally substituted with phenoxy; and wherein the phenyl is optionally substituted with halogen; and wherein the cyclopropyl is optionally substituted at the 1 -position with methyl, ethyl, propyl or butyl, each of the methyl, ethyl, propyl and butyl being optionally further substituted with phenyl, (C3-6)cycloalkyl, (C2-6)alkenyl or (C1-4)alkoxy.
Even more preferably, R4 is cyclopropyl, 1-methylcyclopropyl, 1-ethylcyclopropyl, 1-
benzylcycloprop , phenyl, 3-chlorophenyl, 4-chlorophenyl,
'"XX
Figure imgf000031_0003
.O , -N(CH3)-OCH3 or -N(CH3)2.
Most preferably, R is cyclopropyl, 1-methylcyclopropyl or -N(CH3J2.
Any and each individual definition of R4 as set out herein may be combined with any and each individual definition of R1, R2, R3, n and m as set out herein.
R3:
In a preferred embodiment of the present invention, R3 is -C(O)OR31, wherein R31 is as defined herein; with the proviso that when n is 1 ; m is 2; R1 is ethyl or ethenyl; and R2 is -O-R20, wherein R20 is Het, wherein the Het is selected from:
Figure imgf000032_0001
wherein the Het is optionally substituted with R200, wherein R200 is one or two substituents each independently selected from methyl, methoxy, chloro, fluoro, hydroxy, phenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 4-(dimethylamino)phenyl, 4-cyanophenyl, and a group selected from:
Figure imgf000032_0002
R4 is cyclopropyl optionally substituted with propyl, cyclopropylmethyl or phenylmethyl; then R31 is not 1 ,1-dimethylethyl.
Preferably, when R3 is -C(O)OR31, R31 is (d-6)alkyl optionally substituted with one to three halogen substituents; with the proviso that when n is 1 ; m is 2; R1 is ethyl or ethenyl; and R2 is -O-R20, wherein R20 is Het, wherein the Het is selected from:
Figure imgf000032_0003
wherein the Het is optionally substituted with R200, wherein R200 is one or two substituents each independently selected from methyl, methoxy, chloro, fluoro, hydroxy, phenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 4-(dimethylamino)phenyl, 4-cyanophenyl, and a group selected from:
Figure imgf000033_0001
R is cyclopropyl optionally substituted with propyl, cyclopropylmethyl or phenylmethyl; then R31 is not 1 ,1-dimethylethyl.
More preferably, R31 is selected from methyl, ethyl, propyl, 1-methylethyl, butyl, 1- methylpropyl, 2-methylpropyl and 1 ,1-dimethylethyl, each of which being optionally substituted with one to three substituents each independently selected from fluoro, chloro and bromo; with the proviso that when n is 1 ; m is 2; R1 is ethyl or ethenyl; and
R2 is -O-R20, wherein R20 is Het, wherein the Het is selected from:
Figure imgf000033_0002
wherein the Het is optionally substituted with R200, wherein R200 is one or two substituents each independently selected from methyl, methoxy, chloro, fluoro, hydroxy, phenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 4-(dimethylamino)phenyl, 4-cyanophenyl, and a group selected from:
; and
Figure imgf000033_0003
R4 is cyclopropyl optionally substituted with propyl, cyclopropylmethyl or phenylmethyl; then R31 is not 1,1-dimethylethyl.
Most preferably, R31 is selected from methyl, ethyl, 1-methylethyl and 2,2,2-trichloro- 1,1-dimethylethyl.
In an alternative preferred embodiment, R3 is -C(O)NR32R33, wherein R32 and R33 are as defined herein.
More preferably in this embodiment, R32 and R33 are each independently selected from H, (C1-6)alkyl, and Het, wherein Het is a 5- or 6-membered saturated, unsaturated or aromatic monocyclic heterocycle containing one to three heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S.
Even more preferably, R32 is H and R33 is selected from methyl, ethyl, propyl, 1- methylethyl, butyl, 1-methylpropyl, 2-methylpropyl, 1 ,1-dimethylethyl and Het, wherein Het is selected from furyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl and pyridyl.
Most preferably, R32 is H and R33 is selected from ethyl, 1-methylethyl,
1 ,1-dimethylethyl and 2-thienyl.
In another alternative preferred embodiment, R3 is SOVR34, wherein v and R34 are as defined herein.
Preferably in this embodiment, v is 2 and R34 is as defined herein.
More preferably, v is 2 and R34 is selected from (C1-6)alkyl and NR32R33, where R32 and
R33 are each independently selected from H and (Ci-6)alkyl.
Even more preferably, v is 2 and R34 is selected from methyl, ethyl, propyl, 1- methylethyl, butyl, 1-methylpropyl, 2-methylpropyl, 1,1-dimethylethyl and NR32R33, where R32 and R33 are each independently selected from H, methyl and ethyl.
Most preferably, v is 2 and R34 is ethyl, propyl or N(CH3)2.
In yet another alternative preferred embodiment, R3 is -C(O)-R35, wherein R3S is as defined herein.
Preferably in this embodiment, R35 is selected from:
(a) (Ci-8)alkyl optionally substituted with one to three substituents each independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, -O-(Ci-6)alkyl, -S-(Ci_3)alkyl, -SO-(d.6)alkyl, -SO2-(Ci-6)alkyl, -O-phenyl, -S-phenyl, -SO-phenyl and -SO2-phenyl, wherein the phenyl portion of the -O-phenyl, -S-phenyl, -SO-phenyl and -SO2-phenyl are each optionally substituted with one to five halo substituents;
(b) (C3.7)cycloalkyl or (C3-7)cycloalkyl-(C1-4)alkyl-, each of which being optionally substituted with one to three substituents each independently selected from halo, (Ci-6)alkyl, aryl and hydroxyl; and
(c) phenyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, phenyl-(Ci-6)alkyl- or Het-(C1-6)alkyl- , each of which being optionally substituted with one to three substituents each independently selected from (C1-6)alkyl and hydroxyl; wherein Het is a 5- or 6- membered monocyclic heterocycle which is saturated, unsaturated or aromatic, containing one to three heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S. More preferably, R3S is selected from:
(a) methyl, ethyl, propyl, 1-methylethyl, butyl, 1-methylpropyl, 2-methylpropyl, 1 ,1- dimethylethyl, pentyl, 1-methylbutyl, 2-methylbutyl, 3-methylbutyl,
1 -ethyl propyl, 1 ,1-dimethylpropyl, 1,2-dimethylpropyl, 2,2-dimethylpropyl, hexyl, 2,2-dimethylbutyl, 1 -ethyl- 1-methylpropyl or 2-ethyl-2-methylbutyl, each of which being optionally substituted with one to three substituents each independently selected from fluoro, chloro, bromo, hydroxyl, methoxy, ethoxy, methylthio, ethylthio, -SOCH3, -SOCH2CH3, -SO2CH3, -SO2CH2CH3,
-O-phenyl, -S-phenyl, -SO-phenyl and -SO2-phenyl, wherein the phenyl portion of the -O-phenyl, -S-phenyl, -SO-phenyl and -SO2-phenyl are each optionally substituted with one to five halo substituents;
(b) cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cyclopropylmethyl, cyclobutylmethyl, cyclopentylmethyl or cyclohexyl methyl, each of which being optionally substituted with one to three substituents each independently selected from fluoro, chloro, bromo, methyl, ethyl, phenyl and hydroxyl; and
(c) phenyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, phenylmethyl, phenylethyl, Het-methyl or Het-ethyl , each of which being optionally substituted with one to three substituents each independently selected from methyl, ethyl and hydroxyl; wherein Het is
selected from ° ,
Figure imgf000035_0001
, and
Yet more preferably, R36 is selected from (C1-8)alkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl-(C1^)alkyl- phenyl-(C1-6)alkyl- and Het-(Ci-6)alkyl-, each of which being optionally substituted with hydroxyl.
Still more preferably, R35 is (C1-6)alkyl optionally substituted with hydroxyl.
Even more preferably, R .35 : HO'^V'
Figure imgf000036_0002
Figure imgf000036_0001
Most preferably, R3εis
Figure imgf000036_0003
.
Preferably, R3 is selected from:
(i) -C(O)OR31, wherein R31 is (C1-6)alkyl optionally substituted with one to three halogen substituents; with the proviso that when n is 1 ; m is 2; R1 is ethyl or ethenyl; and R2 is -O-R20, wherein R20 is Het, wherein the Het is selected from:
Figure imgf000036_0004
wherein the Het is optionally substituted with R200, wherein R200 is one or two substituents each independently selected from methyl, methoxy, chloro, fluoro, hydroxy, phenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 4- (dimethylamino)phenyl, 4-cyanophenyl, and a group selected from:
Figure imgf000036_0005
R4 is cyclopropyl optionally substituted with propyl, cyclopropylmethyl or phenylmethyl; then R31 is not 1 ,1-dimethylethyl; (ii) -C(O)NR32R33, wherein R32 and R33 are each independently selected from H,
(Ci-s)alkyl, and Het, wherein Het is a 5- or 6-membered saturated, unsaturated or aromatic monocyclic heterocycle containing one to three heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S; (iii) SOVR34, wherein v is 2 and R34 is selected from (C1-6)alkyl and NR32R33, where
R32 and R33 are each independently selected from H and (C1-6)alkyl; and (iv) -C(O)-R35 wherein R35 is selected from: (a) (C1-8)alkyl optionally substituted with one to three substituents each independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, -O-(C1-6)alkyl, -S-(C1-6)alkyl, -SO-(Ci-6)alkyl, -SO2-(C1-6)alkyl, -O-phenyl, -S-phenyl, -SO-phenyl and -SO2-phenyl, wherein the phenyl portion of the -O-phenyl, -S-phenyl, -SO-phenyl and -SO2-phenyl are each optionally substituted with one to five halo substituents;
(b) (C3-7)cycloalkyl or (C3-7)cycloalkyl-(Ci-4)alkyl-, each of which being optionally substituted with one to three substituents each independently selected from halo, (C1-6)alkyl, aryl and hydroxyl; and
(c) phenyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, phenyl-(C1-6)alkyl- or Het-(d-6)alkyl-, each of which being optionally substituted with one to three substituents each independently selected from (C1-6)alkyl and hydroxyl; and wherein Het is a 5- or 6-membered monocyclic heterocycle which is saturated, unsaturated or aromatic, containing one to three heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S.
More preferably, R3 is selected from:
(i) -C(O)OR31, wherein R31 is selected from methyl, ethyl, propyl, 1-methylethyl, butyl, 1-methylpropyl, 2-methylpropyl and 1 ,1-dimethylethyl, each of which being optionally substituted with one to three substituents each independently selected from fluoro, chloro and bromo; with the proviso that when n is 1 ; m is 2; R1 is ethyl or ethenyl; and R2 is -O-R20, wherein R20 is Het, wherein the Het is selected from:
Figure imgf000038_0001
wherein the Het is optionally substituted with R200, wherein R200 is one or two substituents each independently selected from methyl, methoxy, chloro, fluoro, hydroxy, phenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 4- (dimethylamino)phenyl, 4-cyanophenyl, and a group selected from:
Figure imgf000038_0002
R4 is cyclopropyl optionally substituted with propyl, cyclopropylmethyl or phenylmethyl; then R31 is not 1 ,1-dimethylethyl;
(ii) -C(O)NR32R33, wherein R32 is H and R33 is selected from methyl, ethyl, propyl, 1-methylethyl, butyl, 1-methylpropyl, 2-methylpropyl, 1 ,1-dimethylethyl and Het, wherein Het is selected from furyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl and pyridyl; (iii) SOVR34, wherein v is 2 and R34 is methyl, ethyl, propyl, 1-methylethyl, butyl, 1- methylpropyl, 2-methylpropyl, 1 ,1-dimethylethyl and NR32R33, where R32 and
R33 are each independently selected from H, methyl and ethyl; and (iv) -C(O)-R35 wherein R35 is selected from:
(a) methyl, ethyl, propyl, 1-methylethyl, butyl, 1-methylpropyl,
2-methylpropyl, 1 ,1-dimethylethyl, pentyl, 1-methylbutyl, 2-methylbutyl, 3-methylbutyl, 1-ethylpropyl, 1 ,1-dimethylproρyl, 1 ,2-dimethylpropyl,
2,2-dimethylpropyl, hexyl, 2,2-dimethylbutyl, 1-ethyl-1-methylpropyl or 2-ethyl-2-methylbutyl, each of which being optionally substituted with one to three substituents each independently selected from fluoro, chloro, bromo, hydroxyl, methoxy, ethoxy, methylthio, ethylthio, -SOCH3, -SOCH2CH3, -SO2CH3, -SO2CH2CH3, -O-phenyl, -S-phenyl, -SO-phenyl and -SCVphenyl, wherein the phenyl portion of the -O-phenyl, -S-phenyl, -SO-phenyl and -SO2-phenyl are each optionally substituted with one to five halo substituents;
(b) cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cyclopropylmethyl,
5 cyclobutylmethyl, cyclopentylmethyl or cyclohexylmethyl, each of which being optionally substituted with one to three substituents each independently selected from fluoro, chloro, bromo, methyl, ethyl, phenyl and hydroxyl; and
(c) phenyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, phenylmethyl, phenylethyl, Het-methyl or 10 Het-ethyl, each of which being optionally substituted with one to three substituents each independently selected from methyl, ethyl and
hydroxyl; wherein Het is selected from ° ,
Figure imgf000039_0001
Even more preferably, R3 is selected from:
Figure imgf000039_0002
Figure imgf000040_0001
Any and each individual definition of R3 as set out herein may be combined with any and each individual definition of R1, R2, R4, n and m as set out herein.
Therefore one embodiment of the invention provides a compound of formula (I):
Figure imgf000040_0002
(I) wherein n is 1 or 2; m is 1 or 2; R1 is (Ci-6)alkyl, (C2-6)alkenyl, or (C2-6)alkynyl; wherein the (Ci-6)alkyl,
(C2-6)alkenyl, and (C2-6)alkynyl are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with from one to three halogen atoms; R2 is selected from -NH-R20, -O-R20, -S-R20, -SO-R20, -SO2-R20, -OCH2-R20, and -CH2O-R20, wherein R20 is aryl or Het, wherein the aryl and Het are optionally substituted with R200, wherein
R200 is one to four substituents each independently selected from H, halogen, cyano, (Ci-6)alkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl, aryl-(Ci-6)alkyl-, aryl, Het, oxo, thioxo, -OR201, -SR201, -SOR201, -SO2R201, -N(R202)R201 , and -CON(R202)R201; wherein each of the alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl and Het is optionally further substituted with R2000;
R201 in each case is independently selected from H, (d^alkyl, aryl, (C2.4)alkenyl, (C2-4)alkynyl, -CO-(C1-6)alkyl and -CO-O-(C1-6)alkyl, wherein each of the alkyl and aryl is optionally further substituted with
R2000.
R202 is H or (Ci-β)alkyl;
R2000 is one to three substituents each independently selected from halogen, R2003, aryl, Het, -OR2001 , -SR2001 , -SOR2001 , -SO2R2001 , cyano and
-N(R2002)(R2001), wherein the aryl and Het are optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from (C^)alkyl and -CMC^Jalkyl;
R2001 in each case is independently selected from aryl, aryl-(Ci-6)alkyl-, -C(O)-R2003, -C(O)O-R2003, -CON(R2002XR2004) and R2004;
R2002 in each case is independently selected from H and (Ci-6)alkyl; R2003 in each case is independently selected from (Ci.8)alkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl or (C3-7)cycloalkyl-(C1-4)alkyl-, wherein the (C3-7)cycloalkyl and (C3.7)cycloalkyl-(Ci.4)alkyl- are optionally substituted with one to three substituents each independently selected from (C^alkyl; and
R2004 in each case is independently selected from H or R2003; R3 is selected from:
(i) -C(O)OR31 wherein R31 is (C1-6)alkyl or aryl, wherein the (d.6)alkyl is substituted with one to three halogen substituents; (ii) -C(O)NR32R33, wherein R32 and R33 are each independently selected from H, (C1-6)alkyl, and Het; (iii) -SOVR34 wherein v is 1 or 2 and R34 is selected from: (Ci-6)alkyl, aryl,
Het, and NR32R33 wherein R32 and R33 are as defined above; and (iv) -C(O)-R35, wherein R35 is selected from (C1-6)alkyl, (d^cycloalkyl, (C3.7)cycloalkyl-(Ci.4)alkyl-, aryl and aryl-(C1-6)alkyl-, each of which are optionally substituted at one to three substitutable positions with one or more substituents each independently selected from halo, (C1-6)alkyl, (C3.7)cycloalkyl, Het, -O-(Ci-6)alkyl, hydroxyl, and aryl; R4 is (Ci-6)alkyl, (C2-6)alkenyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl-(Ci-6)alkyl-, aryl, Het, aryl-(C1-4)alkyl-, or Het-(C1-4)alkyl-; a) the (C1-6)alkyl, (C2-6)alkenyl, aryl, Het, (C3-7)cycloalkyl-(C1-6)alkyl-, aryl-(C1-4)alkyl-, and Het-(Ci_4)alkyl- optionally being substituted with nitro or substituted with one to three substituents each independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, cyano, (C1-6)alkyl, O-(Ci.6)alkyl, O-aryl,
-CO-NH2, -CO-NH(C1-4)alkyl, -CO-N((C1-4)alkyl)2, -NH2, -NHfd^alkyl and -N((C1-4)alkyl)2, wherein the (C1-6)alkyl and O-(C1-6)alkyl are optionally substituted with one to three halogen substituents; and b) the (C3-7)cycloalkyl being optionally substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from nitro, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, -O-(Ci-6)alkyl, (C2-4)alkenyl, -OCF3, -NH2, -NH(C1-4)alkyl, -N((C1-4)alkyl)2l tri(C1-6)alkylsilyl, R41, -C(=O)-R41, -C(=O)OR41, -C(=O)N(R42)R41, -SO2R41, and -OC(=O)-R41; wherein R41 in each case is independently selected from: i) H, (C3-7)cycloalkyl, (C4-7)cycloalkenyl, Het, or aryl-(d-4)alkyl-O-; ii) aryl or aryloxy, each of which being optionally substituted with
(C1-6)alkyl; and iii) (C1-8)alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from -O-(C1-6)alkyl, hydroxy, halogen, (C2-i0)alkenyl, (C2-i0)alkynyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl,
(C4.7)cycloalkenyl, aryl, Het, aryloxy, and aryl-(Ci-4)alkyl-O-, wherein each of the aryl and aryloxy is optionally substituted with (C1-6)alkyl; and
R42 is selected from H and (C1-6)alkyl; or R4 is -N(RN2)(RN1), wherein RN1 and RN2 are each independently selected from
H, (Ci-6)alkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl-(C1-6)alkyl-, aryl and aryl-(C1-6)alkyl-; wherein the (C1-6)alkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl-(Ci-6)alkyl-, aryl and aryl-(C1-6)alkyl- are optionally substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from halogen, (C^)alkyl, hydroxy, cyano, O-(C1-6)alkyl, -NH2, -NH(C1-4)alkyl, -N((C1-4)alkyl)2,
-CO-NH2, -CO-NH(C^)alkyl, -CO-N((C1-4)alkyl)2, -COOH, and -COO^L^alkyl; or
RN2 and RN1 are linked, together with the nitrogen to which they are bonded, to form a 3- to 7-membered monocyclic saturated or unsaturated heterocycle optionally fused to at least one other cycle to form a heteropolycycle, the heterocycle and heteropolycycle optionally containing from one to three further heteroatoms each independently selected from N, S and O, and being optionally substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from halogen, (Ci-6)alkyl, hydroxy, cyano, O-(C1-6)alkyl, -NH2, -NH(C1^aIlCyI1 -N((C1-4)alkyl)2, -CO-NH2, -CO-NH(C1-4)alkyl, -CO-N((Ci-4)alkyl)2, -COOH, and -COO(C^)alkyl; wherein Het as used herein is defined as a 3- to 7-membered heterocycle having 1 to 4 heteroatoms each independently selected from O, N and S, which may be saturated, unsaturated or aromatic, and which is optionally fused to at least one other cycle to form a 4- to 14-membered heteropolycycle having wherever possible 1 to 5 heteroatoms, each independently selected from O, N and S, the heteropolycycle being saturated, unsaturated or aromatic; with the proviso that when n is 1; m is 2; R1 is ethyl or ethenyl; and R2 is -O-R20, wherein R20 is Het, wherein the Het is selected from:
Figure imgf000043_0001
substituted with R200, wherein R200 is one or two substituents each independently selected from methyl, methoxy, chloro, fluoro, hydroxy, phenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 4-(dimethylamino)phenyl, 4-cyanophenyl, and a group selected from:
Figure imgf000043_0002
R4 is cyclopropyl optionally substituted with propyl, cyclopropylmethyl or phenylmethyl; and
R3 Js -COOR31; then R31 is not 1 ,1-dimethylethyl; or a racemate, diastereoisomer, or optical isomer thereof, including a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
A preferred embodiment of the present invention provides compounds of formula (I) wherein: m is 2; n is 1 ;
R1 is (C2.6)alkenyl or (C2-6)alkyl; R2 is -O-R20 and R20 is Het selected from
Figure imgf000044_0001
wherein the Het is unsubstituted or substituted with R200, wherein R200 is one to four substituents each independently selected from H, halogen, cyano, (C1-6)alkyl, aryl, Het, -OR201, -SR201, -SOR201 and -SO2R201; wherein (C^alkyl, aryl and Het are each optionally further substituted with R2000; R201 is in each case independently selected from (d-6)alkyl optionally further substituted with R2000;
R2000 is in each case independently one to three substituents each independently selected from halogen, R2003, aryl, Het, -OR2001, -SR2001,
-SOR2001, -SO2R2001, cyano, and -N(R2002)(R2001); wherein the aryl and Het are each optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from (Ci-6)alkyl and -O-(C1-6)alkyl; R2001 is in each case independently selected from aryl, aryl-(C1-6)alkyl-, -C(O)-R2003, -C(O)O-R2003, -CON(R2002XR2004) and R2004;
R2002 is in each case independently selected from H and (C1-6)alkyl; R2003 is in each case independently selected from (Ci-8)alkyl, (C3.7)cycloalkyl and (C3-7)cycloalkyl-(Ci-4)alkyl-, wherein the (C3-7)cycloalkyl and (C3.7)cycloalkyl-(C1-4)alkyl- are each optionally substituted with one to three substituents each independently selected from (C1-3)alkyl;
R2004 is in each case independently selected from H and R2003; and Het is in each case independently a 5- 6- or 7-membered monocyclic saturated, unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle containing 1 to 4 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S. R3 is selected from:
(i) -C(O)OR31, wherein R31 is (C^alkyl optionally substituted with one to three halogen substituents;
(ii) -C(O)NR32R33, wherein R32 and R33 are each independently selected from H, (C1-6)alkyl, and Het, wherein Het is a 5- or 6-membered saturated, unsaturated or aromatic monocyclic heterocycle containing one to three heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S;
(iii) SOVR34, wherein v is 2 and R34 is selected from (C1-6)alkyl and NR32R33, where R32 and R33 are each independently selected from H and (C^)alkyl; and
(iv) -C(O)-R36 wherein R35 is selected from: (a) (Ci.8)alkyl optionally substituted with one to three substituents each independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, -0-(Ci-6)alkyl, -S-(Ci-6)alkyl, -SO-(C1-6)alkyl, -SO2-(C1-6)alkyl, -O-phenyl, -S-phenyl, -SO-phenyl and -SO2-phenyl, wherein the phenyl portion of the -O-phenyl, -S-phenyl, -SO-phenyl and -SO2-phenyl are each optionally substituted with one to five halo substituents;
(b) (C3-7)cycloalkyl or ^^cycloalkyKC^alkyh each of which being optionally substituted with one to three substituents each independently selected from halo, (C1-6)alkyl, aryl and hydroxyl; and
(c) phenyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, phenyl-(d.6)alkyl- or Het-O^M-sJalkyl-, each of which being optionally substituted with one to three substituents each independently selected from (Ci-6)alkyl and hydroxyl; and wherein Het is a 5- or 6-membered monocyclic heterocycle which is saturated, unsaturated or aromatic, containing one to three heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S;
R4 is selected from methyl, ethyl, propyl, 1-methylethyl, butyl, 1-methylpropyl, 2-methylpropyl, 1,1-dimethylethyl, ethenyl, 1-propenyl, 2-propenyl, cyclopropylmethyl, cyclobutylmethyl, cyclopentylmethyl, cyclohexylmethyl, phenyl, naphthyl, Het, phenylmethyl, naphthylmethyl and Het-methyl; a) each of which optionally being substituted with one to three substituents each independently selected from fluoro and methyl; and b) each of which optionally being substituted with one or two substituents each independently selected from hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, methoxy, phenoxy and trifluoromethoxy; and c) each of which optionally being substituted with a substituent selected from chloro, bromo, CF3, cyano, nitro, -CO-NH2, -CO-NHCH3, -CO-N(CH3)2, -NH2, -NH(CH3) and -N(CH3)2; wherein Het is selected from thienyl, furyl, thiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, indolizinyl, isoindolyl, 3H-indolyl, indolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, tetrahydrothienyl, tetrahydrofuryl, thiadiazolyl, isoxazolyl, benzothienyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl,
morpholinyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, and
Figure imgf000046_0001
or R4 is selected from cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl; a) each of which optionally being substituted with one to three fluoro substituents; and b) each of which optionally being substituted with one or two substituents each independently selected from hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, methoxy and trifluoromethoxy; and c) each of which optionally being substituted with a substituent selected from chloro, bromo, cyano, nitro, -CO-NH2, -CO-NHCH3, -CO-N(CH3)2, -NH2, -NH(CH3) and -N(CH3)2; and d) each of which being optionally substituted with (C1-8)alkyl, wherein the
(C1-8)alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from -O-(C1-6)alkyl, hydroxy, halogen, (C2.10)alkenyl, (C2-io)alkynyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl, (C4-7)cycloalkenyl, aryl, aryloxy, and
Figure imgf000046_0002
wherein each of the aryl and aryloxy is optionally substituted with (C1-6)alkyl; or R4 is -N(RN2)(RN1), wherein RN1 and RN2 are each independently selected from H, methyl, ethyl, propyl, 1-methylethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, 1- methylethoxy, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl and phenylmethyl; wherein the methyl, ethyl, propyl, 1-methylethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, 1 -methylethoxy, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl and phenylmethyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from halogen,
Figure imgf000047_0001
hydroxy, cyano, O-(C1-4)alkyl, -NH2, -NH(C1-4)alkyl, -N((C^)alkyl)2, -CO-NH2, -CO-NH(C^)alkyl, -CO-N((C;.4)alkyl)2, -COOH, and -COO(C^)alkyl; or RN2 and RN1 are linked, together with the nitrogen to which they are bonded, to form a 3- A-, 5- or 6-membered monocyclic saturated or unsaturated heterocycle, optionally containing from one to three further heteroatoms each independently selected from N, S and O, and optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from halogen, (C1-4)alkyl, hydroxy, cyano, O-(C1-4)alkyl, -NH2, -NH(C1-4)alkyl, -N((C1-4)alkyl)2, -CO-NH2, -CO-NH(C1-4)alkyl, -CO-N((C1-4)alkyl)2, -COOH, and -COO(C1-4)alkyl; with the proviso that when R1 is ethyl or ethenyl; and R2 is -O-R20, wherein R20 is Het, wherein the Het is selected from:
Figure imgf000047_0002
wherein the Het is optionally substituted with R200, wherein R200 is one or two substituents each independently selected from methyl, methoxy, chloro, fluoro, hydroxy, phenyl, 4-methoxy phenyl, 4-(dimethylamino)phenyl, 4-cyanophenyl, and a group selected from:
; and
Figure imgf000047_0003
R4 is cyclopropyl optionally substituted with propyl, cyclopropylmethyl or phenylmethyl; and
R3 Js -COOR31; then R31 is not 1 ,1-dimethylethyl.
A more preferred embodiment of the present invention provides compounds of formula (I) wherein: n is 1; m is 2; R1 is ethyl or ethenyl;
R2 is -O-R20 wherein R20 is Het of the formula
Figure imgf000048_0001
wherein
R200d is H, aryl, Het, or -OR201, wherein Het is a 5- 6- or 7-membered monocyclic saturated, unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle containing 1 to 4 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S and wherein the aryl and Het are each optionally further substituted with
Figure imgf000048_0002
R200β is H or -OR201; and R200f is H, (C1-6)alkyl, halogen, -SR201, -SO2R201, or -OR201; wherein the
(C1-6)alkyl is optionally further substituted with R2000; wherein R201 is in each case independently selected from (C1-6)alkyl optionally further substituted with R2000;
R2000 is in each case independently one to three substituents each independently selected from halogen, (C3.7)cycloalkyl, aryl, -OR2001, cyano, and -N(R2002)(R2001);
R2001 is in each case independently selected from H, (C1-6)alkyl and -COR2003; R2002 is in each case independently selected from H and (C1-6)alkyl; and R2003 is in each case independently selected from (Ci-8)alkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl and (Cs^cycloalkyKd-^alkyl-; R3 is selected from :
(i) -C(O)OR31, wherein R31 is selected from methyl, ethyl, propyl, 1-methylethyl, butyl, 1-methylpropyl, 2-methylpropyl and 1 ,1-dimethylethyl, each of which being optionally substituted with one ■ to three substituents each independently selected from fluoro, chloro and bromo;
(ii) -C(O)NR32R33, wherein R32 is H and R33 is selected from methyl, ethyl, propyl, 1-methylethyl, butyl, 1-methylpropyl, 2-methylpropyl, 1 ,1-dimethylethyl and Het, wherein Het is selected from furyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl and pyridyl;
(iii) SOyR34, wherein v is 2 and R34 is methyl, ethyl, propyl, 1-methylethyl, butyl, 1-methylpropyl, 2-methylpropyl, 1 ,1-dimethylethyl and NR32R33, where R32 and R33 are each independently selected from H, methyl and ethyl; and (iv) -C(O)-R35 wherein R35 is selected from:
(a) methyl, ethyl, propyl, 1-methylethyl, butyl, 1-methylpropyl, 2-methylpropyl, 1 ,1-dimethylethyl, pentyl, 1-methylbutyl, 2-methylbutyl, 3-methylbutyl, 1-ethylpropyl, 1 ,1-dimethylpropyl,
1 ,2-dimethylpropyl, 2,2-dimethylpropyl, hexyl, 2,2-dimethylbutyl, 1-ethyl-1-methylpropyl or 2-ethyl-2-methylbutyl, each of which being optionally substituted with one to three substituents each independently selected from fluoro, chloro, bromo, hydroxyl, methoxy, ethoxy, methylthio, ethylthio, -SOCH3, -SOCH2CH3, -SO2CH3, -SO2CH2CH3, -O-phenyl, -S-phenyl, -SO-phenyl and -SO2-phenyl, wherein the phenyl portion of the -O-phenyl,
-S-phenyl, -SO-phenyl and -SO2-phenyl are each optionally substituted with one to five halo substituents;
(b) cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cyclopropylmethyl, cyclobutylmethyl, cyclopentylmethyl or cyclohexylmethyl, each of which being optionally substituted with one to three substituents each independently selected from fluoro, chloro, bromo, methyl, ethyl, phenyl and hydroxyl; and
(c) phenyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, phenylmethyl, phenylethyl, Het-methyl or Het-ethyl , each of which being optionally substituted with one to three substituents each independently selected from methyl, ethyl and hydroxyl; wherein Het is
selected from "° , >l"s , and
Figure imgf000050_0001
R4 is selected from methyl, ethyl, 1-methylethyl, propyl, ethenyl, cyclopropyl,
cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, Het, phenyl, ' .O , -N(CHs)-OCH3 and -N(CH3)2;
wherein Het is selected from X N) and
Figure imgf000050_0002
, the Het being optionally substituted with phenoxy; and wherein the phenyl is optionally substituted with halogen; and wherein the cyclopropyl is optionally substituted at the 1-position with methyl, ethyl, propyl or butyl, each of the methyl, ethyl, propyl and butyl being optionally further substituted with phenyl, (C3-6)cycloalkyl, (C2-6)alkenyl or (C1-4)alkoxy; with the proviso that when R1 is ethyl or ethenyl; and
R2 is -O-R20, wherein R20 is Het, wherein the Het is selected from:
Figure imgf000050_0003
the Het is optionally substituted with R200, wherein R200 is one or two substituents each independently selected from methyl, methoxy, chloro, fluoro, hydroxy, phenyl, 4-methoxy phenyl, 4-(dimethylamino)phenyl, 4-cyanophenyl, and a group selected from:
Figure imgf000051_0001
R4 is cyclopropyl optionally substituted with propyl, cyclopropylmethyl or phenylmethyl; and R3 is -COOR31; then R31 is not 1 ,1-dimethylethyl.
Examples of preferred compounds according to this invention are each single compound contained in Tables 1 and 2.
As discussed above, included within the scope of this invention is a pharmaceutical composition comprising an anti-hepatitis C virally effective amount of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or ester thereof, and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier medium or auxiliary agent.
According to a further aspect of this embodiment the pharmaceutical composition according to this invention further comprises a therapeutically effective amount of at least one other antiviral agent.
According to an alternate embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition of this invention may additionally comprise at least one other anti-HCV agent. Examples of anti-HCV agents include, but are not limited to, α- (alpha), β- (beta), δ- (delta), γ- (gamma), ω- (omega) and tau-interferon, pegylated α-interferon, ribavirin and amantadine.
According to another alternate embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition of this invention may additionally comprise at least one other inhibitor of HCV NS3 protease.
According to another alternate embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition of this invention may additionally comprise at least one inhibitor of HCV polymerase.
According to yet another alternate embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition of this invention may additionally comprise at least one inhibitor of other targets in the HCV life cycle, including but not limited to, an agent that inhibits a target selected from a helicase, an NS2/3 protease and an internal ribosome entry site (IRES) and an agent that interferes with the function of an NS5A protein.
The pharmaceutical composition of this invention may be administered orally, parenterally or via an implanted reservoir. Oral administration or administration by injection is preferred. The pharmaceutical composition of this invention may contain any conventional non-toxic pharmaceutically-acceptable carriers, adjuvants or vehicles. In some cases, the pH of the formulation may be adjusted with pharmaceutically acceptable acids, bases or buffers to enhance the stability of the formulated compound or its delivery form. The term parenteral as used herein includes subcutaneous, intracutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, intra-articular, intrasynovial, intrasternal, intrathecal, and intralesional injection or infusion techniques.
The pharmaceutical composition may be in the form of a sterile injectable preparation, for example, as a sterile injectable aqueous or oleaginous suspension. This suspension may be formulated according to techniques known in the art using suitable dispersing or wetting agents (such as, for example Tween 80) and suspending agents.
The pharmaceutical composition of this invention may be orally administered in any orally acceptable dosage form including, but not limited to, capsules, tablets, and aqueous suspensions and solutions. In the case of tablets for oral use, carriers which are commonly used include lactose and corn starch. Lubricating agents, such as magnesium stearate, are also typically added. For oral administration in a capsule form, useful diluents include lactose and dried corn starch. When aqueous suspensions are administered orally, the active ingredient is combined with emulsifying and suspending agents. If desired, certain sweetening and/or flavoring and/or coloring agents may be added.
Other suitable vehicles or carriers for the above noted formulations and compositions can be found in standard pharmaceutical texts, e.g. in "Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences", The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 19th Ed. Mack Publishing Company, Easton, Penn., (1995).
Dosage levels of between about 0.001 and about 100 mg/kg body weight per day, preferably between about 0.01 and about 50 mg/kg body weight per day of the protease inhibitor compound described herein are useful in a monotherapy for the prevention and treatment of HCV mediated disease. Typically, the pharmaceutical composition of this invention will be administered from about 1 to about 5 times per day or alternatively, as a continuous infusion. Such administration can be used as a chronic or acute therapy. The amount of active ingredient that may be combined with the carrier materials to produce a single dosage form will vary depending upon the host treated and the particular mode of administration. A typical preparation will contain from about 5% to about 95% active compound (w/w). Preferably, such preparations contain from about 20% to about 80% active compound.
As the skilled artisan will appreciate, lower or higher doses than those recited above may be required. Specific dosage and treatment regimens for any particular patient will depend upon a variety of factors, including the activity of the specific compound employed, the age, body weight, general health status, sex, diet, time of administration, rate of excretion, drug combination, the severity and course of the infection, the patient's disposition to the infection and the judgment of the treating physician. Generally, treatment is initiated with small dosages substantially less than the optimum dose of the peptide. Thereafter, the dosage is increased by small increments until the optimum effect under the circumstances is reached. In general, the compound is most desirably administered at a concentration level that will generally afford antivirally effective results without causing any harmful or deleterious side effects.
When the composition of this invention comprises a combination of a compound of formula I1 including a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and one or more additional therapeutic or prophylactic agent, both the compound and the additional agent should be present at dosage levels of between about 10 to 100%, and more preferably between about 10 and 80% of the dosage normally administered in a monotherapy regimen. When these compounds or their pharmaceutically acceptable salts are formulated together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, the resulting composition may be administered in vivo to mammals, such as man, to inhibit HCV NS3 protease or to treat or prevent HCV virus infection. Such treatment may also be achieved using a compound of this invention in combination with another antiviral agent. Preferred other antiviral agents are described within the Definitions section and the section of preferred pharmaceutical compositions according to this invention and include, but are not limited to: α-, β-, δ-, ω-, γ-and tau-interferon, ribavirin, amantadine; other inhibitors of HCV NS3 protease; inhibitors of HCV polymerase; inhibitors of other targets in the HCV life cycle, which include but are not limited to, agents that inhibit a target selected from a helicase, an NS2/3 protease and an internal ribosome entry site (IRES) and agents that interfere with the function of an NS5A protein; and combinations thereof. The additional agents may be combined with compounds of this invention to create a single dosage form. Alternatively these additional agents may be separately administered to a mammal as part of a multiple dosage form.
Accordingly, another embodiment of this invention provides a method of inhibiting HCV NS3 protease activity in a mammal by administering a compound of the formula (I), including a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In a preferred embodiment, this method is useful in decreasing the NS3 protease activity of the hepatitis C virus infecting a mammal.
As discussed above, combination therapy is contemplated wherein a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is co-administered with at least one additional antiviral agent. Preferred antiviral agents are described hereinbefore and examples of such agents are provided in the Definitions section. These additional agents may be combined with the compounds of this invention to create a single pharmaceutical dosage form. Alternatively these additional agents may be separately administered to the patient as part of a multiple dosage form, for example, using a kit. Such additional agents may be administered to the patient prior to, concurrently with, or following the administration of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. A compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, set forth herein may also be used as a laboratory reagent. Furthermore a compound of this invention, including a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, may also be used to treat or prevent viral contamination of materials and therefore reduce the risk of viral infection of laboratory or medical personnel or patients who come in contact with such materials (e.g. blood, tissue, surgical instruments and garments, laboratory instruments and garments, and blood collection apparatuses and materials).
A compound of formula (I), including a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, set forth herein may also be used as a research reagent. A compound of formula (I), including a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, may also be used as positive control to validate surrogate cell-based assays or in vitro or in vivo viral replication assays.
In a further aspect of this invention is provided a process for the preparation of compounds of formula (I) comprising the steps of: a) reacting a compound of formula (II):
som (II) wherein R4 and m are as defined herein, with a strong base so as to form the corresponding amide anion of formula (Ha) 4
NH. ^ .r . R vscx
(Ha)
b) reacting an azalactone of formula (III):
Figure imgf000056_0001
(III) wherein R1, R2, R3, and n are as defined herein, with the amide anion of formula (Ha). The strong base referred to in step a) is well known to one skilled in the art and includes, but is not limited to, an alkyllithium reagent (including, but not limited to, butyllithium, tert-butyllithium and the like) and the alkali metal salt of a secondary amine or silyl analog thereof (including, but not limited to, lithium hexamethyldisilazide, sodium hexamethyldisilazide, potassium hexamethyldisilazide, lithium diisopropylamide, lithium N-isopropylcyclohexylamide, lithium tetramethylpiperidide, potassium diisopropylamide, and the like).
In yet a further aspect of the present invention is provided an azalactone intermediate compound of formula (III):
Figure imgf000056_0002
wherein R1, R2, R3 and n are as defined herein.
A further aspect of this invention is the use of the intermediate azalactone of formula (III) as described hereinbefore in the preparation of an HCV NS3 protease inhibitor peptide analog.
METHODOLOGY
The compounds of the present invention are synthesized according to a general process wherein the P2, P1 , and P1' fragments can be linked by well known peptide coupling techniques. The P2, P1 , and P1' fragments may be linked together in any order as long as the final compound corresponds to compounds of formula (I), wherein R1, R2, R3, m, n and Z are as defined herein. This process is illustrated in Scheme I (wherein CPG is a carboxyl protecting group, APG is an amino protecting group and LG is a group that may be displaced during the coupling reaction attaching R3 to the P2 unit).
Scheme
Figure imgf000057_0001
pr
The P2 fragment is generally formed by attaching the R2 moiety to the proline fragment using methodology as described in the examples below. This attachment may take place at any stage in this synthetic scheme, i.e., when P2 is an isolated fragment or when it has already been coupled to P1 or P1-P1'. In cases where the R2 moiety is to be added at an intermediate stage after coupling to the P1 and/or P1-P1' fragments, the P2 fragment shown above is replaced with a suitable precursor fragment for the purposes of this scheme.
Generally, peptides are elongated by deprotecting the α-amino group of the N-terminal residue and coupling the unprotected carboxyl group of the next suitably N-protected amino acid through a peptide linkage using well known methods. This deprotection and coupling procedure is repeated until the desired sequence is obtained. This coupling can be performed with the constituent amino acid fragments in stepwise fashion or by solid phase peptide synthesis according to the method originally described in Merrifield, J. Am. Chem. Soα, (1963), 85, 2149-2154. Coupling between two amino acids, an amino acid and a peptide, or two peptide fragments can be carried out using standard coupling procedures such as the azide method, mixed carbonic-carboxylic acid anhydride (isobutyl chloroformate) method, carbodiimide (dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, diisopropylcarbodiimide, or water-soluble carbodiimide) method, active ester (p-nitrophenyl ester, N-hydroxysuccinic imido ester) method, Woodward reagent K-method, carbonyldiimidazole method, phosphorus reagents or oxidation-reduction methods. Some of these methods (especially the carbodiimide method) can be enhanced by adding 1-hydroxybenzotriazole. These coupling reactions can be performed in either solution (liquid phase) or solid phase.
More explicitly, the coupling step involves the dehydrative coupling of a free carboxyl of one reactant with the free amino group of the other reactant in the presence of a coupling agent to form a linking amide bond. Descriptions of such coupling agents are found in general textbooks on peptide chemistry, for example, M. Bodanszky, "Peptide Chemistry", 2nd rev ed., Springer- Verlag, Berlin, Germany, (1993). Examples of suitable coupling agents are N,N'-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, 1-hydroxybenzotriazole in the presence of N,N'-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide or N-ethyl-N'-[(3-dimethylamino)propyl]carbodiimide. A practical and useful coupling agent is the commercially available (benzotriazol-i-yloxy)tris-(dimethylamino)- phosphonium hexafluorophosphate, either by itself or in the presence of 1-hydroxybenzotriazole. Another practical and useful coupling agent is commercially available 2-(1H-benzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N',N'-tetramethyluronium tetrafluoroborate. Still another practical and useful coupling agent is commercially available O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-N,N,N',N'-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate.
The coupling reaction is conducted in an inert solvent, e.g. dichloromethane, acetonitrile or dimethylformamide. An excess of a tertiary amine, e.g. diisopropylethylamine, N-methylmorpholine or N-methylpyrrolidine, is added to maintain the reaction mixture at a pH of about 8. The reaction temperature usually ranges between 0cC and 5O0C and the reaction time usually ranges between 15 min and 24 h.
When a solid phase synthetic approach is employed, the C-terminal carboxylic acid is attached to an insoluble carrier (usually polystyrene). These insoluble carriers contain a group that will react with the carboxylic group to form a bond that is stable to the elongation conditions but readily cleaved later. Examples of which are: chloro- or bromomethyl resin, hydroxymethyl resin, trityl resin and 2-methoxy- 4-alkoxy-benzylalcohol resin.
Many of these resins are commercially available with the desired C-terminal amino acid already incorporated. Alternatively, the amino acid can be incorporated on the solid support by known methods (Wang, S.-S., J. Am. Chem. Soc, (1973), 95, 1328; Atherton, E.; Shepard, R. C. "Solid-phase peptide synthesis; a practical approach" IRL Press: Oxford, (1989); 131-148). In addition to the foregoing, other methods of peptide synthesis are described in Stewart and Young, "Solid Phase Peptide Synthesis", 2nd ed., Pierce Chemical Co., Rockford, IL (1984); Gross, Meienhofer, Udenfriend, Eds., "The Peptides: Analysis, Synthesis, Biology", Vol. 1 , 2, 3, 5, and 9, Academic Press, New-York, (1980-1987); Bodansky et al., "The Practice of Peptide Synthesis" Springer-Verlag, New- York (1984) in the literature.
EXAMPLES
The present invention is illustrated in further detail by the following non-limiting examples.
Temperatures are given in degrees Celsius. Solution percentages express a weight to volume relationship, and solution ratios express a volume to volume relationship, unless stated otherwise. Nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) spectra were recorded on a Bruker 400 MHz spectrometer; the chemical shifts (δ) are reported in parts per million. Flash chromatography was carried out on silica gel (SiO2) according to Still's flash chromatography technique (W.C. Still et al., J. Org. Chem., (1978), 43, 2923). Analytical HPLC was carried out under standard conditions using a Combiscreen ODS-AQ C18 reverse phase column, YMC, 50 x 4.6 mm i.d., 5 μM, 120 A at 220 nM, elution with a linear gradient as described in the following table (Solvent A is 0.06% TFA in H2O; solvent B is 0.06% TFA in CH3CN): Time (min) Flow (mL/min) Solvent A (%) Solvent B (%)
0 3.0 95 5
0.5 3.0 95 5
6.0 3.0 50 50
10.5 3.5 0 100
Abbreviations used in the examples include
AcOH: acetic acid;
Bn: benzyl; Boc: tert-butyloxycarbonyl (Me3C-O-C(O)); brosyl: p-bromobenzenesulfonyl;
CDI: N,N'-Carbonyldiimidazole;
DBU: 1 ,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene;
DCC: 1 ,3-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide; DCM: dichloromethane;
DIC: diisopropylcarbodiimide;
DIPEA: diisopropylethylamine;
DMAP: 4-dimethylaminopyridine;
DME: 1 ,2-dimethoxyethane; DMF: dimethylformamide;
DMSO: dimethylsulfoxide;
EDTA: ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid;
Et: ethyl;
EtOH: ethanol; EtOAc: ethyl acetate;
Et2O: diethyl ether;
HATU: [0-7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-1,1 ,3,3-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate];
HOAt: 1-hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole;
HPLC: high performance liquid chromatography; IBCF: /so-butyl chloroformate;
LAH: lithium aluminum hydride;
LHMDS: lithium hexamethyldisilazide;
Me: methyl;
MeOH: methanol; MS: mass spectrometry;
NaHMDS: sodium hexamethyldisilazide;
NMO: N-methylmorpholine-N-oxide;
NMP: N-methylpyrrolidone; Pr: propyl; tR: retention time;
TBAF: tetra-π-butylammonium fluoride;
TBDMSCI: tert-butyldimethylsilyl chloride;
TBTU: 2-(1H-benzotriazole-1-yl)-1 ,1 ,3,3-tetramethyluronium tetrafluoroborate; TEA: triethylamine;
TFA: trifluoroacetic acid;
THF: tetrahydrofuran;
TPAP: tetra-/?-propylammonium perruthenate;
Tris/HCI: tris(hydroxymethyl)aminomethane hydrochloride; Ts: tosyl (p-methylbenzenesulfonyl)
RT: room temperature.
Synthesis of P1 fragments
The preparation, separation and identification of the stereoisomers of the P1 fragments of compounds of formula (I) were carried out using the protocols outlined in WO 00/59929, published October 12, 2000, and WO 00/09543, published on February 24, 2000. In particular, reference is made to pages 33-35, Example 1 of WO00/59929 and pages 56-69, Example 9 - 20 of WO 00/09543 for the preparation of 1-aminocyclopropylcarboxylic acid P1 moieties.
Synthesis of P2 fragments
Generally, P2 moieties of compounds of formula (I) can be prepared using the protocols outlined in WO 00/59929, WO 00/09543, WO 03/064456 and WO 03/064416.
R2 moieties of compounds of formula 1 are either commercially available, have been described previously in the literature or are synthesized according to methods provided in the examples below. General methods for the synthesis of some of these fragments are described in WO 00/59929, WO 00/09543, WO 03/064456 and WO 03/064416 and more specific and pertinent examples are provided below.
General methods for the introduction of the R2 substituent on the proline to produce the required 4-substituted proline where R20 is attached to the proline ring via an oxygen (-O-) or a sulfur (-S-), can be carried out as described in WO 00/59929, WO 00/09543, WO 03/064456 and WO 03/064416. Other analogs can also be synthesized using this methodology.
Preparation of P2 aniline moieties The corresponding anilines in P2 fragments are commercially available or may require some well known chemical transformation. For example the nitro derivative may be commercially available and is then converted to the corresponding amine by using a reducing agent. Also when the carboxylic acid is commercially available, it can be transformed into the corresponding amine via a Curtius rearrangement.
EXAMPLE 1A- SYNTHESIS OF P2 BUILDING BLOCK 2-METHYL-3-METHOXY ANILINE (1A2)
Figure imgf000062_0001
1 a1 1a2
To a solution of 2-methyl-3-nitro anisole which is commercially available (1a1) (5.1 g; 30.33 mmol; requires -30 min. to dissolve) in absolute ethanol (85 mL) was added 10% Pd/C catalyst (500 mg) . The solution was hydrogenated under a hydrogen filled balloon at atmospheric pressure and room temperature for 19 h. The reaction mixture was filtered through a Celite pad, rinsed and evaporated to dryness to obtain the compound 1a2 as a deep mauve oil (4.1 g; 29.81 mmol; 98% yield). MS 137 (MH)+. Reverse Phase HPLC Homogeneity @ 220nm (0.06 % TFA;CH3CN;H2O): 99%.
EXAMPLE 1B - SYNTHESIS OF P2 MOIETY 2-BROMO-3-METHOXY ANILINE (1 B4)
Figure imgf000062_0002
1 b1 1b2 1b3 1b4
Step A: 2-Amino-3-nitrophenol 1b1 (5 g; 32.4 mmol) was dissolved in H2O (29.5 mL) and 1,4-dioxane (14.7 mL). The mixture was heated to reflux and hydrobromic acid (48%; 16.7 mL; 147 mmol) was added dropwise over a period of 20 min. Upon completion of the addition, the reflux was maintained an additional 15 min. The reaction was cooled to 0°C (ice bath), and sodium nitrite (2.23 g; 32.3 mmol) in H2O (20 mL) was added over a period of 30 min. The stirring was continued for 15 min. at 00C1 the mixture transferred to a jacketed dropping funnel (00C) and added dropwise to a stirred mixture Of Cu(I)Br (5.34 g; 37.2 mmol) in H2O (29.5 mL) and HBr (48%; 16.7 mL; 147 mmol) at 00C. The reaction was stirred for 15 min. at 00C, warmed to 600C, stirred for an additional 15 min., cooled to room temperature, and left to stir overnight. The reaction mixture was transferred to a separatory funnel and extracted with ether (3 X 150 mL). The organic layers were combined, washed with brine (1 X), dried (Na2SO4), filtered and concentrated to afford the crude product (7.99 g) as a red- brown oil. The crude material was purified by flash column chromatography (1:25 ultra pure silica gel, 230-400 mesh, 40-60mm, 60 angstroms; CH2CI2 as the solvent) to afford pure 2-bromo-3-nitrophenol 1b2 (45%; 3.16 g) as an orange-brown solid. MS 217.8 (MH)-. Homogeneity by HPLC (TFA) @ 220 nm: 97%. Step B: The nitrophenol starting material 1b2 (3.1 g; 14.2 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (20 mL) and to the solution was added ground cesium carbonate (5.58 g; 17.1 mmol) followed by MeI (2.6 mL; 42.5 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The DMF was evaporated, the residue taken up in ether (1 X 200 mL), washed with water (1 X 200 mL), brine (4 X 100 mL), dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated to afford the crude 2-bromo-3-nitroanisole 1b3 (94%; 3.1 g) as an orange solid.MS 234 (M+2H)+; Homogeneity by HPLC (TFA) @ 220nm: 98% Step C: 2-Bromo-3-nitroanisole 1b3 (1.00 g; 4.31 mmol) was dissolved in glacial acetic acid (11.0 mL)/ethanol (11.0 mL) and to the solution was added iron powder (0.98 g; 17.5 mmol). The mixture was stirred at reflux for 3.5 hr and worked up. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (35 mL), neutralized with solid Na2CO3 and the product extracted with CH2CI2 (3X 50 mL). The extracts were dried (Na2SO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford the crude product, 2-bromo-3 methoxyaniline 1b4 (91 %; 0.79 g) as a pale yellow oil. MS 201.8 (MH)+; Homogeneity by HPLC (TFA) @ 220nm: 95% EXAMPLE 1C - SYNTHESIS OF P2 MOIETY 2-CHLORO-3-METHOXY ANILINE (1c3):
Figure imgf000064_0001
1b1 1c1 1c2 1c3
Step A: 2-Amino-3-nitrophenol 1b1 (5 g; 32.4 mmol) was dissolved in concentrated HCI (75 ml_) and 1 ,4-dioxane (14.7 ml_). The mixture was heated to 7O0C until most of the solids were in solution. The reaction mixture was cooled to 00C (ice bath), and sodium nitrite (2.23 g; 32.3 mmol) in H2O (5.4 ml_) was added over a period of 3 hours to the brown solution. The temperature was maintained below 1O0C during the addition and the stirring was continued for an additional 15 min. at 0°C. This diazonium intermediate was poured into a solution of Cu(I)CI (3.8 g; 38.9 mmol) in H2O (18.5 ml_) and cone. HCI (18.5 mL) at 00C. The reaction was stirred for 15 min. at 00C, warmed to 600C, and stirred for an additional 15 min. The reaction mixture was then brought to room temperature, and left to stir overnight. The reaction mixture was transferred to a separatory funnel and extracted with ether (3 X 150 mL). The organic layers were combined, washed with brine (1 X), dried (Na2SO4), filtered and concentrated to afford the crude product (5.83 g) as a red-brown oil. The crude material was purified by flash column chromatography (1 :25 ultra pure silica gel, 230- 400 mesh, 40-60mm, 60 angstroms; 3:1 hexane/EtOAc as the solvent) to afford pure 2-chloro-3-nitrophenol 1c1 (48%; 2.7 g) as an orange solid. MS 171.8 (MH)": Homogeneity by HPLC (TFA) @ 220 nm: 96% . Relevant literature for the Sandmeyer Reaction: J. Med. Chem, 1982, 25(4), 446-451. Step B: The nitrophenol starting material 1c1 (1.3 g; 7.49 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (10 mL) and to this solution was added ground cesium carbonate (2.92 g; 8.96 mmol), followed by MeI (1.4 mL; 22.5 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The DMF was evaporated in vacuo and the residue taken up in ether (150 mL), washed with water (150 mL), brine (4 X 100 mL), and then dried over (MgSO4). The organic phase was filtered and evaporated to afford the crude 2- chloro-3-nitroanisole 1c2 (98%; 1.38 g) as an orange solid. Homogeneity by HPLC (TFA) @ 220nm: 93%. Step C: 2-Chloro-3-nitroanisole 1c2 (1.38 g; 7.36 mmol) was dissolved in a mixture of glacial acetic acid (19 mL)/ethanol (19 mL). To this solution was added iron powder (1.64 g; 29.4 mmol). The mixture was stirred at reflux for 3.5 hr and worked up. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (70 ml_), neutralized with solid Na2CO3 and the product extracted with CH2CI2 (3 X 150 mL). The extracts were combined and washed with sat. brine and then dried over (Na2SO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford the crude product, 2-chloro-3-methoxyaniline 1c3 (100%; 1.2 g) as a yellow oil. This material was used as such in the following steps. MS 157.9 (MH)+; Homogeneity by HPLC (TFA) @ 220nm: 86%.
Preparation of P2 quinoline moieties
EXAMPLE 1 D - GENERAL PROTOCOL FOR THE PREPARATION OF 2-ALKOXY SUBSTITUTED
4-HYDROXYQUINOLINES (1D):
The following P2 hydroxyquinoline moieties bearing an alkoxy group (OR201) at the 2- position, wherein R200a and R200b are each independently selected from R200 wherein R200 is as defined herein can be prepared according to the following scheme:
Figure imgf000065_0001
Figure imgf000065_0002
Briefly, following the known Pinner synthesis, a suitably functionalized cyanoester is condensed with the corresponding alcohol using a fully saturated HCI/Et2O solution [Neilson, in Patai, "The Chemistry of Amidines and Imidates." pp. 385-489, Wiley, NY, 1975.]. The resulting imidate salt is then subsequently condensed with an appropriately substituted aniline to form the aniline derived imidate. Thermal cyclization affords the corresponding 2-alkoxy substituted 4-hydroxyquinolines 1d.
For example, when R201 is Et in the above scheme, ethyl cyanoacetate and ethanol are used as reagents. When R201 is Me in the above scheme, methyl cyanoacetate and methanol are used as reagents EXAMPLE 1E - GENERAL PROTOCOL FOR THE PREPARATION OF 2-ALKYL SUBSTITUTED 4- HYDROXYQUiNOLiNES (1 E):
The following P2 hydroxyquinoline moieties where R200c of the β-ketoester moiety is an alkyl group and wherein R200a and R200b are each independently selected from R200 wherein R200 is as defined herein can be prepared according to the following scheme:
Figure imgf000066_0001
Briefly, appropriately substituted β-ketoesters are condensed with substituted anilines and subsequently thermally cyclized to afford the corresponding 2-alkyl substituted hydroxyquinolines 1e. For example, when the initial condensation reaction with the aniline (step A) is performed with the corresponding methyl ketone, a methyl group is incorporated in the 2-position of the resulting hydroxyquinoline.
EXAMPLE 1F - GENERAL PROTOCOL FOR THE PREPARATION OF 2-ALKYLTHIO SUBSTITUTED 4-HYDROXYQUINOLINES (1 F):
In general, various P2 hydroxyquinolines having a 2-alkylthio group (SR201 wherein R201 is (C1-6)alkyl) at the 2-ρosition wherein R200a and R200b are each independently selected from R200 wherein R200 is as defined herein were prepared as shown in the following scheme:
Figure imgf000067_0001
Briefly, condensation of diethyl malonate under basic conditions with a suitably functionalized isothiocyanate produces the malonate adduct as a salt. Treatment of the salt with an alkylating reagent (e.g. EtI) produces a mixture of S- and N-alkylated products. Thermal cyclization of this mixture gives the 3-ethyl carboxylate which is saponified and decarboxylated to produce the desired 2-alkylthio substituted hydroxyquinolines 1f. For example, utilization of EtI in the alkylation step results in the formation of the 2-ethylthio analog.
EXAMPLE 1 G - SYNTHESIS OF P2 MOIETY 2-ETHOXY-4-HYDROXY-8-CHLOROQUINOLINE
(1G5)
Figure imgf000067_0002
ig3
Step A: To ethyl cyanoacetate 1g1 (23 g, 0.203 mol) was added absolute ethanol (10 g, 12.7 mL, 0.22 mol) in diethyl ether (20 mL). The solution was cooled to O0C in an ice bath before being treated with HCI gas (bubbled through solution for 12 minutes resulted in an increase in weight of 12 g (~0.33mol)). This solution was stirred at O0C for 6 h and then allowed to warm to RT and was stirred for 16 h. The resultant solid was broken up and washed several times with ether and then placed in vacuo for several hours. The imidate salt 1g2 was obtained as a white solid (36.4 g, 92%) and was stored under a nitrogen atmosphere. The 1H NMR was consistent with the desired product.
Step B: The imidate salt 1g2 (1.47 g, 7.5 mmol, 1 eq.) was combined with 2- chloroaniline 1g3 (0.96 g, 7.50 mmol, 1 eq.) in ethanol (15 mL) under an N2 atmosphere. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT (16 h) and monitored by HPLC. The reaction mixture was concentrated and then purified directly over silica gel (eluent: 10% EtOAc/Hexanes) to afford the condensation product 1g4 as a clear oil (1.73 g, 86%). MS electrospray: (MH)+; 270 and (M - H)"; 268. TLC (UV) Rf = 0.50 (10% EtOAc/hexane). Step C: The condensation product 1g4 (1.73 g, 6.41 mmol) was dissolved in diphenyl ether (10 mL) and placed in a sand bath (300°C). The internal temperature was monitored and allowed to stay between 240-2500C for 8 minutes. The mixture was cooled and then directly loaded on a silica gel column and eluted first with hexanes, then with 30% EtOAc/Hexanes and finally 50% EtOAc/hexanes. The product was concentrated and dried in vacuo to give the corresponding 4-hydroxyquinoline derivative 1g5 as a beige crystalline solid (0.76 g, 53%). MS electrospray: (M + H)+; 224 and (M - H)"; 222.
EXAMPLE 1H - SYNTHESIS OF P2 MOIETY 4-HYDROXY-8-CHLOROQUINOLINE 1H3
Figure imgf000068_0001
Step A: To 2-chloroaniline 1g3 (1.6 mL, 15.2 mmol, 1 eq) dissolved in anhydrous acetonitrile (50 mL) at RT was added Meldrum's acid 1h1 (2.41 g, 16.73 mmol, 1.1 eq), followed by trimethyl orthoformate (2.0 mL, 18.25 mmol, 1.2 eq). The resulting mixture was heated to reflux (95°C) for 2 h and monitoring by analytical HPLC until complete. The resulting solution was cooled to RT and evaporated to dryness to afford a beige solid that was recrystallized from boiling MeOH. After drying in vacuo adduct 1h2 was obtained as a bright yellow solid (2.29 g, 53%). Step B: In a pre-heated sand bath (300-3500C), diphenyl ether (6 mL) was heated until the internal temperature reached 22O0C. Adduct 1h2 (981 mg, 3.48 mmol) was added portionwise over ca. 4 min period (gas evolution) to the heated solvent. The temperature (2200C) was maintained for another 5 min. after which the solution was allowed to cool. Upon cooling, the product crashed out of solution and was filtered and washed with diethyl ether. After drying in vacuo (16h), product 1h3 was obtained as a beige solid (417 mg, 67%). MS: (M + H)+; 180.
EXAMPLE 11 - SYNTHESIS OF P2 MOIETY S-CHLORO^-HYDROXY^-METHYLQUINOLINE 2I3
Figure imgf000069_0001
Step A: To a solution of ethyl acetoacetate 1i1 (1.21 mL, 9.51 mmol; 1 eq) in benzene (20 mL) was added 2-chloroaniline 1g3 (1.0 mL; 9.51 mmol; 1eq) followed by catalytic PTSA (13 mg). The reaction flask was equipped with a Dean-Stark apparatus and heated to reflux for 2 hours. The solvent was removed and the residue purified by column chromatography using silica gel (eluent: 10% EtOAc/Hexanes; Rf =0.48) to give compound 1i2 (1.46 g, 64%) as a clear oil. MS: (M + H)+; 240, HPLC homogeneity = 99.5%.
Step B: In a pre-heated sand bath (300-3500C), compound 1i2 (730 mg, 3.0 mmol) in diphenyl ether (8 mL) was heated until the internal temperature reached 2200C and that temperature was maintained for 7 minutes after which the solution was allowed to cool. Upon cooling, a beige solid crashed out and was filtered and washed with diethyl ether. After drying, the desired quinoline 1i3 was obtained as a beige solid (452 mg, 77%). MS: (M + H)+; 194, HPLC homogeneity = 99%. EXAMPLE U - SYNTHESIS OF P2 MOIETY 2-ETHYLTHIO-S-CHLORO^-HYDROXYQUINOLINE (U7):
Figure imgf000070_0001
Step A: To THF (30 mL) was added sodium hydride (60% in oil, 920 mg, 23 mmol, 1.2 eq) before being cooled to 00C. Diethyl malonate (2.91 mL, 19.15 mmol, 1.0 eq) was then added dropwise (gas evolution) and this solution was allowed to warm to RT and was stirred for 1 hr. This mixture was cooled down to O0C before the addition of 2- chlorophenyl isothiocyanate 1j1 (2.5 mL, 19.15 mmol, 1.0 eq). The resulting mixture was again allowed to warm to RT for 3 h until the starting material was consumed. The orange solution was concentrated down and dried in vacuo to afford the sodium salt adduct 1j2 (6.73 g, 100%) as an orange crystalline solid. This material was used as is for subsequent steps.
Step B: A solution of adduct 1j2 (6.0 g, 17.06 mmol, 1 eq) in DMF (50 mL) was cooled down to -450C. Ethyl iodide (1.64 mL, 20.5 mmol, 1.2 eq) was then slowly added and the solution was stirred at -45°C for 2 h and then at RT (16 h). Water was added and the mixture was extracted twice with a mixture of ether/hexanes (1 :1 , 3 X 150 mL). The combined organic fractions were washed with water (2x), dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated to afford approximately a 1 :1 mixture of 1j3 and 1j4 (S versus N alkylation)(6.1 g, 100%) as a yellow oil. This mixture can be used in the following step since only the S-alkylated analog will cyclize.
Step C: In a pre-heated sand bath (350°C) a solution of compounds 1j3 and 1j4 (6.1 g, 17.05 mmol, 1 eq.) in diphenyl ether (60 ml_) was heated until the internal temperature reached 22O0C, which was maintained for 7 minutes. The solution was cooled to RT and the mixture loaded directly on a silica gel column, being eluted first with hexanes (1 L) to remove the diphenyl ether, and then 3% EtOAc/hexanes to afford the desired quinoline 1j5 (2.76 g, 52%) as a pale yellow solid.
Step D: To a solution of quinoline 1j5 (2.76 g crude; 8.85 mmol; 1 eq) in THF (10 mL) and methanol (10 mL) at RT was added 1 N NaOH (45 mL; 45 mmol; 5.1 eq). The reaction was allowed to stir at reflux (85°C) for 24 h (monitored by HPLC). The mixture was acidified using 4N HCI and extracted using methylene chloride (3X). The organic fractions were dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated to afford the quinoline acid 1j6 (2.43 g, 97%) as a pale yellow solid. MS: (M + H)+; 284. This material was used as is for the following reaction.
Step E: Compound 1j6 (2.43 g, 8.56 mmol) was added to diphenyl ether (20 mL) and the heterogeneous mixture was heated to 25O0C for 12 minutes before being cooled. The mixture was directly transferred to a silica gel column and eluted first with hexanes (to remove diphenyl ether), and then with 30% and 50% EtOAc/hexanes (Rf=0.48 in EtOAC/hexanes (1 :1)). Evaporation of the solvent afforded the desired 2- ethylthio-8-chloro-4-hydroxyquinoline 1j7 (1.25 g, 61%) as a pale yellow solid. MS: (M + H)+; 240, HPLC homogeneity = 99%.
EXAMPLE 1K - SYNTHESIS OF P2 MOIETY S-CHLORO^-ETHOXY-A-HYDROXY-I J-
NAPHTHYRIDINE (1K3)
Figure imgf000071_0001
Step A: To 3-amino-2-chloro-pyridine 1k1 (964 mg, 7.5 mmol, 1 eq) was added imidate 1g2 (1.47 g, 7.5 mmol, 1 eq) in ethanol (15 mL) under a N2 atmosphere. The mixture was stirred at RT for 24 h at which point the reaction was concentrated and purified directly on a silica gel column (eluent: EtOAc/Hexanes (1 :9)) to afford adduct
1k2 (1.54 g, 76%) as a clear oil.
Step B: Adduct 1k2 (200 mg, 0.74 mmol) was dissolved in diphenyl ether (5 mL) and placed in a pre-heated sand bath (3000C). The internal temperature was monitored and allowed to stay between 210°C-225°GJor 7 minutes. The mixture was directly loaded on a silica gel column and eluted with hexanes to remove diphenyl ether, followed by a gradient of 30% to 50% EtOAc/hexanes: (Rf =0.48 in 1 :1 EtOAc/hexanes). Concentration and drying in vacuo afforded the desired napthyridine 1k3 (32mg, 19%) as a white solid. MS: 225 (M + H)+.
EXAMPLE 1L - SYNTHESIS OF P2 MOIETY 2-ETHOXY-8-METHYLTHIO-4-HYDROXYQ.UINOI.INE (1L3)
Figure imgf000072_0001
Step A: The imidate salt 1g2(1.4 g, 7.2 mmol, 1 eq.) was combined with 2-
(methylthio)aniline 111 (0.96 g, 7.50 mmol, 1 eq.) in ethanol (15 mL) under an N2 atmosphere. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT (1 h) and monitored by HPLC. The reaction mixture was concentrated and then ether was added and the mixture filtered. The solids were washed with ether and the combined ether washes concentrated in vacuo. The resulting adduct 112 was obtained as a yellow oil (1.66 g, 82%) and used as is in the next step. MS electrospray: (M + H)+; 282 and (M - H)"; 280.
Step B: The condensation product 112 (1.66 g, 5.90 mmol) was dissolved in diphenyl ether (10 mL) and placed in a sand bath (3000C). The internal temperature was monitored and allowed to stay between 240-2500C for 10 minutes. The mixture was cooled and then directly loaded on a silica gel column and eluted first with hexanes, then with 30% EtOAc/Hexanes and finally 50% EtOAc/hexanes. The product was concentrated and dried in vacuo to give the corresponding 4-hydroxyquinoline derivative 113 as a yellow solid (0.735 g, 53%). MS electrospray: (M + H)+; 236 and (M - H)"; 234. EXAMPLE 1M - SYNTHESIS OF P2 MOIETY 2-ETHOXY-7-METHOXY-8-METHYL-4-
HYDROXYQUINOLINE (1M3)
Figure imgf000073_0001
Step A: The imidate salt 1g2 (1.5 g, 7.65 mmol) was combined with 2-methyl-3- aminoanisole 1m1 (1.05 g, 7.65 mmol, 1 eq.) in ethanol (15 mL) under an N2 atmosphere. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT (24 h) and monitored by HPLC. The reaction mixture was concentrated and then ether was added and the mixture filtered. The solids were washed with ether and the combined ether washes concentrated in vacuo. The resulting adduct 1m2 was purified by chromatography (SiO2, 15% EtOAc/hexanes) to obtain as a yellow oil (2.11 g, 99%). MS electrospray: (M + H)+; 280 and (M - H)-; 278.
Step B: The condensation product 1m2 (2.1 g, 7.52 mmol) was dissolved in diphenyl ether (10 mL) and placed in a sand bath (3000C). The internal temperature was monitored and allowed to stay between 240-2500C for 10 minutes. The mixture was cooled and then directly loaded on a silica gel column and eluted first with hexanes, then with 30% EtOAc/Hexanes and finally 50% EtOAc/hexanes. The product was concentrated and dried in vacuo to give the corresponding 4-hydroxyquinoline derivative 1m3 as a yellow oil which solidified upon standing to a yellow solid (1.09g, 62%). MS electrospray: (M + H)+; 233.4 and (M - H)"; 231.9.
EXAMPLE 1N - SYNTHESIS OF P2 BUILDING BLOCK 2-ETHOXY-8-METHOXY-4- HYDROXYQUINOLINE (1N3)
Figure imgf000073_0002
Step A and B: Beginning with ortho-anisidine 1n1 and following the same protocol as outlined in previous examples, the desired 8-methoxyquinoline derivative 1n3 was obtained in 38% overall yield as a pale yellow solid. MS: 220 (M +H)+. EXAMPLE 10 - SYNTHESIS OF P2 BUILDING BLOCK 8-BROMO-2-ETHOXY-4-HYDROXY 7-
METHOXY-QUINOLINE (1θ2)
Figure imgf000074_0001
Step A: To 2-bromo-3-aminoanisole 1b4 (750mg, 3.7mmol, 1eq) was added imidate 1g2 (0.73 g, 3.7 mmol, 1 eq) in ethanol (7 mL) under a N2 atmosphere. The mixture was stirred at RT for 24 h at which point the reaction was concentrated and purified directly on a silica gel column (eluent: EtOAc/Hexanes (1 :9)) to afford adduct 1o1 (1.12 g, 88%) as a pale yellow oil. MS: 344 (M + H)+ and 346 (MH + 2)+. Step B; Adduct 1o1 (1.12 g, 3.25 mmol) was dissolved in diphenyl ether (10 mL) and placed in a pre-heated sand bath (3000C). The internal temperature was monitored and allowed to stay between 240°C-250°C for 8 minutes. The mixture was directly loaded on a silica gel column and eluted with hexanes to remove diphenyl ether, followed by a gradient of 30% to 50% EtOAc/hexanes: (Rf =0.25 in 1 :1 EtOAc/hexanes). Concentration and drying in vacuo afforded the desired quinoline 1o2 (734mg, 76%) as a white solid. MS: 298 (M + H)+ and 300 (MH + 2)+.
EXAMPLE 1P - SYNTHESIS OF P2 MOIETY 5-ETHOXY-THIENO[3 .2-B]PYRIDIN-7-OL (1P3)
Figure imgf000074_0002
Step A: To available thiophen-3-ylamine 1p1 (0.50 g, 5.04 mmol) was added imidate 1g2 (1.08g, 5.5mmol) in ethanol (10 mL) under a N2 atmosphere. The mixture was stirred at RT for 3 h at which point the reaction was concentrated. To the residue was added ether, and the suspension filtered and washed with ether to afford adduct 1p2(1.0g, 82%). This material was sufficiently clean to be used in the subsequent step. MS: 242.1 (MH)+.
Step B: Adduct 1p2 (1.Og, 4.14mmol) was dissolved in diphenyl ether (5 mL) and placed in a pre-heated sand bath (3000C). The internal temperature was monitored and allowed to stay between 210°C-225°C for 7 minutes. The mixture was directly loaded on a silica gel column and eluted with hexanes to remove diphenyl ether, followed by a gradient of 30% EtOAc/hexane to neat EtOAc. Concentration and drying in vacuo afforded the desired thieno[3.2-b]pyridinol 1p3 (200mg, 25%) as a brown solid. MS: 196 (MH)+.
EXAMPLE 1Q - GENERAL SYNTHESIS OF P2 MOIETY β-suBSTiTUTED^H-isoQUiNOLiNE-i-
ONE (1Q3):
Figure imgf000075_0001
Briefly, 6-substituted isoquinolones, wherein R200a is R200 as defined herein, can be made from 3-substituted cinnamic acid derivatives by first activation with a chloroformate in base followed by treatment with an azide source. The resulting acyl azide can undergo a Curtius rearrangement followed by thermal cyclization to afford the appropriately substituted isoquinolones. As described here, the cinnamic acid can be differentially substituted.
EXAMPLE 1R - PREPARATION OF Θ-METHOXY-ΣH-ISOQUINOLINE-I -ONE (1 R3):
Figure imgf000075_0002
In general, the isoquinolines were prepared according to the following reference; Tetrahedron, 2002, 58, 5761-5766.
Step A: The 3-methoxycinnamic acid 1r1 (2.5 g, 14.03 mmol) was dissolved in acetone (40 ml_) and treated with triethylamine (3.94 ml_, 28.06 mmol). The solution was cooled to 00C and then treated dropwise with ethyl chloroformate (2.0 mL, 21 mmol). A white precipitate immediately formed upon addition of each drop. The solution was stirred for 1 h (with a suspension) before being treated with sodium azide (0.91 g, 14.03 mmol) in 10 mL of H2O dropwise over 30 min. The mixture was allowed to stir at rt 16h before being diluted with water (20 ml.) and the volatiles removed in vacuo. The aqueous phase was extracted with toluene (2 x 60 ml_), dried over MgSO- 4, and then filtered and concentrated to give a yellow oil (2.23 g) which solidified to a yellow solid 1r2 upon standing.
Step B: The diphenyl ether (10 mL) and tributylamine (7 ml_) were heated in a sand bath to 1900C before the dropwise addition of the acyl azide 1r2 (behind an explosion shield) in toluene (5 mL) over several minutes. The toluene distilled off and the temperature was raised to 2100C for 2h. After cooling, the precipitated product was collected by filtration and washed with hexanes to give the desired isoquinoline 1r3 (0.47 g, 19%). MS (electrospray); (M+H)+; 176 and (M-H)"; 174. 1H NMR (400MHz, DMSOd6) δ 11.05 (bs, 1 H), 8.07 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.16-7.09 (m, 2H), 7.04 (dd, J = 9, 2.4 Hz, 1 H), 6.47 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 1 H), 3.86 (s, 3H).
EXAMPLE 1S - SYNTHESIS OF P2 MOIETY 4-HYDROXY-7-METHOXY-8-METHYL-QUINOLINE (1s2):
Figure imgf000076_0001
Step 1 : To aniline 1a2 (Example 1A) (504 mg; 3.67 mmol) dissolved in anhydrous acetonitrile (5.0 mL) was added Meldrum's acid 1h1 (582.4 mg; 4.04 mmol) followed by trimethyl orthoformate (482.3 μL; 4.41 mmol). The resulting brown solution was refluxed for 2 hours and the reaction judged complete by HPLC and TLC
(Hexane: EtOAc; 6:4) Note: With the onset of heat a grey precipitate formed rendering stirring difficult . Therefore, an additional 5 mL of acetonitrile was added to eventually obtain a clear yellow solution within the first hour. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT and evaporated to dryness. The crude yellow solid was dissolved in a minimum amount of boiling MeOH and water slowly added till just cloudy to precipitate the product which was filtered, rinsed with water and dried to provide a light tan crystalline solid 1s1 (845.5 mg; 79 % yield). NMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz) and MS 290.1 confirmed the product. Homogeneity by HPLC (TFA) @ 220 nm:99%. Step 2: A three- neck flask containing diphenyl ether (1.9 mL; 11.75 mmol) was placed into a preheated sand bath heated to ~300°C and the sand bath allowed to slowly heat further to ~330°C so as the internal temperature was between 245-2500C. The aniline derivative 1s1 was added portion-wise (immediately seeing gas evolution) at a rate as to maintain the internal temperature at 240-2450C (addition time 5-10min). Once addition was complete, the yellow solution was maintained at 245-2500C for 20 minutes. TLC (Hexane:EtOAc 6:4) indicated the consumption of starting material, however, the reaction mixture was left another 20 minutes to ensure complete intermediate decarboxylation. The mixture was worked-up by cooling the brownish solution to RT at which time a solid precipitated. The material was triturated with ether, filtered, rinsed and dried to provide the quinoline product 1s2 as a tan brown solid (216.7 mg; 83%). NMR (DMSO, 400 MHz) indicates the product to be mainly in the keto tautomer form. MS 187.9, 190.0 confirmed the product. Homogeneity by HPLC (TFA) @ 220 nm:97%.
EXAMPLE 1T - SYNTHESIS OF P2 MOIETY 4-HYDROXY-8-METHYLTHIO-QUINOLINE (1T3):
Figure imgf000077_0001
1t1 1t2
1t3
Step 1: 2-Methylthioaniline 1t1 (2 g, 14.36 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous acetonitrile (50 mL) at RT. Meldrum's acid 1h1 (2.48 g, 17.3 mmol) was then added, followed by trimethyl orthoformate (2 mL, 18.6 mmol). The resulting mixture was then heated to reflux (95°C) for 2 h. The solution was cooled to rt, and evaporated to dryness to obtained an orange solid that was triturated with MeOH, filtered and to afford 3.33 g of a pale yellow solid (79%) 1t2, which was used as such for the next step.
Step 2: In a pre-heated sand bath (300-3500C), diphenyl ether (5 mL) was heated until the internal temperature reached 2200C, then 1t2 (3.34 g, 1.14 mmol) was added portionwise over a 4 min period (gas evolution). The same temperature was maintained for another 5 min after which the solution was cooled down. Ether was added. After stirring for 12 h, a beige solid precipitated, filtered and washed with diethyl ether, dried under vaccum to afford 669 mg of a beige solid 1t3 (30%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 11.06(s, 1 H), 8.00(d, J=8Hz, 1H)1 7.81 (t, J=7.2Hz, J=13.7Hz, 1 H), 7.75(dd, J=LOHz, J=7.2Hz, 1H), 7.30(t, J=7.8Hz, J=15.5Hz, 1H), 6.08(d, J=7.4Hz, 1H), 2.52(s, 3H). MS(ESI) M+H= 191.9, M-H= 189.9
Synthesis of Pf fragments EXAMPLE 2A - SYNTHESIS OF P1 ' FRAGMENT SULFAMIDE 2A3:
Figure imgf000078_0001
2a3
Step 1: Reagent 2a1 (0.3g, 0.99 mmol) [prepared according to Winum, J-Y; Toupet, L; Barragan, V; Dewynter, G; Montero, J-L., Org. Lett., 14(3), 2241-2243 (2001)] was suspended in CH2CI2 before morpholine (0.086 mL, 0.99 mmol) was added and stirred for 5h. The reaction was followed by TLC. On completion the reaction mixture was directly adsorbed on the silica gel and eluted the product with 6% MeOH in CHCI3 to afford 0.258g (98%) of compound 2a2 as a white solid.
Step 2: Compound 2a2 (0.150 g, 0.56 mmol) was dissolved in CH2CI2 (5 mL) and treated with TFA (1 mL). The reaction was stirred for 4h and monitored by TLC. Upon completion, the solvent was evaporated and the residue directly adsorbed on the silica gel and eluted with 5% MeOH in CHCI3 to afford 0.075g (80.2%) of compound 2a3 as a white solid.
EXAMPLE 2B - SYNTHESIS OF PV FRAGMENT SULFAMIDE (2B2):
Figure imgf000078_0002
Step A: Reagent 2a1 (1.5g, 4.98 mmol) was suspended in 12 mL of CH2CI2 before the pyrroline (0.40 mL, 5.22 mmol, 1.05 equiv.) was added and stirred overnight. On completion, the reaction mixture was directly adsorbed on the silica gel and eluted the product with 1 % AcOEt in CH2CI2 to afford 0.919g (74%) of compound 2b1 as a white solid. Step B: Compound 2b1 (0.919 g, 3.70 mmol) was dissolved in 10 mL Of CH2CI2 and treated with TFA (2 mL). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 4h. The solvent was then evaporated in vacuo, the residue was dried under vacuum to afford 0.565g (quantitative) of compound 2b2 as a beige solid.
EXAMPLE 2C- SYNTHESIS OF P1 ' FRAGMENT SULFAMIDE (2C2):
Figure imgf000079_0001
Step A: Note: the reaction was performed on a solid phase synthesizer (Advanced Chemtech ACT 396), using the 96-wells block. The starting material 2a1 (45.2 mg, 0.15 mmol) was weighed in 96 Eppendorf vials and 96 different amines (0.18 mmol, 1.2 equiv.) were weighed and placed in separate Eppendorf vials. Each well of the reaction block were filled with 1.2 mL of 1 ,2-dichloroethane and the starting material 2a1 and the various amines were added. The reaction mixtures were shaken for 12 h in the case of aliphatic amines and for 36 h in the case of aniline derivatives. After the required stirring time, PS-trisamine resin was added to each well (Argonaut
Technologies, 3.42 mmol/g loading, 0.63 mmol, 0.184 g, 4.2 equiv.). After shaking for 3 h, the solvent was drained and the resins were washed successively with CH2CI2 (3 x 1 mL), MeOH (3 x 1 mL) and CH2CI2 (3 x 1 mL). In each well was then added CH2CI2 (1.2 mL) and AcOH (100 μl) and the shaking was maintained for 30 minutes. The solutions were drained in pre-tarred 2 drams vials to recover the filtrate and each resins were washed once with CH2CI2 (1.2 mL) and MeOH (1.2 mL). The filtrates were recovered in the same 2-dram vials as before. The vials were finally placed on a vacuum centrifuge to remove the solvent and the desired products 2c1 were obtained in 41-54% yields (18-27 mg of product). Those compounds were used as is in the next step.
Step B: The products 2c1 in 2-dram vials were dissolved in 1 ,2-dichloroethane (0.5 mL) and TFA (0.5 mL) and the vials were shaken on an orbital shaker for 1.5 h. The volatiles were removed on a vacuum centrifuge to afford the desired products 2c2 in yields ranging from 71 % to quantitative (12-20 mg of product). Those compounds were used as is in the next step of synthesis of compounds of formula (I). EXAMPLE 2D- SYNTHESIS OF P1 ' FRAGMENT I -METHYLCYCLOPROPYLSULFONAMIDE (2D7):
C
Figure imgf000080_0001
O, ,0
H2N- ^7
2d7
Cyclopropanesulfonamide can be prepared by amination of cyclopropanesulfonyl chloride, according to the literature reference of J. King et al., J. Org. Chem., 1993, 58, 1128-1135, or as set out below.
Step 1 : A dry 3 L 3-neck flask equipped with a magnetic stir bar, addition funnel and argon inlet was flushed with argon, then charged with 3-chloropropanesulfonyl chloride 2d1 (100.48 g, 0.57 mol, 1.0 eq). Anhydrous dichloromethane (900 mL) was transferred into the flask via cannula, the mixture was cooled in an ice/water bath and tert-butylamine (72 mL, 0.68 mol, 1.2 eq) was added. The mixture was stirred 15 minutes then a solution of triethylamine (158 mL, 1.13 mol, 2.0 eq) in anhydrous dichloromethane (100 mL) was added dropwise over 45 minutes and stirring was " continued for 1 h. The mixture was diluted with dichloromethane (500 mL) and washed with 1N HCI (3 x 400 mL) and brine. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and evaporated to dryness to give compound 2d2 as an orange-beige solid (107.04 g, 88% yield). 1H NMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz): 54.46 (s, 1 H), 3.71 (tr, 2H), 3.25 (tr, 2H), 2.31 (m, 2H), 1.41 (s, 9H). Step 2: A dry 5 L 3-neck flask equipped with a magnetic stir bar, argon inlet and 2 addition funnels was flushed with argon and anhydrous THF (1.5 L) was transferred into the flask via cannula and cooled to -780C. Compound 2d2 (96.73 g, 0.453 mol, 1.0 eq) was dissolved in anhydrous THF (390 mL) and the solution was transferred into one of the addition funnels. n-Butyllithium solution (2.5 M in hexanes, 390 mL, 0.975 mol, 2.15 eq) was transferred to the other addition funnel and the solutions in the addition funnels were added to the flask simultaneously over 4 hours. When addition was complete, the mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature. Once the internal temperature reached ~0°C, the reaction was quenched by dropwise addition of saturated NH4CI solution (200 ml_). The THF was removed under vacuum and the residue was diluted with CH2CI2 (2 L) and water (1 L). The layers were separated and the organic layer was washed with water (2 x 1 L) and brine (800 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and evaporated to dryness. Compound 2d3 was obtained as an orange-beige solid (77.32 g, 96% yield). 1H NMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz): δ 4.25 (S, 1H), 2.48 (m, 1 H), 1.42 (s, 9H), 1.19 (m), 1.01 (m).
Step 3:A 2L flask equipped with a magnetic stir bar and condenser was charged with Compound 2d3 (82.53 g, 0.466 mol, 1.0 eq), dichloromethane (400 mL) and trifluoroacetic acid (460 mL, 5.97 mol, 13 eq). The mixture was heated to reflux for 2 h, allowed to cool, and evaporated and co-evaporated several times with CH2CI2 to remove most of the TFA. The crude product was dissolved in 95:5 CH2CI2:Me0H and NH4OH and was purified by silica gel column chromatography (94:5:1 CH2CI2:MeOH:NH4OH). Compound 2d4 was obtained as a beige solid (46.38 g, 78% yield). 1H NMR (DMSO-d6l 400 MHz): δ 6.79 (s, 2H), 2.54 (1 H, under DMSO peak), 0.92 (4H). Step 4:To the solid cyclopropanesulfonamide 2d4 (1.51 g ; 12.46 mmol) was added in sequence: di-t-butyl-dicarbonate (3.26 g ; 14.95 mmol) dissolved in anhydrous dichloromethane (15 mL), triethylamine (2.6 mL; 18.65 mmol) and dimethylaminopyridine (76 mg; 0.622 mmol). The resulting solution was stirred at room temperature overnight and subsequently evaporated to near dryness. The residue was diluted with EtOAc, washed with 1 N aq. HCI (3x) and brine (1x), dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated to dryness to provide the Boc- cyclopropylsulfonamide product 2d5 as a white solid (2.6 g ; 94%). Step 5:To a cooled solution (-780C) of the Boc-cyclopropanesulfonamide 2d5 (500 mg; 2.26 mmol) in anhydrous THF (15 mL) was added dropwise n-BuLi (2.1 mL; 5.20 mmol) and the mixture was allowed to stir 1 h at -78°C. Two portions of methyl iodide (each 280 μL; 4.52 mmol) were added with a one hour interval and the reaction mixture was allowed to warm slowly to RT and stir at RT overnight. The reaction mixture was adjusted to pH 3 with 1 N aq. HCI and the product was extracted with EtOAc (3x). The combined EtOAc extracts were washed with brine (1x), dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated to dryness to provide the crude alkylated product 2d6 as a iight yellow oil . The crude material was purified by flash chromatography over silica gel with hexane: EtOAc (9: 1) as eluent to provide pure product as a yellow oil (151.8 mg; 29%). Step 6:To a solution of the Boc-i-methylcyclopropanesulfonamide 2d6 (151.8 mg: 0.65 mmol) in dichloromethane (6 ml.) was added trifluroacetic acid (6 mL) and the mixture allowed to stir at RT for 3.5 h. Evaporation to dryness under high vacuum provided the deprotected material 2d7 as an off- white wax like solid (79.1 mg, 91%).1H NMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz): δ 4.56 (s, 2H), 1.58 (s, 3H), 1.43-1.38 (m, 2H), 0.85- 0.80 (2H).
Synthesis of P1-P1' fragments
EXAMPLE 2E - SYNTHESIS OF P1 -P1 ' FRAGMENT (2E3):
Figure imgf000082_0001
Step 1:
To a solution of compound 2e1 (12 g, 38.29 mmol) in a mixture of THF (50 mL) and 1 N aq. NaOH (85 mL, 85.00 mmol) was added Boc anhydride (10 g, 45.95 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 4 days. The pH was periodically adjusted to 9 by adding more NaOH. The THF was then removed in vacuo and the aqueous layer was washed with ether (3 X 150 mL) and then cooled to 00C for the slow addition of 1 N aq. HCI until pH 3-4 was obtained. The aqueous layer was then extracted with EtOAc (3 X 150 mL) and the combined organic extracts were successively washed with water (3 X 100 mL) and brine. After drying over MgSO4, filtration and concentration, 5.16 g of the desired Boc-protected intermediate 2e2 was isolated. Step 2:
To a solution of acid 2e2 (567 mg, 2.49 mmol), in THF (20 mL), was added CDI (515 mg, 3.17 mmol). The resulting solution was stirred for 30 min, refluxed for 30 min and allowed to cool down to RT. Cyclopropylsulfonamide 2d4 (455 mg, 3.76 mmol) was added followed by the addition of DBU (0.75 mL, 5.02 mmol) and the reaction was stirred 12 h. The THF was removed in vacuo and the residue was diluted with EtOAc, washed with 1 M HCI (2 X 100 ml_) and brine, dried (MgSO4) and purified by flash chromatography (elution conditions: 70:30 hexane/EtOAc) to afford 682 mg (82%) of compound 2e3 as a white solid.
Synthesis of capping groups
EXAMPLE 3A - SYNTHESIS OF CAPPING GROUP 3A3:
Figure imgf000083_0001
3a1 3a2 3a3
Step 1 :
An aqueous solution of the dicyclohexylamine salt of compound 3a1 (0.5 g, 1.12 mmol) was adjusted to pH 2 by addition of 1 M HCI and the resulting aqueous phase was extracted twice with EtOAc. The EtOAc phase was dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated) to give 290 mg (1.10 mmol, 98%) of the free acid. The free acid was dissolved in 4M HCI/dioxane (5 ml_) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The solvent was evaporated and the residue 3a2 was dried under vacuum and used as is in the next step. Step 2:
The amino acid salt 3a2 (1.10 mmol), in an 0.5M aqueous solution of H2SO4 (4.5 ml_), was cooled to 00C and a solution of NaNO2 (459 mg, 6.6 mmol, 6 equiv./1.5 mL H2O) was added slowly over a period of 3 hours. The ice bath was removed and the resulting solution was stirred overnight at room temperature. The reaction mixture was extracted twice with EtOAc, dried (MgSO4), and evaporated to give the crude product 3a3 as a yellow oil (160 mg, 0.97 mmol, 88%).
EXAMPLE 3B - SYNTHESIS OF CAPPING GROUP 3B4:
Figure imgf000084_0001
MeMgBr
Step 2 ether
Figure imgf000084_0002
3b4 3b3 3b2
Step 1 :
A solution of ethyl cyanoacetate (17.7 mL, 166.3 mmol), cyclohexanone (20.7 ml_, 199.7 mmol, 1.2 equiv.), ammonium acetate (1.28 g, 16.6 mmol, 0.1 equiv.) and acetic acid (2 g, 33.3 mmol, 0.2 equiv.) in benzene (17 mL) was heated under reflux for a period of 4 hours, with removal of water by means of a Dean-Stark trap. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue was diluted with EtOAc, and washed with aqueous NaHCO3. The aqueous phase was extracted 3 times with EtOAc, the organic phases were combined and dried (MgSO4), and the solvent was evaporated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (eluant: 95:5 Hexanes/EtOAc) to give 25.7 g (133.2 mmol, 80%) of the desired compound 3b1. Step 2:
To a solution of MeMgBr (3.0 N in ether; 40 mL, 120.0 mmol, 5.0 equiv.) was added dropwise a solution of compound 3b1 (4.6 g, 23.8 mmol) in 15 mL of anhydrous ether. The resulting grey solution was stirred 3 hours at room temperature, then poured onto ice. The aqueous phase was acidified with HCI (10 N) before extraction 3 times with ether. The combined organic phases were dried (MgSO4) and the solvent evaporated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (eluant: 95:5 Hexanes/EtOAc) to provide 4.1 g (19.6 mmol, 80%) of compound 3b2. Step 3: A solution of compound 3b2 (1 g, 5.0 mmol) in 10 mL of a mixture of KOH (3 g) and ethylene glycol (10 ml_), was heated at reflux (-180-1900C) for 10 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with water and extracted twice with ether. The aqueous phase was acidified by addition- of HCI (10%) and extracted with 3 portions of EtOAc. The combined organic phase was dried over MgSO4 and concentrated in vacuo. The crude material was heated to 1500C for 1.5 h, then was diluted with NaOH (1 M) and extracted twice with ether. The aqueous phase was acidified by addition of HCI (1 M) and extracted with 3 portions of EtOAc, dried (MgSO4), and concentrated to give 0.56 g (3.6 mmol, 71%) of the crude material 3b3. Step 4: A solution of dry diisopropylamine (0.4 ml_, 2.85 mmol, 2.23 equiv.) in dry THF (5 ml_) was cooled to O0C and BuLi (0.8 M in hexanes; 3.5 ml_, 2.80 mmol, 2.18 equiv.) was added dropwise. After 30 minutes, the solution was cooled to -300C and a mixture of the acid 3b3 (200 mg, 1.28 mmol, 1 equiv.) and dry HMPA (0.23 ml_, 1.32 mmol, 1.03 equiv.) in THF (2.5 mL) was added slowly. The resulting solution was heated to 500C for 30 minutes and cooled to room temperature. Gaseous O2 was bubbled into the solution over 40 minutes and the reaction mixture was diluted with 1 M HCI and extracted twice with EtOAc. The organic layer was dried (MgSO4) and concentrated to afford 255 mg of the crude material 3b4.
EXAMPLE 3C - SYNTHESIS OF CAPPING GROUP 3d :
Figure imgf000085_0001
3d
By following the procedure of Example 3B, but using cyclopentanone in place of cyclohexanone, compound 3d was obtained. EXAMPLE 3D - SYNTHESIS OF CAPPING GROUP 3D5:
1 MeMgBr OEt
Figure imgf000086_0001
Step 1 :
A mixture of β-alanine (0.2 g), ethyl cyanoacetate (50.0 g, 47 ml_, 0.44 mol), butanone (38.0 g, 47.5 mL, 0.53 mol), acetic acid (9.0 ml_), and benzene (45 mL) was heated to reflux overnight through a Dean-Stark trap, then concentrated under vacuum. The residual oil was distilled under high vacuum to give 42.7 g of the desired compound 3d1 Step 2: To a solution of methyl magnesium bromide (3.0 M, 33 mL) was added a solution of compound 3d1 (15.0 g, 89.7 mmol) in 30 mL of anhydrous benzene with stirring. The mixture was heated to reflux for one hour, then cooled to room temperature and poured into 60 mL of ice-water. The mixture was acidified to pH 2 with 20% aqueous H2SO4, then extracted with benzene (3 x 300 mL). The organic extracts were combined, washed with water and brine, and dried over Na2SO4. After removal of solvents, the oily residue was purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with 5% ethyl acetate in hexanes to yield 10.77 g of the pure compound 3d2. Step 3: A solution of KOH (6.58 g, 0.117 mol) in ethylene glycol (42 mL) was added to compound 3d2 (10.76 g, 0.0587 mol). The mixture was heated to reflux for 3 hours, cooled, diluted with water (50 mL), and extracted with ether (3 x 80 mL). The combined ether layer was washed with brine (1 x 80 mL) and dried over Na2SO4. Evaporation of solvents gave 5.43 g of the crude nitrile 3d3 (83.2% yield), which was used directly in the next step. Step 4:
A solution of KOH (10.3 g, 0.156 mol) in ethylene glycol (39 mL) was added to compound 3d3 (5.43 g, 0.0488 mol) and the mixture was heated at reflux for 8 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, diluted with 200 ml. of water, and extracted with ether (3 x 80 ml_). The combined extract was washed with brine and dried over Na2SO4. Evaporation of the solvent gave 4.75 g of the acid 3d4 (74.8% yield), which was used as is in the next step. Step 5:
A solution of BuLi in hexane (2.5 M, 35.3 ml_) was added dropwise to a solution of N,N-diisopropylamine (12.6 mL, 0.0899 mol) in anhydrous THF (70 ml.) at 00C and the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes. The resulting LDA solution was cooled to -300C and a solution of compound 3d4 (4.75 g, 0.0365 mol) and HMPA (6.54 mL, 0.0376 mol) in 35 mL of anhydrous THF was added dropwise. The mixture was heated to 50°C for 30 minutes, then allowed to cool to room temperature and O2 was bubbled into the mixture for 90 minutes. The reaction was quenched by the addition of 100 mL of 1M HCI. THF was removed under vacuum and the residue was acidified to pH 1 with concentrated HCI and extracted with ether (3 x 80 mL). The combined extract was washed with brine and dried over Na2SO4. Removal of the solvent gave 5.7 g of the crude product which was purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with 0.5-4% of MeOH in dichloromethane to give 3 g of the relatively pure product. Trituration with hexanes gave compound 3d5 as a pure white solid. 1H NMR (CDCI3, 400 MHz): 4.02 (1 H, s), 1.66 (1 H, m), 1.41 (1H, m), 1.00 (3H, s), 0.97 (3H, s), 0.93 (3H, t).
EXAMPLE 3E - SYNTHESIS OF CAPPING GROUP 3E4:
1. EtMgBr
COOEt 2 H2SO4 COOEt
\= KOH y 1
Λ ■*■ ■ ^y \
CN Step 1 CN Step 2 ' CN
3d1 3e1 3e2
Figure imgf000087_0001
3e3
Following the procedure of Example 3D, steps 2 to 5, but using ethyl magnesium bromide in place of methyl magnesium bromide in step 2, compound 3e4 was obtained. Synthesis of dipeptides
EXAMPLE 4A - SYNTHESIS OF P2 BROSYLATE INTERMEDIATE (4A3):
Figure imgf000088_0001
4a1 4a2 4a3
To a solution of Boc-cis-Hyp-OH 4a1 (1.86 g, 7.58 mmol), 4-bromobenzene sulfonyl chloride 4a2 (3.85 g, 15.07 mmol) and DMAP (96 mg, 0.79 mmol), in 70 mL of CH2CI2, was added Et3N (3.7 mL, 26.55 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 400C for 12 h. The solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue, diluted with EtOAc, successively washed with HCI 1M (2X100 mL), NaHCO3 sat. and brine. After the usual treatment (MgSO4, filtration and concentration), the compound was purified by flash chromatography (elution conditions: 75:25 Hexanes/EtOAc) to give 3.0 g (85%) of white solid 4a3.
EXAMPLE 4B - HYDROLYSIS OF P2 BROSYLATE INTERMEDIATE (4B1 ):
Figure imgf000088_0002
4a3 4bi To ester 4a3 (503 mg, 1.08 mmol), in 7 mL of a mixture THF:H2O (2.5:1), was added a solution of NaOH 1 M (1.6 mL, 1.60 mmol) followed by 2 mL of MeOH. The resulting solution was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours. The solvents were removed in vacuo. The residue, diluted with H2O, acidified with HC1 1 M and then extracted with EtOAc (3X50 mL). After the usual treatment (MgSO4, filtration and concentration), 460 mg (94%) of white solid 4b1 was isolated. EXAMPLE 4C - PREPARATION OF DIPEPTIDE (4c1 ):
Figure imgf000089_0001
4c1
Deprotection of 2e3:
The BocPIPr 2e3 (375 mg, 1.13 mmol), in 8 mL of 4M HCI/dioxane, was stirred at room temperature. After 30 minutes the solid appeared. MeOH was added until complete dissolution and the reaction was stirred for an additional 30 min. Before evaporation of the solvent, the residue was dried under vacuum to afford the amine salt as an off white solid. Coupling step: To the solution of acid 4b1 (460 mg, 1.02 mmol), in 10 mL of CH3CN, was added HATU (410 mg, 1.08 mmol) followed by of DIPEA (0.45 mL, 2.58 mmol). In another flask a solution of the amine salt (0.26 g, 1.13 mmol) in 5 mL Of CH3CN was made and to it was added DIPEA (0.45 mL, 2.58 mmol). This amine solution was added to the solution of the activated ester and the resulting solution was stirred at room temperature for 14 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc, washed with HCI 1 M (2X50 mL), dried (MgSO4) and purified by flash chromatography (elution conditions". 30:70 Hexanes/EtOAc) to furnish 334 mg (49%) of the desired compound 4c1.
EXAMPLE 4D - PREPARATION OF DIPEPTIDE (4D1 ):
Figure imgf000089_0002
4c1 1o2 4d1 To a solution of compound 4c1 (3 g, 4.528 mmol) and the quinoline 1o2 (1.35 g, 4.528 mmol) in 1-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone (NMP, 20 mL) was added cesium carbonate (1.66 g, 5.11 mmol). The mixture was heated to 700C for 8 h. The reaction mixture was cooled and poured into EtOAc and the resulting solution was washed with H2O (2X150 mL) and brine (3X150 mL). The organic phase was dried, filtered and concentrated to afford the crude product as a yellow solid which was purified by column chromatography (2/8 hexane/EtOAc) to afford 2.26 g (69%) of the BOC- protected intermediate as a pale yellow solid. This product was dissolved in a solution of HCI in dioxane (4N; 4 mL) and the mixture was stirred for 1 h and concentrated to dryness to give compound 4d1 (2.04 g, 99%), which was used as such in the next step.
EXAMPLE 4E - PREPARATION OF ACYLATED DIPEPTIDE 4E2 (COMPOUND 1013 OF TABLE 1):
Figure imgf000090_0001
4d1 4e2 Compound 1013
To solution of the amine 4d1 (HCI salt) (40 mg, 0.061 mmol) and DIPEA (32 μL, 0.183 mmol) in DMF (1.5 mL) was added pre-made solution of HATU (28 mg, 0.073 mmol) in DMF (0.5 mL). The pH of the reaction mixture was adjusted to 8 with DIPEA. The acid 4e1 (8.3 mg, 0.061 mmol) was then added. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 12 h, filtered over millex filter and purified by prep HPLC (YMC Combiscreen ODS- AQ, 50 x20mm ID S-5micron,120A ; 220nm) using a linear gradient and 0.06% TFA CH3CN / H2O. The pure fractions were combined and lyophilized to provide the product 4e2 (compound 1013, Table 1) as the trifluoroacetate salt (11 mg, 26%). 1H NMR(400MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 10.50 (s, 1H), 9.01 (s, 1 H), 7.78 (d, J= 9Hz, 1 H), 7.27 (d, J = 9 Hz, 1H), 7.20-7.0 (m, 5H), 6.40 (s, 1H), 5.65-5.55 (m, 1 H), 5.39 (brs, 1 H), 5.26 (d, J= 17 Hz, 1H)1 5.11 (d, J = 10 Hz, 1 H), 4.50 (q, J= 7 Hz, 2H), 4.36 (dd, J = 7.3 Hz, J= 10 Hz, 1 H), 3.98 (s, 1H), 3.98-3.94 (m, 1H), 3.88 (dd, J = 3.3Hz, J= 12.3 Hz, 1H), 3.68 (ABq, J = 15.3 Hz, 2H), 2.84 - 2.76 (m, 1 H), 2.28 - 2.09 (m, 2H)1 1.72 (dd, J = 5Hz, J = 8 Hz, H), 1.38 (t, J = 7 Hz, 3H), 1.30 (dd, J = 5.0 Hz, J = 9.4 Hz, 1H), 1.10 - 0.85 (m, 4H). EIMS: (M+H)+ = 741.0, (MH+2)+ = 743.2
EXAMPLE 4F - PREPARATION OF UREA-DERIVATIZED DIPEPTIDE 4F1 (COMPOUND 1027 OF TABLE 1):
Figure imgf000091_0001
4d1 4f1 Compound 1027
To a solution of the amine 4d1 (HCI salt) (40 mg, 0.061 mmol) and DIPEA (32 μl_, 0.183 mmol) in CH2CI2 (2 mL) was added isopropyl isocyanate (5.2 μl_, 0.061 mmol). The pH was adjusted to 8 with DIPEA. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 12 h. The residue was filtered over Millex filters and purified by prep HPLC (YMC Combiscreen ODS-AQ, 50 x20mm ID S-5micron,120A ; 220nm) using a linear gradient and 0.06% TFA CH3CN / H2O. The pure fractions were combined and lyophilized to provide the product urea 4f1 (compound 1027, Table 1) as the trifluoroacetate salt (11 mg, 26%). 1HNMR(400MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 10.96 (s, 1 H), 9.15 (S1IH)1 7.91 (d, J=9 Hz1 1 H), 7.31 (d, J=9 Hz, 1Hz, 1 H), 6.40 (s, 1H), 6.28 (d, J= 7.8 Hz1 1H), 5.7-5.6 (m, 1 H), 5.41 (brs, 1 H), 5.30 (d, J = 17Hz, 1H), 5.11 (d, J=10 Hz, 1H), 4.51 (q, J=7Hz, 2H), 4.27 (dd, J= 7Hz, J = 9.2Hz, 1 H), 3.96 (s, 3H), 3.83-3.95 (m, 1H), 3.75 (dd, J=4.1 , J=12 Hz, 1 H), 3.65 (d, J =12Hz, 1H)1 2.94-2.85 (m, 1 H), 2.43-2.35 (m, 1 H), 2.24-211 (m, 2H)1 1.72 (dd, J= 5Hz, J= 9.2 Hz, 1H), 1.39 (t, J= 7.2 Hz1 3H), 1.32 (dd, J = 5 Hz, J= 9.2 Hz, 1 H), 1.12-0.9 (m, 4H)1 1.03 (d, J= 6.4 Hz, 3 H), 0.97 (d, J= 6.4, 3H). EIMS: (M+H)+ = 708.0, (MH+2)+ = 710.2. EXAMPLE 4G - PREPARATION OF SULFONAMIDE-DERIVATIZED DIPEPTIDE 4G1 (COMPOUND 1030 OF TABLE 1):
Figure imgf000092_0001
4d1 4g1 Compound 1030
To a solution of the amine 4d1 (HCI salt) (40 mg, 0.061 mmol) and DIPEA (32 μl_, 0.183 mmol) in CH2CI2 (2 ml.) was added ethanesulfonyl chloride (5.8 μL, 0.061 mmol). The pH was adjusted to 8 with DIPEA. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 12h. The residue was filtered over Millex filters and purified by prep HPLC (YMC Combiscreen ODS-AQ, 50 x20mm ID S-5micron,120A ; 220nm) using a linear gradient and 0.06% TFA CH3CN / H2O. The pure fractions were combined and lyophilized to provide the product 4g1 (compound 1030) as the trifluoroacetate salt (10 mg, 23%). 1HNMR (400MHz1 DMSO-d6): δ 10.87 (s, 1 H), 8.61 (s, 1 H), 802 (d, J=9 Hz, 1H), 7.29 (d, J= 9Hz, 1 H), 6.49 (s, 1H), 5.33 (brs, 1H), 5.30 (d, J= 16 Hz, 1 H), 5.11 (d, J= 9Hz1 1H), 4.55-4.42 (m, 3H), 3.97 (s, 3H), 3.89-3.76 (m, 2H), 3.33-3.16 (m, 1 H)1 3.05-2.95 (m, 1 H), 2.95-2.85 (m, 1 H), 2.60-2.70 (m, 1H), 2.37-2.15 (m, 2H), 1.76 (dd, J= 5.2, J= 7.6, 1 H), 1.39 (t, J=7Hz, 3H)1 1.26 (dd, J= 5.2, J= 9.4, 1 H)1 1.16 (t, J=7.4, 3H), 1.1-0.95 (m, 4H). EIMS: (M+H)+ = 715.2, (MH+2)+ = 717.2
EXAMPLE 4H - PREPARATION OF CARBAMATE-DERIVATIZED DIPEPTIDE 4H1 (COMPOUND 1023 OF TABLE 1):
Figure imgf000093_0001
4d1 4h1 Compound 1023
To a solution of the amine 4d1(HCI salt) (40 mg, 0.061 mmol) and DIPEA (32 μl_, 0.183 mmol) in CH2CI2 (2 mL) was added isopropylchloroformate (1M soln in THF, 61 μl_, 0.061 mmol). The pH was adjusted to 8 with DIPEA. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 12 h. The residue was filtered over Millex filters and purified by prep. HPLC (YMC Combiscreen ODS-AQ, 50 x20mm ID S-5micron,120A ; 220nm) using a linear gradient and 0.06% TFA CH3CN / H2O. The pure fractions were combined and lyophilized to provide the product 4h1 (compound 1023) as the trifluoroacetate salt (18.5 mg, 43%). 1HNMR(400MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 11.20, 10.45 (2s, 1H), 9.10,8.37 (2s, 1H), 7.90 (d, J= 9Hz, 1H), 7.30 (d, J=9Hz, 1H), 6.51 , 6.47 (2s, 1 H), 5.66-5.40 (m, 1 H), 5.36 (brs, 1 H), 5.27 (d, J= 17Hz, 1 H), 5.11 (d, J=10Hz,1 H), 4.85-4.67(m,1 H), 4.50 (q, J= 7Hz, 2H), 4.32-4.23 (m, 1H), 3.96 (s, 3H), 3.89-3.67 (m, 2H), 2.96-2.86 (m, 1H), 2.33-2.15 (m, 2H), 1.82-1.70 (m, 1H), 1.39 (t, J= 7Hz, 3H), 1.34-1.29 (m, 1 H), 1.18 (d, J= 6Hz, 3H), 1.11 (d, J=6Hz, 3H), 1.18-0.93 (m, 5H). EIMS: (M+H)+ = 709.2, (MH+2)+ = 711.2.
EXAMPLE 41 - PREPARATION OF ACYL-DERIVATIZED DIPEPTIDE 4I3 (COMPOUND 1038 OF TABLE 1):
Figure imgf000094_0001
Compound 1038
To a solution of the (S)-2-hydroxy-3,3-dimethylbutyric acid 4i1 (11 mg, 0.083 mmol), the amine 4i2 prepared by analogous methods to those described in Examples 4A-D (36 mg, 0.065 mmol) and DIPEA (0.072 mL, 0.41 mmol), in 0.75 mL of DMF, was added a solution of DIC (0.015 mL, 0.096mmol) HOAt (13 mg, 0.096 mmol) in 0.75 mL of DMF. The resulting solution was stirred at room temperature 12 h. The reaction mixture, diluted with AcOH, was purified by preparatory HPLC (YMC Combiscreen ODS-AQ, 50 x20mm ID S-5 micron, 120A ; 220nm) using a linear gradient and 0.06% TFA CH3CN / H2O. The pure fractions were combined, concentrated and lyophilized to provide the product 4i3 (compound 1038, Table 1) as the trifluoroacetate salt (30 mg, 68%). 1H NMR(400MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 10.53 (s, 1 H), 8.98 (s, 1 H), 7.75 (d, J= 9Hz, 1 H), 7.19 (d, J = 9 Hz, 1H), 6.36 (s, 1 H), 5.68-5.56 (m, 1 H), 5.38 (brs, 1 H), 5.24 (d, J= 17 Hz, 1 H), 5.09 (d, J = 10 Hz, 1 H), 4.51-4.39 (m, 4H), 4.30-4.18 (m, 4H), 3.59-3.57 (m, 6H), 2.94-2.86 (m, 1 H), 2.44-2.39 (m, 4H), 2.19-2.07 (m, 2H), 1.73-1.68 (m, 1H), 1.40-1.31 (m, 4H), 1.11 - 0.98 (m, 4H), 0.87 (s, 9H). EIMS: (M+H) = 673.3, (M-H) = 671.3
EXAMPLE 4J- PREPARATION OF ACYL-DERIVATIZED DIPEPTIDE 4J1 (COMPOUND 1039 OF TABLE 1):
Figure imgf000095_0001
4d1 4j1
Compound 1039
To a solution of the S^-hydroxy-S.S-dimethylbutyric acid 4i1 (9 mg, 0.066 mmol), the amine 4d1 (33 mg, 0.053 mmol) and DIPEA (0.046 mL, 0.265 mmol), in 0.75 mL of DMF, was added a solution of DIC (0.012 mL, 0.074 mmol) HOAt (11mg, 0.074mmol) in 0.75 mL of DMF. The resulting solution was stirred at room temperature 12 h. The reaction mixture, diluted with AcOH, was purified by prep HPLC (YMC Combiscreen ODS-AQ1 50 x20mm ID S-5micron,120A ; 220nm) using a linear gradient and 0.06% TFA CH3CN / H2O. The pure fractions were combined, concentrated and lyophilized to provide the product 4j1 (Compound 1039) as the trifluoroacetate salt (10.2 mg, 26%).1HNMR (400MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 10.53 (s,1H), 8.96 (s, 1H), 7.89 (d, J= 9Hz1IH), 7.30 (d, J=9Hz, 1H), 6.48 (s, 1H)1 5.70-5.55 (m, 1H), 5.41 (brs, 1H)1 5.25 (d, J= 17Hz, 1 H)1 5.10 (d, J=10Hz,1H), 4.51 (q, J= 7Hz, 2H), 4.41 (dd, J= 7Hz, J= 10Hz ,1 H), 4.25 (d, J=13Hz,1H), 4.05-3.80 (m, 5H), 2.95-2.80 (m, 1H)1 2.55-2.49 (m, 2H1 under the DMSO-d6 peak), 2.20-2.05 (m, 2H), 1.71 (dd, J=5.5Hz, J=8Hz, 1H), 1.45-1.30 (m, 4H), 1.15-0.95 (m, 4H), 0.86 (s, 9H).EIMS: (M+H)+ = 737, (MH+2)+ = 739.
EXAMPLE 4K- PREPARATION OF DIPEPTIOE 4K2:
Figure imgf000096_0001
4c1 4k1 4k2
To the Boc protected amine 4c1 (900 mg, 1.36 mmol) was added a 4N HCL / dioxane solution (25mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hours then concentrated to dryness to afford the amine 4k1 (775 mg, 95%). To a solution of the amine 4k1 (HCI salt, 775 mg, 1.30 mmol) and DIPEA (0.68 ml_, 3.90 mmol) in DMF (6 mL) was added HATU (590.5 mg, 1.55 mmol) followed by 3,3-dimethylbutyric acid (173.2 μl, 1.36mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at r.t. for 12 h. The reaction was diluted with EtOAc (50 mL), the organic phase was washed with citric acid(2X) and brine(2X); then dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel 40-60μ) 2:8 Hex:EtOAc) to give product 4k2 (508 mg, 60%) as a white foam.
EXAMPLE 4L- PREPARATION OF ACYL-DERIVATIZED DIPEPTIDE, COMPOUND 1042 OF TABLE 1 :
Figure imgf000096_0002
Compound 1042
To a solution of the brosylate 4k2 (30 mg, 0.045 mmol) in 1 mL of DMSO, was added cesium carbonate (18 mg, 0.054 mmol), followed by a solution of the quinoline 1t3 (9 mg, 0.047 mmol) in 1 mL of DMSO. The resulting solution was stirred at 700C for 8 h. The reaction mixture was cooled down to room temperature, filtered over Millex filter and purified by prep HPLC (YMC Combiscreen ODS-AQ, 50 x20mm ID S- 5micron,120A ; 220nm) using a linear gradient and 0.06% TFA CH3CN / H2O. The pure fractions were combined, concentrated and lyophilized to provide the product Compound 1042 as the trifluoroacetate salt (4.6 mg, 13%).1HNMR(400MHz, DMSO- d6): δ 10.47 (s,1H), 9.06 (s, 1 H), 8.74 (d, J= 4Hz,1 H), 7.78 (d, J=8Hz, 1H), 7.60-7.35 (m, 2H)1 7.16 (d, J=4.5Hz, 1H), 5.70-5.55 (m, 1H), 5.48 (brs, 1H), 5.95 (d, J=10Hz,1H), 5.25 (d, J= 17Hz, 1 H), 4.65-4.50 (m, 1 H), 4.45-4.30 (m, 1 H), 4.15-3.90 (m, 3H), 2.95-2.85 (m, 2H), 2.35-2.05 (m, 5H)1 1.75-1.65 (m, 1 H), 2.40-2.30 (m, 2H), 1.15-0.85 (m, 16H). EIMS: (M+) = 615.1.
EXAMPLE 4M- PREPARATION OF DIPEPTIDE 4M4:
Figure imgf000097_0001
Step 1: The purified compound 4m1 (prepared as described in WO 03/064456) (2.15 g, 4.27 mmol) was dissolved in THF (57 mL) and water (9 mL) and cooled to 00C (ice bath). Solid LiOH (monohydrate) (224 mg, 5.34 mmol, 1.3 eq) was dissolved in water (9 mL) and added to the cooled solution over ca. 10 minutes with rapid stirring. The reaction was stirred for 2 hours (OC) until the starting material had been completely consumed by HPLC analysis. The excess base was neutralized with 0.5N HCI to give a final pH of ~6. The THF was evaporated off and the residue dissolved in EtOAc and washed 3x with sat. NaHCO3 (aq), followed by saturated brine (1x). The organic phase was dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated to dryness to give a white foamy solid (1.35 g). Purification by flash chromatography (column diameter: 50 mm) with regular mesh silica gel (150 mL) to a height of about 13 cm. The initial eluent was Hexane/EtOAc (2:8), then neat EtOAc to obtain the desired product 4m2 as a white foamy solid (1.25 g, 83% yield). HPLC homogeneity was 97%. MS: 353.1 (M - H)- and 377.1 (M + Na)+, and NMR was consistent with the desired compound. Step 2: The purified dipeptide 4m2 (1.25 g, 3.53 mmol) was dissolved in methylene chloride (48 mL) with 4-bromobenzene sulfonyl chloride (1.89 g, 7.41 mmol, 2.1 equiv.). To this solution was added triethylamine (1.74 mL, 12.5 mmol, 3.5 equiv.), and a catalytic amount of DMAP (43 mg, 0.35 mmol, 0.1 equiv.). The reaction was stirred at 4OC for 16 hours before being diluted with EtOAc, and then washed with sat. NaHCO3 (aq) (2x), water(2x), and sat. brine (1x). The organic phase was dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated to give a beige-orangy foam (2.3 g crude wt). This material was purified by flash chromatograghy (50 mm column diameter) using regular silica gel (~250 mL) to a height of about 18 cm. The eluent was 1:1 Hexane/EtOAc which provided 1.68 g of an off-white foamy solid 4m3 (83%). HPLC analysis gave >99% homogeneity, MS: 571.1 and 573 (es- mode) and 573.1 and 575 (in es+ mode). 1H NMR (400MHz, CDCI3) .57.77 (d, 2H), 7.70 (d, 2H), 5.83-5.71 (m, 1H), 5.28 (d, 1H), 5.15 (d, 1 H), 5.07 (bs, 1H), 4.31 (bd, 1 H), 3.77-3.63 (m, 2H), (3.69 (s, 3H), 2.49 (bs, 1H), 2.11-2.02 (m, 1H), 1.87-1.80 (m, 1 H), 1.49 (d, 2H), 1.45 (s, 9H). Step 3: To a solution of the brosylate 4m3 (105 mg; 0.15 mmol) and the hydroxyquinoline 1s4 (32.6 mg ; 0.173 mmol) in 1-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone (NMP; 3.OmL) was added cesium carbonate (73.3 mg ; 0.225 mmol). The resulting suspension was placed into a pre-heated oil bath at a bath temperature of 700C and stirred for 2 hours. HPLC indicated reaction was complete. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and extensively washed with water (4x ; NMP is soluble in water and easily removed), saturated NaCO3 (3x), 1 N NaOH (1x ; removes excess quinoline) and brine (2x). The organic layer was dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated to provide the product 4m4 as a light yellow foam (93.2mg; 96 % yield). MS 649.3 (M-H)- 651.4 (M+H)+ . Homogeneity by HPLC (TFA) @ 220 nm:92%. This compound was purified by column chromatography using a mixture of Ethyl acetate and hexanes. EXAMPLE 4N- SYNTHESIS OF COMPOUND 1049 OF TABLE 1 : Step V.
Figure imgf000099_0001
4m4 4n1
To the ester 4m4 (430 mg, 0.818 mmol) in methanol (1 mL), was added THF (1mL) and NaOH 1M solution (0.818ml_, 0.818mmol), stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated to dryness to afford 415 mg of compound 4n1 which was used as it is for the next reaction. Step 2:
Figure imgf000099_0002
4n1 4n2 To the dipeptide 4n1 in CH2CI2 (6 mL) at 00C was added TEA (339 μL, 2.43 mmol), followed by the addition of isobutylchloroformate (dropwise) (158 μL, 1.22 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at 00C for 30 min, then at room temperature for 8 hours. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel 40-60μ) 8/2 Hex/EtOAc) to give 210 mg of 4n2 as a white foam (52%). Step 3:
Figure imgf000100_0001
4n2 4n3
In an oven dried reaction flask was dissolved N,N-dimethylsulfamide (79 mg, 0.636 mmol) in anhydrous THF (2 mL) and cooled to a bath temperature of -15 to -200C. To this cold solution was added a solution of LiHMDS (1 M in THF) (636 μl_, 0.636 mmol) in one shot. The reaction mixture was allowed to stir at the same bath temp for 5 min, then at room temperature for 20 min. Cooled reaction mixture to a bath temp of -10 to -15°C, then added drop wise the azalactone 4n2 (210 mg, 0.42 mmol) dissolved in THF (2 mL). The reaction mixture was warmed slowly to the room temperature and let it stir at that temperature for 12 h. Added few drops of AcOH, concentration to dryness. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel 40-60μ) 2/8 Hex/EtOAc) to give 147 mg of a white solid 4n3 (56%). Step 4:
Figure imgf000100_0002
To the Boc protected amine 4n3 (147 mg, 0.238 mmol) was added a 4N HCL / dioxane solution (5 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours, then concentrated to dryness to provide 4n4. Step 5:
Figure imgf000101_0001
4n4 compound 1049
To a solution of (S)-2-hydroxy-3, 3-dimethylbutyric acid (41 mg, 0.309 mmol), the amine 4n4 (HCI salt, 128 mg, 0.247 mmol) and DIPEA (216 μl_, 0.346 mmol) in DMF (5 ml_), was added the solution of DIC (55 mg, 0.346 mmol) -HOAT (47 mg, 0.346 mmol) in 2.5 ml. of DMF. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 12 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was dissolved in acetic acid, filtered through a Millex filter and purified by prep. HPLC (YMC Combiscreen ODS- AQ, 50 x20mm ID S-5micron,120A ; 220nm) using a linear gradient and 0.06% TFA CH3CN/H2O. The pure fractions were combined, concentrated and lyophilized to provide the product compound 1049 as the trifluoroacetate salt (69 mg, 44%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 11.02(s, 0.2H), 10.37(s, 0.8H), 8.95(s, 1.8H), 8.52(s, 0.2H), 8.11(d, J=7Hz, 1 H), 7.70(d, J=9Hz, 1 H), 7.35(s,1H), 5.69(s,1 H), 5.61-5.51(m, 1H), 5.24(d, J=17Hz, 1H), 5.11(d, J=9Hz, 1H), 4.50-4.46(m, 1H), 4.35(d, J=13Hz, 1H), 4.03(s, 5H), 3.87(s,2H), 2.77(s,6H), 2.52(d, J=3Hz, 3H), 2.26-2.07(m,2H), 1.73- 1.70(m,1H), 1.29-1.27(m,1H), 0.86(s,9H). EIMS M+H= 632.3, M-H= 630.3.
EXAMPLE 40- SYNTHESIS OF COMPOUND 1051 OF TABLE 1 : Step i :
Figure imgf000102_0001
A solution of the proline brosylate 4a3 (557 mg, 1.20 mmol), the quinoline 1m3 (335 mg, 1.44 mmol, 1.2 eq) and cesium carbonate (586 mg, 1.80 mmol, 1.5 eq), in 7.5 ml_ of NMP, was heated to 700C for 2 hours. The reaction mixture, diluted with EtOAc, was washed with H2O X3, saturated sodium bicarbonate and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The crude material was purified by flash column chromatography with Hexanes:EtOAc 80:20 to provide 445 mg of the desired compound 4o1 (80% yield). Step 2:
Figure imgf000102_0002
To the proline ester 4o1 (238 mg, 0.52 mmol), dissolved in 7 ml. of a mixture of THF:H2O (2.5:1), was added 1.3ml_ of NaOH 1 M (1.30 mmol, 2.5 eq). 1 mL of MeOH was subsequently added to clarified the solution, which was then stirred at RT for 2 hours.The solvents were removed in vacuo. The residue was diluted with H2O and acidified to pH~6 with HCI 1 M. This aqueous layer was then extracted three times with EtOAc, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under vacuum. 230 mg (99% yield) of the crude material 4o2 was recovered. Step 3:
Figure imgf000103_0001
To the acid 4o2 (230 mg, 0.52 mmol), in 5 mL of CH3CN, was added HATU (208 mg, 0.55 mmol, 1.06 eq). To the salt of the amine 4o3 (180 mg, 0.57 mmol, 1.11 eq), in 5 mL of CH3CN, was added DIEA (0.45 mL, 2.58 mmol, 5.0 eq). This amine solution was added to the acid solution and the resulting reaction was allowed to react at RT overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated to dryness. The residue, dilute with EtOAc, was washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate X2 and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under vacuum to provide 362 mg of the crude product 4o4 which was used as is in the next step. Step 4:
Figure imgf000103_0002
To the dipeptide ester 4o4 (293 mg, 0.51 mmol), dissolved in 7 mL of a mixture of THF:H2O (2.5:1), was added 2.6 mL of NaOH 1M (2.60 mmol, 5.0 eq). 2 mL of MeOH was subsequently added to clarified the solution, which was then stirred at RT for 4 hours.The solvents were removed in vacuo. The residue was diluted with H2O and acidified to pH~6 with HCI 1M. This aqueous layer was then extracted three times with EtOAc, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under vacuum. 271 mg (94% yield) of 4o5 was recovered. Step 5:
StepS
Figure imgf000104_0002
Figure imgf000104_0001
To a solution of the acid 4o5 (270 mg, 0.49 mmol), in 10 mL of CH2CI2, was added 0.2mL of Et3N (1.43 mmol, 2.94 eq). This solution was then cooled to O0C before addition of isobutyl chloroformate (0.095 mL, 0.73 mmol, 1.50 eq). The ice bath was removed one hour later and stirring was continued for another 4 hours. The solvent was partially removed in vacuo. The crude material was then purified by flash column chromatography with Hexanes/EtOAc; 75:25 to provide 185 mg of the desired compound 4o6 (70% yield). Step 6:
Stepβ
Figure imgf000104_0004
Figure imgf000104_0003
A solution of the sulphonamide 2d7 (15 mg, 0.111 mmol, 1.5 eq), in 1.5 mL of THF, was cooled down to -150C for the addition of LiHMDS 1M in THF (0.090 mL, 0.090 mmol, 1.2 eq). The resulting yellow solution was stirred 5 minutes at this temperature and 20 minutes at room temperature. The reaction was then cooled back to -15°C and a solution of the azalactone 4o6 (40 mg, 0.074 mmol, 1 eq), in 1.5 mL of THF, was added. The resulting solution was stirred 20 minutes at -15,-10°C then 3 hours at room temperature. The solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue, dilute with H2O, was acidified to pH~6 with HCI 1M. This aqueous layer was then extracted twice with EtOAc, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under vacuum. 41 mg (81% yield) of the crude material 4o7 was isolated. Steps 7 and 8:
Figure imgf000105_0001
compound 1051
Boc-deprotection of 4o7 to afford the HCI salt of 4o8, and subsequent coupling with (S)-2-hydroxy-3,3-dimethylbutyric acid was carried out following the procedure in steps 4 and 5 of Example 4N above to afford the product compound 1051. 1H NMR (400 MHz1DMSOd6): ca, 9:1 mixture of rotamers, major isomer description: δ 10.40 (s, 1 H), 8.97 (S, 1 H), 7.75 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.18 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1H), 6.37 (s, 1 H), 5.61-5.50 (m, 1 H), 5.40-5.35 (m, 1 H)1 5.27-5.20 (m, 1H), 5.11-5.06 (m, 1 H), 4.46 (q, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 4.47-4.39 (m, 1H), 4.29-4.23 (m, 1 H), 3.94-3.86 (m, 3H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 2.51-2.41 (m, 1H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 2.19-2.06 (m, 2H), 1.73-1.67 (m, 1 H), 1.44-1.27 (m, 3H), 1.38 (s, 3H), 1.37 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H), 0.93-0.83 (m, 2H), 0.86 (s, 9H). M.S.(electrospray): 685.3 (M-H)- 687.3 (M+H)+ . Reverse Phase HPLC Homogeneity (0.06 % TFA; CH3CN: H2O): 98 %. EXAMPLE 4P - SYNTHESIS OF COMPOUNDS 1033 - 1037 OF TABLE 1 :
Figure imgf000106_0001
Step A:
(S)-2-Hydroxy-3,3-dimethylbutanoic acid 4p1 (2.00 g, 15.1 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (4.0 mL) and acetyl chloride (109 μL, 1.5 mmol) was added. The mixture was heated 4 h at 700C, then evaporated to dryness. The residue was extracted with EtOAc and the extract was washed with sat. NaHCO3 (aq), dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated to dryness to give the methyl ester (1.38 g, 62.4%). The methyl ester (1.0 g, 6.84 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (5.0 mL) and dihydropyran (3.12 mL, 34.2 mmol) and p-toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate (130 mg, 0.684 mmol) were added. The mixture was stirred at 200C for 1.5 h, then was diluted with dichloromethane, washed with sat. NaHCO3 (aq) and brine, dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated to dryness. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (4:1 hexane/EtOAc) to give the THP-protected methyl ester (737 mg, 46.8%). The methyl ester (679 mg, 2.95 mmol) was dissolved in aqueous NaOH (1N, 3.0 mL, 3.0 mmol) and THF (4.0 μL) and the mixture was stirred overnight, and evaporated to dryness to give the THP-protected acid 4p2 (624 mg, 97.9%), which was used as is in the next step. Step B: Compound 4m4 (Example 4M) (841 mg, 1.60 mmol) was dissolved in HCI/dioxane (4M, 15.0 mL) and stirred for 1 h at room temperature. The mixture was evaporated to dryness and the residue was dissolved in DMF (6.0 mL). To this mixture was added DIPEA (1.105 mL, 6.34 mmol), acid 4p2 (509 mg, 2.36 mmol), and HATU (912 mg, 2.40 mmol) and the mixture was stirred overnight at RT. The mixture was evaporated to dryness and the residue was dissolved in EtOAc, The solution was washed with sat. NaHCO3 (aq), dried (MgSO4) and evaporated to dryness to give the crude coupled product methyl ester which was purified by flash chromatography (EtOAc/MeOH/TEA, 97:3:1) to give the purified product (563 mg). This product was allowed to react with aqueous NaOH (1 N, 923 μL, 0.923 mmol) in a mixture of MeOH and THF for 18 h at RT, then the mixture was evaporated to dryness. The residue was dissolved in a mixture of water and EtOAc, and the mixture was acidified to pH 4 by addition of KHSO3. The EtOAc extract was dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated to dryness to give the product 4p3 (291 mg, 26.4%). Step C:
Note: the reaction was performed on a solid phase synthesizer (Advanced Chemtech ACT 396), using the 96-wells block. A series of 8-mL vials were disposed in a reaction block. In each vial was successively added the acid 4p3 (18.3 mg, 0.03 mmole), DMF (1 mL), HATU (0.036 mmol, 13.7 mg) and DIPEA (0.15mmol, 26 μL). All reactions mixtures were allowed to react 1 h. An HPLC of each activated ester was recorded. In each vial was added the R4-sulfonamide (R4-SO2-NH2) (0.06 mmol) and DMAP (0.06 mmol, 7.3 mg). After shaking for 3h, DBU (0.06 mmol, 9 μL) was added to each vial.
R4= n ta M _> VU ' I X°) /<ζXojO
All the vials were treated with 1 N aq. HCI (200 μL) and AcOH (400 μL) for 18h. All compounds were purified by semi-prep reversed- phase HPLC (Symmetry column 5 cm x 19 cm, CH3CN / H2O 0.06% TFA gradient). EXAMPLE 4Q - SYNTHESIS OF COMPOUND 1032 OF TABLE 1 :
Figure imgf000108_0001
Step A: To the α-bromoketone 4q1 (prepared as described in US Patent No. 6,642,204; compound 18) (75 mg, 0.119 mmol) was added the thiourea 4q2 (prepared as described in International Patent Application WO 03/064416) (25 mg, 0.134 mmol) in 3 mL of isopropanol. The mixture was heated at 75°C for 75 min. The reaction was concentrated to dryness and then extracted into EtOAc and washed with NaHCO3 (aq) (2x) followed by saturated brine. The organic phase was dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated to give the desired product 4q3 as a solid (82 mg, 96%) which was used as is in the next step.
Step B: The aminothiazolyl intermediate 4q3 (82 mg, 0.114 mmol) was first Boc deprotected with 4N HCI/dioxane (3 mL) at RT for 1.5h. The mixture was concentrated to dryness and placed under vacuum to furnish the HCI salt. This was used directly in the coupling step. The HCI salt (74 mg, 0.113) was combined with (S)-2-hydroxy-3,3- dimethylbutyric acid (30 mg, 0.227 mmol) in DMF (1 mL). To this solution was added DIPEA (0.10 mL, 0.57 mmol) followed by a solution of 1,3-diisopropylcarbodiimide (0.036 mL, 0.234 mmol) and 1-hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole (HOAt, 31 mg, 0.228 mmol) in DMF (0.5 mL). The reaction was allowed to stir 16h at RT before the methyl ester was hydrolyzed in situ with the addition of LiOH (76 mg, 1.81 mmol) in H2O ( and MeOH (0.25 ml_). The mixture was stirred 16h before being quenched with AcOH (0.2 mL). The entire mixture was purified by preparative HPLC to afford after lyophilization the desired terminal acid 4q4 as a white solid (26 mg, 32%). MS: (M+H)+; 720.3 and (M-H)"; 718.3. Analytical HPLC Purity (99%). 1H NMR of major rotamer 4:1 ratio (DMSO-d6l 400MHz) δ 12.4 (s, 1H), 8.60 (s, 1H), 8.25 (bs, 1 H), 8.01 (d, J = 9 Hz, 1 H), 7.58 (bs, 1 H), 7.49 (bs, 1 H), 7.29 (bs, 1 H), 5.73 (dt, J = 18, 10 Hz, 1H), 5.54 (bs, 1H), 5.20 (dd, J = 18, 1 Hz, 1H), 5.07 (dd, J = 12, 1 Hz, 1H), 4.50 (dd, J = 7, 7 Hz, 1H), 4.30 (bd, J = 12 Hz, 1 H), 3.95 (s, 3H), 3.95-3.80 (m, 2H)1 2.35-2.21 (m, 2H), 2.08 (s, 2H), 2.07-1.95 (m, 1 H), 1.82-1.71 (m, 2H), 1.66-1.48 (m, 5H), 1.33-1.27 (m, 1 H), 1.25-1.15 (m, 4H), 0.99 (s, 9H).
Step C.To the terminal acid 4q4 (7.5 mg, 0.01 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (2 mL) was added HATU (4.56 mmol) and DIPEA (8.7 μL, 0.05 mmol). After 60 min, benzenesulfonamide 4q5 (6.3 mg, 0.04 mmol) was added with DBU (6 μL, 0.04 mmol) and DMAP (5.5 mg, 0.045 mmol). The reaction was stirred 16h at RT. The mixture was concentrated to dryness and purified by preparative HPLC to afford after lyophilization the desired product (compound 1032) as a white solid, 0.57 mg (7%). Homogeneity by analytical HPLC = 100% (tR = 6.58 min). MS: (M+H)+; 859.4 and (M- H)-; 857.4.
EXAMPLE 4R - SYNTHESIS OF COMPOUND 1090 OF TABLE 1 :
Figure imgf000109_0001
Compound 1090
Using the procedure of Example 40, but using quinoline 1o2 instead of quinoline 1m3 in Step 1 , compound 1090 was obtained. 1H NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d6): ca, 90:10 mixture of rotamers, major isomer description: δ 10.41 (s, 1 H), 8.96 (s, 1 H), 7.89 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (d, J = 9.2 Hz,
1H), 6.49 (S, 1H), 5.62-5.51 (m, 1H)1 5.44-5.39 (m, 1H), 5.28-5.21 (m, 1H), 5.13-5.08 (m, 1H), 4.52 (q, J = 6.6 Hz, 2H), 4.47-4.41 (m, 1H), 4.31-4.26 (m, 1 H), 3.97 (s, 3H), 3.98-3.88 (m, 2H), 2.50-2.44 (m, 1 H), 2.20-2.08 (m, 2H), 1.74-1.69 (m, 1 H), 1.40 (t, J = 6.9 Hz, 3H), 1.39 (s, 3H), 1.45-1.28 (m, 3H), 0.95-0.84 (m, 2H), 0.86 (s, 9H). M.S.(electrospray): 749.1 (M-H)- 751.1 (M-H)- 751.2 (M+H)+ 753.2 (M+H)+. Reverse Phase HPLC Homogeneity (0.06 % TFA; CH3CN: H2O): 97 %
EXAMPLE 4S - SYNTHESIS OF COMPOUND 1100 OFTABLE 1 :
Figure imgf000110_0001
4o7 Compound 1100
A mixture of compound 4o7 (Example 40) (35 mg, 0.052 mmol) and 2 ml_ of 4M HCI/dioxane, was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The solvent was evaporated and the residue was dried under vacuum. To a solution of the acid 3a3 (11.7 mg, 0.071 mmol, 1.4 equiv.), the amine (0.052 mmol) and DIEA (0.050 ml_, 0.29 mmol, 5.5 equiv.) in 0.5 ml_ of DMF was added a solution of DIC-HOAt (0.013 ml_, 0.080 mmol, 1.5 equiv.- 11.6 mg, 0.085 mmol, 1.6 equiv.) in 0.5 mL of DMF. The resulting solution was stirred at room temperature overnight, then diluted with AcOH and purified by preparatory HPLC (YMC Combiscreen ODS-AQ, 50 x20mm ID S-5micron,120A ; 220nm) using a linear gradient and 0.06% TFA CH3CN / H2O. The pure fractions were combined, concentrated and lyophilized to provide the product (compound 1100) as the TF salt (12 mg, 32%). 1H NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d6): ca, 70:30 mixture of isomers (epimers at the capping group), major isomer description: δ 10.23 (s, 1 H), 8.93 (s, 1H), 7.76 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1 H), 6.38 (s, 1 H), 5.68-5.56 (m, 1 H), 5.48-5.44 (m, 1 H), 5.29- 5.22 (m, 1H)1 5.13-5.08 (m, 1H), 4.47 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 4.44-4.38 (m, 1H), 4.21-4.16 (m, 1 H), 4.03-3.97 (m, 1H), 3.90 (s, 3H), 3.92-3.88 (m, 1 H), 2.56-2.47 (m, under DMSO, 1H)1 2.44 (s, 3H), 2.24-2.14 (m, 2H), 1.95 (s, 3H), 1.74-1.69 (m, 1H), 1.40 (s, 3H), 1.38 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H)1 1.47-1.30 (m, 3H), 1.24 (s, 3H), 1.22 (s, 3H)1 0.97-0.87 (m, 2H).
M.S.(electrospray): 717.3 (M-H)- 719.3 (M+H)+. Reverse Phase HPLC Homogeneity (0.06 % TFA; CH3CN: H2O): 99 %
EXAMPLE 4T - SYNTHESIS OF COMPOUND 1057 FROM TABLE 1 :
Figure imgf000111_0001
(Fastest eluting isomer) To a solution of the acid 3b4 (9 mg, 0.052 mmol, 1.4 equiv.), the amine 4i2 (0.038 mmol) and DIEA (0.030 ml_, 0.17 mmol, 4.5 equiv.), in 0.5 mL of DMF, was added a solution of DIC-HOAt (0.009 mL, 0.057 mmol, 1.5 equiv.- 8 mg, 0.059 mmol, 1.55 equiv.) in 0.5 mL of DMF. The resulting solution was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with AcOH and purified by preparatory HPLC (YMC Combiscreen ODS-AQ, 50 x20mm ID S-5micron,120A ; 220nm) using a linear gradient and 0.06% TFA CH3CN / H2O. The pure fractions were combined, concentrated and lyophilized to provide the product compound 1057 as the TF salt. The fastest eluting compound (7 mg, 26%) showed the following NMR. 1H NMR (400 MHz,DMSO-d6): ca, 95:5 mixture of rotamers, major isomer description: δ 10.52 (s, 1 H), 8.99 (s, 1H), 7.74 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, 1H), 7.17 (d, J = 9.2 Hz, 1 H), 6.37 (s, 1H), 5.67-5.56 (m, 1H), 5.39-5.35 (m, 1H), 5.27-5.21 (m, 1H), 5.12-5.07 (m, 1H), 4.46 (q, J = 7.1 Hz, 2H), 4.43-4.38 (m, 1H), 4.30-4.24 (m, 1H), 3.93-3.86 (m, 2H), 3.88 (s, 3H), 2.93-2.85 (m, 1 H), 2.54-2.44 (m, under DMSO, 1H), 2.42 (s, 3H), 2.19-2.06 (m, 2H), 1.75-1.69 (m, 1H), 1.37 (t, J = 7.1 Hz, 3H), 1.44-1.13 (m, 10H), 1.12-0.98 (m, 5H), 0.80 (s, 3H).
M.S.(electrospray): 711.3 (M-H)- 713.4 (M+H)+. Reverse Phase HPLC Homogeneity (0.06 % TFA; CH3CN: H2O): 98 % EXAMPLE 4U - SYNTHESIS OF COMPOUND 1078 OFTABLE 1 :
Figure imgf000112_0001
4d1 Compound 1078
To a solution of 2,2-dimethyl-3-hydroxypropionic acid (1.25 eq, 7.21 mg), amine 4d1 (1 eq, 40 mg) and DIPEA (5 eq, 53 μL) in DMF (1 ml_), was added the solution of DIC- HOAT (1.4 eq each, 13.3 μL and 11.6 mg respectively) in DMF (1 ml_). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 12 h, then was filtered through Millex filter and purified by preparative HPLC (Combiprep ODS-AQ, 20 x 50mm) to afford after lyophilization compound 1078 as a white amorphous solid (14.5 mg, 37%). Reverse Phase HPLC Homogeneity (0.06 % TFA; CH3CN: H2O): 96 % 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, 400MHz):10.49 (s, 1H); 8.77 (s, 1 H); 7.89 (d, J= 9Hz, 1 H); 7.31 (d, J= 9.2Hz, 1 H); 6.53 (s, 1H); 5.64-5.55 (m, 1H); 5.44 (broad s, 1H); 5.27 (d, J= 17Hz, 1H); 5.11 (d, J= 10.4Hz, 1 H); 4.55-4.47 (m, 3H); 4.39-4.34 (m, 1 H); 4.28 (d, J= 12.1 Hz, 1 H); 4.03-3.94 (m, 4H); 3.50 (d, J= 11 Hz, 1 H); 3.40 (d, J= 11 Hz, 1 H); 2.94-2.91 (m, 1 H); 2.42-2.37 (m, 1H); 2.19-2.08 (m, 2H); 1.72 (dd, J= 5.1Hz, J= 7.9Hz, 1H) ; 1.40 (t, J= 7.2Hz, 3H); 1.27 (dd, J= 5.1Hz, J= 9.4Hz, 1 H); 1.11-1.03 (m, 10H); MS: (M+H)+: 723; (MH+2)+: 725.
EXAMPLE 4V - SYNTHESIS OF COMPOUND 1084 OFTABLE 1 :
Figure imgf000112_0002
Using the procedure of Example 4U but using 2-hydroxy-3-methylbutanoic acid in place of 2,2-dimethyl-3-hydroxypropionic acid, compound 1084 was obtained as a white amorphous solid (15.4 mg, 39%). Reverse Phase HPLC Homogeneity (0.06 % TFA; CH3CN: H2O): 97 %; 1H NMR (DMSO-d6, 400MHz):β10.54 (s, 1H); 9.09 (s, 1H); 7.91 (d, J= 9.2Hz, 1H); 7.30 (d, J= 9.2Hz1 1 H); 6.49 (s, 1 H); 5.69-5.60 (m, 1 H); 5.44 (broad s, 1H); 5.26 (d, J=17 Hz, 1 H); 5.12 (d, J= 10.4Hz, 1H); 4.51 (q, J= 6.9Hz, 3H); 4.41 (dd, J= 6.8Hz, J= 10.5Hz, 2H); 4.18 (d, J= 12.6Hz, 1 H); 3.97 (s, 3H); 3.94-3.91 (m, 2H); 2.93-2.89 (m, 1 H); 2.19-2.13 (m, 2H); 1.95-1.90 (m, 1 H); 1.73 (dd, J= 5.2Hz, J= 8Hz, 1 H); 1.40 (t, J=7Hz, 3H); 1.34 (dd, J= 5Hz, J= 9.4Hz1 1 H); 1.11-1.03 (m, 4H); 0.84 (d, J= 6.9Hz1 3H); 0.78 (d, J= 6.6Hz, 3H). MS: (M+H)+: 723; (MH+2)+: 725.
EXAMPLE 4W - SYNTHESIS OF COMPOUND 1105 OF TABLE 1 :
Figure imgf000113_0001
Step 1 :
Compound 4w1 was synthesized from compound 4o6 using the procedures described in Example 4N, steps 3 and 4, but using N-methoxy-N-methylsulfamide instead of N,N-dimethylsulfamide. Step 2: To a solution of S-2-hydroxy-3,3-dimethylbutyric acid (24 mg, 0.18 mmol), the amine 4w1 (90 mg, 0.147 mmol) and DIPEA (127.6 μl_, 0.733 mmol), in 1 mL of DMF, was added a solution of DIC (32 μl_, 0.074 mmol) HOAt (11mg, 0.074mmol) in 0.75 mL of DMF. The resulting solution was stirred at room temperature 12 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with AcOH and purified by prep HPLC (YMC Combiscreen ODS- AQ, 50 x20mm ID S-5micron,120A ; 220nm) using a linear gradient and 0.06% TFA CH3CN / H2O. The pure fractions were combined, concentrated and lyophilized to provide compound 1105 as the trifluoroacetate salt (32 mg, 32%). Reverse Phase HPLC Homogeneity (0.06 % TFA; CH3CN: H2O): 99 %;1HNMR(DMSO-d6, 400MHz) - 610.78 (s, 1H), 8.94(s, 1H), 7.75(d, J = 9Hz, 1H), 7.19( d, J = 9Hz, 1H), 6.38( s, 1H), 5.61-5.52 (m, 1H), 5.39(bs, 1H), 5.25(d, J=17Hz, 1H), 5.12 (d, J = 10 Hz, 1H), 4.49- 4.41 (m, 3H), 4.26(d, J = 13 Hz, 1H), 3.95-3.85 (m, 5H), 3.65(s,3H), 2.94 (s,3H), 2.40- 2.55 (m,4H), 2.20-2.10(m,2H), 1.72-1.69(m,1 H), 1.38(t, J=7Hz, 3H), 1.35-1.31 (m, 1H), 0.87 (s, 9H); EIMS: (M+H) = 692.0, (M-H) = 691.0.
EXAMPLE 5 - NS3-NS4A PROTEASE ASSAY:
The enzymatic assay used to evaluate the present compounds is described in WO 00/09543 and WO 00/59929.
EXAMPLE 6 - CELL-BASED LUCIFERASE REPORTER HCV RNA REPLICATION ASSAY: Cell culture:
Huh-7 cells with a stable subgenomic HCV replicon that encodes a modified luciferase reporter gene (expressed as a !uciferase-FMDV2A-neomycin phosphotransferase fusion gene) were established as previously described (Lohman et al., 1999. Science 285: 110-113; Vroljik et al., 2003 J.Virol Methods 110:201-209.), with the exception that replicon cells were selected with 0.25 mg/mL G418. The amount of luciferase expressed by selected cells directly correlates with the level of HCV replication. These cells, designated as MP-1 cells, are maintained in Dulbecco's Modified Earle Medium (DMEM) supplemented with 10% FBS and 0.25 mg/mL neomycin (standard medium). The cells are passaged by trypsinization and frozen in 90% FBS/10% DMSO. During the assay, DMEM medium supplemented with 10% FBS, containing 0.5% DMSO and lacking neomycin, was used (Assay medium). The day of the assay, MP-1 cells are trypsinized and diluted to 100 000 cells/mL in assay medium. 100 μL is distributed into each well of a black 96-well ViewPlate™ (Packard). The plate is then incubated at 37°C with 5% CO2 for two hours.
Reagents and Materials:
Figure imgf000114_0001
Figure imgf000115_0001
Preparation of test compound:
The test compound in 100% DMSO was first diluted in assay medium to a final DMSO concentration of 0.5%. The solution was sonicated for 15 min and filtered through a 0.22 μM Millipore Filter unit. Into column 3 of a Polypropylene Deep-Well Titer Plate, the appropriate volume is transferred into assay medium to obtain the starting concentration (2x) to be tested. In columns 2 and 4 to 12, add 200 μL of assay medium (containing 0.5% DMSO). Serial dilutions (1/2) are prepared by transferring 200 μL from column 3 to column 4, then from column 4 to column 5, serially through to column 11. Columns 2 and 12 are the no inhibition controls.
Addition of test compound to cells:
A volume of 100 μL from each well of the compound dilution plate is transferred to a corresponding well of the Cell Plate (Two columns will be used as the "No inhibition control"; ten [10] columns are used for the dose response). The cell culture plate was incubated at 37°C with 5% CO2 for 72 hours.
Luciferase assay:
Following the 72h incubation period, the medium is aspirated from the 96-well assay plate and a volume of 100 μL of 1X GIo Lysis Buffer (Promega) previously warmed to room temperature was added to each well. The plate was incubated at room temperature for 10 min with occasional shaking. A black tape was put at the bottom of the plate. 100 μL of Bhght-Glo luciferase substrate (Promega) previously warmed to room temperature was added to each well followed by gentle mixing. The luminescence was determined on a Packard Topcount instrument using the Data Mode Luminescence (CPS) with a count delay of 1 min and a count time of 2 sec.
Figure imgf000116_0001
The luminescence determination (CPS) in each well of the culture plate was a measure of the amount of HCV RNA replication in the presence of various concentrations of inhibitor. The % inhibition was calculated with the following equation:
% inhibition = 100- [CPS (inhibitor) / CPS (control) x 100]
A non-linear curve fit with the Hill model was applied to the inhibition-concentration data, and the 50% effective concentration (EC50) was calculated by the use of SAS software (Statistical Software; SAS Institute, Inc. Cary, N.C.).
The compounds of this invention are found to be active when evaluated in the preceding enzymatic and cell based assays.
EXAMPLE 7 - SPECIFICITY ASSAYS:
The specificity assays used to evaluate the selectivity of compounds according to this invention were performed as described in WO 00/09543 except that the assay buffer for the Elastase assay was comprised of 50 mM Tris-HCI pH 8, 0.25 M NaCitrate, 0.01% n-dodecyl β-d-maltoside, and 5.25% DMSO.
The compounds of formula (I) are found to be selective in that they do not show significant inhibition (no measurable activity at concentrations up to 30 μM) in the Human Leukocyte Elastase or Human Liver Cathepsin B assays.
TABLES OF COMPOUNDS
The following table lists compounds representative of the invention. Many of the compounds listed in Tables 1 and 2 were found to have IC50 values below 0.5 μM in the NS3-NS4A protease assay of Example 5. In addition, many of the compounds listed in Tables 1 and 2 have EC50 values below 1 μM in the cell-based luciferase reporter HCV RNA replication assay of Example 6. Retention times (tιθ for each compound were measured using the standard analytical HPLC conditions described in the Examples. As is well known to one skilled in the art, retention time values are sensitive to the specific measurement conditions. Therefore, even if identical conditions of solvent, flow rate, linear gradient, and the like are used, the retention time values may vary when measured, for example, on different HPLC instruments. Even when measured on the same instrument, the values may vary when measured, for example, using different individual HPLC columns, or, when measured on the same instrument and the same individual column, the values may vary, for example, between individual measurements taken on different occasions.
Figure imgf000117_0001
Figure imgf000118_0001
Figure imgf000119_0001
Figure imgf000120_0001
Figure imgf000121_0001
Figure imgf000122_0001
Figure imgf000123_0001
Figure imgf000124_0001
Figure imgf000125_0001
Figure imgf000126_0001
Figure imgf000127_0001
Figure imgf000128_0001
Figure imgf000129_0001
Figure imgf000130_0002
TABLE 2
Figure imgf000130_0001
Figure imgf000130_0003

Claims

CLAIMSWhat is claimed is:
1. A compound of formula (I):
Figure imgf000131_0001
(I) wherein n is 1 or 2; m is 1 or 2; R1 is (Ci.6)alkyl, (C2-6)alkenyl, or (C2-6)alkynyl; wherein the (Ci-6)alkyl, (C2-6)alkenyl, and (C2-6)alkynyl are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with from one to three halogen atoms; is selected from -NH-R20, -O-R20, -S-R20, -SO-R20, -SO2-R20, -OCH2-R20, and -CH2O-R20, wherein
R is aryl or Het, wherein the aryl and Het are optionally substituted with R 200 wherein
R200 is one to four substituents each independently selected from H1 halogen, cyano, (d-6)alkyl, (C^cycloalkyl, aryl-(C1-6)alkyl-, aryl, Het, oxo, thioxo, -OR201, -SR201, -SOR201, -SO2R201, -N(R202)R201, and -CON(R202)R201; wherein each of the alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl and Het is optionally further substituted with R2000;
R201 in each case is independently selected from H, (d-βjalkyl, aryl,
(CM)alkenyl, (C2^)alkynyl, -CO-(C1-6)alkyl and -CO-O-(Ci-6)alkyl, wherein each of the alkyl and aryl is optionally further substituted with
Figure imgf000131_0002
R202 is H or (Ci-6)alkyl;
R2000 is one to three substituents each independently selected from halogen, R2003, aryl, Het, -OR2001, -SR2001, -SOR2001, -SO2R2001, cyano and -N(R2002XR2001), wherein the aryl and Het are each optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from (C1-6)alkyl and -O-(Ci-6)alkyl; R2001 in each case is independently selected from aryl, aryl-(Ci-6)alkyl-,
-C(O)-R2003, -C(O)O-R2003, -CON(R2002XR2004) and R2004; R2002 in each case is independently selected from H and (d-6)alkyl; R2003 in each case is independently selected from (Ci-8)alkyl, (C^cycloalkyl and (C3-7)cycloalkyl-(Ci-4)alkyl-, wherein the (C^cycloalkyl and
(C3-7)cycloalkyl-(C1-4)alkyl- are each optionally substituted with one to three substituents each independently selected from (C1-3)alkyl; and R2004 in each case is independently selected from H and R2003; R3 is selected from: (i) -C(O)OR31 wherein R31 is (Ci-6)alkyl or aryl, wherein the (C1-6)alkyl is optionally substituted with one to three halogen substituents; (ii) -C(O)NR32R33, wherein R32 and R33 are each independently selected from H, (Ci-6)alkyl, and Het;
(iii) -SOVR34 wherein v is 1 or 2 and R34 is selected from: (C1-6)alkyl, aryl, Het, and NR32R33 wherein R32 and R33 are as defined above; and
(iv) -C(O)-R35, wherein R36 is selected from (C1-8)alkyl, (C^cycloalkyl,
Figure imgf000132_0001
aryl, aryl-(Ci-6)alkyl-, Het and Het-(Ci-6)alkyl, each of which are optionally substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from halo, (C1-6)alkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl, aryl, Het, hydroxyl, -O-(C1-6)alkyl, -S-(Ci-6)alkyl,
-S0-(Ci.6)alkyl, -SO2-(Ci-6)alkyl, -O-aryl, -S-aryl, -SO-aryl and -SO2-aryl, wherein the aryl portion of the -O-aryl, -S-aryl, -SO-aryl and -SO2-aryl are each optionally substituted with one to five halo substituents; R4 is (Ci-6)alkyl, (C2-6)alkenyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl, (C3,7)cycloalkyl-(C1-6)alkyl-, aryl, Het, aryl-(C1-4)alkyl-, or HeHC^alkyl-; a) the (Ci-6)alkyl, (C2.6)alkenyl, aryl, Het, (C3.7)cycloalkyl-(C1-6)alkyl-,
Figure imgf000132_0002
and Het-(Ci-4)alkyl- optionally being substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from halogen, nitro, hydroxy, cyano, (C1-6)alkyl, O-(Ci-6)alkyl, O-aryl,
-CO-NH2, -CO-NH(C1-4)alkyl, -CO-N((C^)alkyl)2, -NH2, -NH(C1-4)alkyl and -N((Ci-4)alkyl)2, wherein the (C^)alkyl and O-(C1-6)alkyl are optionally substituted with one to three halogen substituents; and b) the (C^cycloalkyl being optionally substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from nitro, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, -O-(Ci-6)alkyl, (CM)alkenyl, -OCF3, -NH2, -NH(C1-4)alkyl, -N((C1-4)alkyl)2, tri(C1-6)alkylsilyl, R41, -C(=O)-R41, -C(=O)OR41, -C(=O)N(R42)R41, -SO2R41, and -OC(=O)-R41; wherein R41 in each case is independently selected from: i) H, (C_-7)cycloalkyl, (C4-7)cycloalkenyl, Het, or
Figure imgf000133_0001
ii) aryl or aryloxy, each of which being optionally substituted with
(C1-6)alkyl; and iii) (Ci-8)alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from -O-(C1-6)alkyl, hydroxy, halogen, (C2-io)alkenyl, (C2-i0)alkynyl, (C^cycloalkyl, (C4-7)cycloalkenyl, aryl, Het, aryloxy, and aryl-(C1-4)alkyl-O-, wherein each of the aryl and aryloxy is optionally substituted with (C1-6)alkyl; and R42 is selected from H and (C1-6)alkyl; or
R4 is -N(RN2)(RN1), wherein RN1 and RN2 are each independently selected from H, (Ci-6)alkyl, -O-(C1-6)alkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl, (C^cycloalkyKd^alkyl-, aryl and aryl-(Ci-6)alkyl-; wherein the (C1-6)alkyl, -O-(Ci-6)alkyl, (C^cycloalkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl-(Ci-6)alkyl-, aryl and aryl-(C1-6)alkyl- are each optionally substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from halogen, (C-i-eJalkyl, hydroxy, cyano, O-(C1-6)alkyl, -NH2, -NH(C1-4)alkyl, -N((C1-4)alkyl)2, -CO-NH2, -CO-NH(CM)alkyl, -CO-N^d^alkyl^, -COOH, and -COO(Ci-s)alkyl; or
RN2 and RN1 are linked, together with the nitrogen to which they are bonded, to form a 3- to 7-membered monocyclic saturated or unsaturated heterocycle optionally fused to at least one other cycle to form a heteropolycycle, the heterocycle and heteropolycycle each optionally containing from one to three further heteroatoms each independently selected from N, S and O, and being optionally substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from halogen, (C1-6)alkyl, hydroxy, cyano, O-(C1-6)alkyl, -NH2,
-NH(C1-4)alkyl, -N((C1-4)alkyl)2, -CO-NH2, -CO-NH(C1-4)alkyl, -CO-N((CM)alkyl)2, -COOH, and -C00(Ci-6)alkyl; wherein Het as used herein is defined as a 3- to 7-membered heterocycle having 1 to 4 heteroatoms each independently selected from O, N and S, which may be saturated, unsaturated or aromatic, and which is optionally fused to at least one other cycle to form a 4- to 14-membered heteropolycycle having wherever possible 1 to 5 heteroatoms, each independently selected from O, N and S, the heteropolycycle being saturated, unsaturated or aromatic; with the proviso that when n is 1 ; m is 2; R1 is ethyl or ethenyl; and
R2 is -O-R20, wherein R20 is Het, wherein the Het is selected from:
Figure imgf000134_0001
wherein the Het is optionally substituted with R200, wherein R200 is one or two substituents each independently selected from methyl, methoxy, chloro, fluoro, hydroxy, phenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 4- (dimethylamino)phenyl, 4-cyanophenyl, and a group selected from:
Figure imgf000134_0002
R4 is cyclopropyl optionally substituted with propyl, cyclopropy I methyl or phenylmethyl; and R3 is -COOR31; then R31 is not 1 ,1-dimethylethyl; or a racemate, diastereoisomer, or optical isomer thereof, including a salt thereof.
2. The compound according to claim 1 wherein m is 2.
3. The compound according to claim 1 wherein m is 1.
4. The compound according to one or more of the preceding claims wherein n is 1.
5. The compound according to one or more of the preceding claims wherein R1 is (C2-6)alkenyl or (C2.6)alkyl.
6. The compound according to claim 5 wherein R1 is ethenyl or ethyl.
7. The compound according to one or more of the preceding claims wherein R2 is selected from -O-R20 and -S-R20, wherein R20 is defined as in claim 1 , the R20 being optionally substituted with R200, wherein R200 is defined as in claim 1.
8. The compound according to claim 7 wherein R2 is -O-R20, wherein R20 is defined as in claim 7, the R20 being optionally substituted with R200, wherein R200 is defined as in claim 7.
9. The compound according to claim 8 wherein R20 is Het selected from
Figure imgf000135_0001
the Het being unsubstituted or substituted with R200, wherein R200 is defined as in claim 8.
10. The compound according to claim 9 wherein R200 is one to four substituents each independently selected from H, halogen, cyano, (C1-6)alkyl, aryl, Het, -OR201, -SR201, -SOR201 and -SO2R201; wherein (C1-6)alkyl, aryl and Het are each optionally further substituted with R2000;
R201 is in each case independently selected from (Ci-6)alkyl optionally further substituted with R2000; R2000 is in each case independently one to three substituents each independently selected from halogen, R2003, aryl, Het, -OR2001, -SR2001, -SOR2001, -SO2R2001, cyano, and -N(R2002)(R2001); wherein the aryl and
Het are each optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from (Ci.6)alkyl and
Figure imgf000135_0002
R2001 is in each case independently selected from aryl, aryl-(C1-6)alkyl-, -C(O)-R2003, -C(O)O-R2003, -CON(R2002XR2004) and R2004;
R2002 is in each case independently selected from H and (C1-6)alkyl;
R2003 is in each case independently selected from (Ci-8)alkyl, (C^cycloalkyl and (C3-7)cycloalkyl-(C1-4)alkyl-, wherein the (C3-7)cycloalkyl and
(C3-7)cycloalkyl-(C1-4)alkyl- are each optionally substituted with one to three substituents each independently selected from (d-3)alkyl;
R2004 is in each case independently selected from H and R2003; and
Het is in each case independently a 5- 6- or 7-membered monocyclic saturated, unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle containing 1 to 4 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S.
11. The compound according to claim 9 wherein R20 is Het of the formula
Figure imgf000136_0001
, wherein R200d is H, aryi; Het, or -OR201, wherein Het is a 5- 6- or 7-membered monocyclic saturated, unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle containing 1 to 4 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S and wherein the aryl and Het are each optionally further substituted with
R2000. R200β is H or -OR201; and
R200f is H, (C1-6)alkyl, halogen, -SR201, -SO2R201, or -OR201; wherein the
(Ci-β)alkyl is optionally further substituted with R2000; wherein R201 is in each case independently selected from (d-6)alkyl optionally further substituted with R2000; R2000 is in each case independently one to three substituents each independently selected from halogen, (C3.7)cycloalkyl, aryl, -OR2001, cyano, and -N(R2002)(R2001);
R2001 is in each case independently selected from H, (C1-6)alkyl and -COR2003; R2002 is in each case independently selected from H and (C1-6)alkyl; and R2003 is in each case independently selected from (Ci-8)alkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl and (C3-7)cycloalkyl-(Ci-4)alkyl-.
12. The compound according to one or more of the preceding claims wherein R3 is -C(O)OR31, wherein R31 is defined as in claim 1.
13. The compound according to claim 12 wherein R31 is (C1-6)alkyl optionally substituted with one to three halogen substituents.
14. The compound according to one or more of claims 1 to 11 wherein R3 is -C(O)NR32R33, wherein R32 and R33 are defined as in claim 1.
15. The compound according to claim 14 wherein R32 and R33 are each independently selected from H, (C1-6)alkyl, and Het, wherein Het is a 5- or 6- membered saturated, unsaturated or aromatic monocyclic heterocycle containing one to three heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S.
16. The compound according to one or more of claims 1 to 11 wherein R3 is SOVR34, wherein v and R34 are defined as in claim 1.
17. The compound according to claim 16 wherein v is 2 and R34 is selected from (C1-6)alkyl and NR32R33, where R32 and R33 are each independently selected from H and (C1-6)alkyl.
18. The compound according to one or more of claims 1 to 11 wherein R3 is -C(O)-R36, wherein R36 is defined as in claim 1.
19. The compound according to claim 18 wherein R3S is selected from:
(a) (C1-8)alkyl optionally substituted with one to three substituents each independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, -O-(Ci-6)alkyl,
-S-(C1-6)alkyl, -SO-(C1-6)alkyl, -SO2-(C1-6)alkyl, -O-phenyl, -S-phenyl, -SO-phenyl and -Sθ2-phenyl, wherein the phenyl portion of the -O-phenyl, -S-phenyl, -SO-phenyl and -SO2-phenyl are each optionally substituted with one to five halo substituents; (b) (C3-7)cycloalkyl or (C3-7)cycloalkyl-(C1-4)alkyl-, each of which being optionally substituted with one to three substituents each independently selected from halo, (Ci-6)alkyl, aryl and hydroxyl; and
(c) phenyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, phenyl-(C1-6)alkyl- or Het-(C1-6)alkyl-, each of which being optionally substituted with one to three substituents each independently selected from (Ci.6)alkyl and hydroxyl; wherein Het is a 5- or 6-membered monocyclic heterocycle which is saturated, unsaturated or aromatic, containing one to three heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S.
20. The compound according to claim 19 wherein R35 is selected from (C1-8)alkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl-(C1^)alkyl-, phenyl-(C1-6)alkyl- and Het-(d-6)alkyl-, each of which being optionally substituted with hydroxyl.
21. The compound according to claim 20 wherein R36 is (C1-6)alkyl optionally substituted with hydroxyl.
22. The compound according to one or more of claims 1 to 21 wherein R4 is selected from methyl, ethyl, propyl, 1-methylethyl, butyl, 1-methylpropyl, 2-methylpropyl, 1 ,1-dimethylethyl, ethenyl, 1-propenyl, 2-propenyl, cyclopropy I methyl, cyclobutylmethyl, cyclopentylmethyl, cyclohexylmethyl, phenyl, naphthyl, Het, phenylmethyl, naphthylmethyl and Het-methyl; a) each of which optionally being substituted with one to three substituents each independently selected from fluoro and methyl; and b) each of which optionally being substituted with one or two substituents each independently selected from hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, methoxy, phenoxy and trifluoromethoxy; and c) each of which optionally being substituted with a substituent selected from chloro, bromo, cyano, nitro, -CO-NH2, -CO-NHCH3, -CO-N(CH3)2, -NH2, -NH(CH3) and -N(CH3)2; wherein Het is selected from thienyl, furyl, thiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, indolizinyl, isoindolyl, 3H-indolyl, indolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, tetrahydrothienyl, tetrahydrofuryl, thiadiazolyl, isoxazolyl, benzothienyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, and
Figure imgf000139_0001
23. The compound according to one or more of claims 1 to 21 wherein R4 is selected from cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl; a) each of which optionally being substituted with one, two or three fluoro substituents; and b) each of which optionally being substituted with one or two substituents each independently selected from hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, methoxy and trifluoromethoxy; and c) each of which optionally being substituted with a substituent selected from chloro, bromo, cyano, nitro, -CO-NH2, -CO-NHCH3, -CO-N(CH3)2, -NH2, -NH(CH3) and -N(CH3)2; and d) each of which being optionally substituted with (d-8)alkyl, wherein the (C1-8)alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from -O-(Ci.6)alkyl, hydroxy, halogen,
(C2-io)alkenyl, (C2-10)alkynyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl, (C4-r)cycloalkenyl, aryl, aryloxy, and aryl-(C1-4)alkyl-O-, wherein each of the aryl and aryloxy is optionally substituted with (Ci.6)alkyl.
24. The compound according to one or more of claims 1 to 21 wherein R4 is
-N(RN2)(RN1), wherein RN1 and RN2 are each independently selected from H, methyl, ethyl, propyl, 1-methylethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, 1-methylethoxy, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl and phenylmethyl; wherein the methyl, ethyl, propyl, 1-methylethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, 1-methylethoxy, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl and phenylmethyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from halogen,
Figure imgf000139_0002
hydroxy, cyano, O-(Ci-4)alkyl, -NH2, -NH(C1-4)alkyl, -N((CM)alkyl)2, -CO-NH2, -CO-NH(C1-4)alkyl, -CO-N((C1-4)alkyl)2, -COOH, and -COO(Ci-4)alkyl; or RN2 and RN1 are linked, together with the nitrogen to which they are bonded, to form a 3- 4-, 5- or 6-membered monocyclic saturated or unsaturated heterocycle, optionally containing from one to three further heteroatoms each independently selected from N, S and O1 and optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from halogen, (C1-4)alkyl, hydroxy, cyano, O-(C^)alkyl, -NH2, -NH(C1-4)alkyl, -N((C1-4)alkyl)2, -CO-NH2, -CO-NH(Ci.4)alkyl, -CO-N((C1-4)alkyl)2, -COOH, and -C00(Ci.4)alkyl.
25. The compound according to one or more of claims 1 to 21 wherein R4 is selected from methyl, ethyl, 1-methylethyl, propyl, ethenyl, cyclopropyl,
cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, Het, phenyl, ' .O , -N(CH3)-OCH3 and -N(CH3)2;
Figure imgf000140_0001
wherein Het is selected from 'T N) and , the Het being optionally substituted with phenoxy; and wherein the phenyl is optionally substituted with halogen; and wherein the cyclopropyl is optionally substituted at the 1 -position with methyl, ethyl, propyl or butyl, each of the methyl, ethyl, propyl and butyl being optionally further substituted with phenyl, (C3-6)cycloalkyl, (C2-6)alkenyl or (C1-4)alkoxy.
26. The compound according to claim 1 wherein n is 1 or 2; m is 1 or 2; R1 is (Ci-6)alkyl, (C2-6)alkenyl, or (C2-6)alkynyl; wherein the (C1-6)alkyl,
(C2-6)alkenyl, and (C2-6)alkynyl are optionally substituted at one or more substitutable positions with from one to three halogen atoms; R2 is selected from -NH-R20, -O-R20, -S-R20, -SO-R20, -SO2-R20,
-OCH2-R20, and -CH2O-R20, wherein R20 is aryl or Het, wherein the aryl and Het are optionally substituted with R200, wherein
R200 is one to four substituents each independently selected from H, halogen, cyano, (C1-6)alkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl, aryl-(C1-6)alkyl-, aryl, Het, oxo, thioxo, -OR201, -SR201, -SOR201, -SO2R201, -N(R202)R201, and -CON(R202)R201; wherein each of the alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl and Het is optionally further substituted with p2000.
R201 in each case is independently selected from H, (d^alkyl, aryl, (C2-4)alkenyl, (C2-4)alkynyl, -CO-(C1-6)alkyl and -CO-O-(C1-6)alkyl, wherein each of the alkyl and aryl is optionally further substituted with R2000;
R202 is H or (C1-6)alkyl; R2000 is one to three substituents each independently selected from halogen, R2003, aryl, Het, -OR2001, -SR2001, -SOR2001, -SO2R2001, cyano and -N(R2002)(R2001), wherein the aryl and Het are optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from (C1-6)alkyl and -O-(C1-6)alkyl; R2001 in each case is independently selected from aryl, aryl-(Ci-6)alkyl-,
-C(O)-R2003, -C(O)O-R2003, -CON(R2002XR2004) and R2004; R2002 in each case is independently selected from H and (C1-6)alkyl; R2003 in each case is independently selected from (C1-8)alkyl,
(C3-7)cycloalkyl or (C^cycloalkyKd-^alkyl-, wherein the (C3-7)cycloalkyl and (C3-7)cycloalkyl-(Ci-4)alkyl- are optionally substituted with one to three substituents each independently selected from (Ci.3)alkyl; and R2004 in each case is independently selected from H or R2003;
Figure imgf000141_0001
is selected from:
(i) -C(O)OR31 wherein R31 is (d-6)alkyl or aryl, wherein the
(d-βjalkyl is substituted with one to three halogen substituents; (ii) -C(O)NR32R33, wherein R32 and R33 are each independently selected from H, (C1-6)alkyl, and Het;
(iii) -SOyR34 wherein v is 1 or 2 and R34 is selected from: (C1-6)alkyl, aryl, Het, and NR32R33 wherein R32 and R33 are as defined above; and
(iv) -C(O)-R36, wherein R36 is selected from (C1-6)alkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl-(C1-4)alkyl-, aryl and aryl-(Ci.6)alkyl-, each of which are optionally substituted at one to three substitutable positions with one or more substituents each independently selected from halo, (C1-6)alkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl, Het, -O-(d.6)alkyl, hydroxyl, and aryl;
Figure imgf000142_0001
(C3-7)cycloalkyl-(C1-6)alkyl-, aryl, Het, aryl-(C1-4)alkyl-, or Het-(C1-4)alkyl-; a) the (C1-6)alkyl, (C2-6)alkenyl, aryl, Het, (C3-7)cycloalkyl-(Ci-6)alkyl-,
Figure imgf000142_0002
and Het-(C1-4)alkyl- optionally being substituted with nitro or substituted with one to three substituents each independently selected from halogen, hydroxy, cyano, (C1-6)alkyl, O-(C1-6)alkyl, O-aryl, -CO-NH2, -CO-NH(Ci_4)alkyl, -CO-N((Ci-4)alkyl)2, -NH2, -NH(C^)alkyl and -N((C1-4)alkyl)2, wherein the (Ci-6)alkyl and O-CC^alkyl are optionally substituted with one to three halogen substituents; and b) the (C^cycloalkyl being optionally substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from nitro, halogen, hydroxy, cyano, -O-(C1-6)alkyl, (C2-4)alkenyl, -OCF3, -NH2, -NH(Ci-4)alkyl, -N((C^)alkyl)2, tri(C1-6)alkylsilyl, R41, -C(=O)-R41,
-C(=O)OR41, -C(=O)N(R42)R41, -SO2R41, and -OC(=O)-R41; wherein R41 in each case is independently selected from: i) H, (C3.7)cycloalkyl, (C4-7)cycloalkenyl, Het, or aryl-(C^)alkyl-O-; ii) aryl or aryloxy, each of which being optionally substituted with (C1-β)alkyl; and iii) (Ci-8)alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from -O-(Ci-6)alkyl, hydroxy, halogen, (C2.io)alkenyl, (C2.10)alkynyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl, (C4-7)cycloalkenyl, aryl,
Het, aryloxy, and aryl-(C1-4)alkyl-O-, wherein each of the aryl and aryloxy is optionally substituted with (C1-6)alkyl; and
R42 is selected from H and (Ci-6)alkyl; or R4 is -N(RN2)(RN1), wherein RN1 and RN2 are each independently selected from H, (C1-6)alkyl, (C^cycloalkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl-(C1-6)alkyl-, aryl and aryl-(d-6)alkyl-; wherein the (C1-6)alkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl-(C1-6)alkyl-, aryl and aryl-(Ci-6)alkyl- are optionally substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from halogen, (d-6)alkyl, hydroxy, cyano, O-(Ci-6)alkyl, -NH2, -NH(C1-4)alkyl, -N((C^)alkyl)2, -CO-NH2, -CO-NH(CM)alkyl, -CO-N((C1-4)alkyl)2, -COOH, and -COO(C1-6)alkyl; or RN2 and RN1 are linked, together with the nitrogen to which they are bonded, to form a 3- to 7-membered monocyclic saturated or unsaturated heterocycle optionally fused to at least one other cycle to form a heteropolycycle, the heterocycle and heteropolycycle optionally containing from one to three further heteroatoms each independently selected from N, S and O, and being optionally substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from halogen, (Ci.6)alkyl, hydroxy, cyano, O-(C1-6)alkyl, -NH2, -NH(C1-4)alkyl, -N((C1-4)alkyl)2, -CO-NH2, -CO-NH(C1-4)alkyl, -CO-N((C1-4)alkyl)2, -COOH, and -COO(C1.6)alkyl; wherein Het as used herein is defined as a 3- to 7-membered heterocycle having 1 to 4 heteroatoms each independently selected from O, N and S, which may be saturated, unsaturated or aromatic, and which is optionally fused to at least one other cycle to form a 4- to 14-membered heteropolycycle having wherever possible 1 to 5 heteroatoms, each independently selected from O, N and S, the heteropolycycle being saturated, unsaturated or aromatic; with the proviso that when n is 1 ; m is 2; R1 is ethyl or ethenyl; and R2 is -O-R20, wherein R20 is Het, wherein the Het is selected from:
Figure imgf000143_0001
wherein the Het is optionally substituted with R200, wherein R200 is one or two substituents each independently selected from methyl, methoxy, chloro, fluoro, hydroxy, phenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 4- (dimethylamino)phenyl, 4-cyanophenyl, and a group selected from:
Figure imgf000144_0001
R4 is cyclopropyl optionally substituted with propyl, cyclopropylmethyl or phenylmethyl; and R3 is -COOR31; then R31 is not 1 ,1-dimethylethyl; or a racemate, diastereoisomer, or optical isomer thereof, including a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
27. The compound according to claim 1 wherein m is 2; n is 1 ;
R1 is (C2-6)alkenyl or (C2-6)alkyl; R2 is -O-R20 and R20 is Het selected from
Figure imgf000144_0002
wherein the Het is unsubstituted or substituted with R200, wherein
R200 is one to four substituents each independently selected from H, halogen, cyano, (C1-6)alkyl, aryl, Het, -OR201, -SR201, -SOR201 and -SO2R201; wherein
Figure imgf000144_0003
aryl and Het are each optionally further substituted with R2000;
R201 is in each case independently selected from (d.6)alkyl optionally further substituted with R2000;
R2000 is in each case independently one to three substituents each independently selected from halogen, R2003, aryl, Het, -OR2001, -SR2001, -SOR2001, -SO2R2001, cyano, and -N(R2002)(R2001); wherein the aryl and Het are each optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected
Figure imgf000144_0004
R2001 is in each case independently selected from aryl, aryl-(Ci-6)alkyl-,
-C(O)-R2003, -C(O)O-R2003, -CON(R2002XR2004) and R j2004. R2002 is in each case independently selected from H and (C1-6)alkyl; R2003 is in each case independently selected from (Ci-8)alkyl,
(C3-7)cycloalkyl and (C3-7)cycloalkyl-(Ci.4)alkyl-, wherein the (C3-7)cycloalkyl and (C3-7)cycloalkyl-(C1^)alkyl- are each optionally substituted with one to three substituents each independently selected from (Ci-3)alkyl;
R2004 is in each case independently selected from H and R2003; and Het is in each case independently a 5- 6- or 7-membered monocyclic saturated, unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle containing 1 to 4 heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S.
R3 is selected from:
(i) -C(O)OR31, wherein R31 is (C1-6)alkyl optionally substituted with one to three halogen substituents;
(ii) -C(O)NR32R33, wherein R32 and R33 are each independently selected from H, (Ci-6)alkyl, and Het, wherein Het is a 5- or 6- membered saturated, unsaturated or aromatic monocyclic heterocycle containing one to three heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S;
(iii) SOVR34, wherein v is 2 and R34 is selected from (d.6)alkyl and NR32R33, where R32 and R33 are each independently selected from H and (C1-6)alkyl; and (iv) -C(O)-R36 wherein R35 is selected from:
(a) (C1-8)alkyl optionally substituted with one to three substituents each independently selected from halo, hydroxyl, -O-(C1-6)alkyl, -S-(C1-6)alkyl, -SO-(C1-6)alkyl,
-SO2-(Ci-6)alkyl, -O-phenyl, -S-phenyl, -SO-phenyl and -SO2-phenyl, wherein the phenyl portion of the -O-phenyl, -S-phenyl, -SO-phenyl and -SO2-phenyl are each optionally substituted with one to five halo substituents;
Figure imgf000145_0001
which being optionally substituted with one to three substituents each independently selected from halo, (C1-6)alkyl, aryl and hydroxyl; and (C) phenyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, phenyl-(d-6)alkyl- or Het-(Cv6)alkyl-, each of which being optionally substituted with one to three substituents each independently selected from (d-βjalkyl and hydroxyl; and wherein Het is a 5- or 6-membered monocyclic heterocycle which is saturated, unsaturated or aromatic, containing one to three heteroatoms each independently selected from N, O and S;
R4 is selected from methyl, ethyl, propyl, 1-methylethyl, butyl, 1-methylpropyl, 2-methylpropyl, 1 ,1-dimethylethyl, ethenyl, 1-propenyl, 2-propenyl, cyclopropylmethyl, cyclobutylmethyl, cyclopentylmethyl, cyclohexylmethyl, phenyl, naphthyl, Het, phenylmethyl, naphthylmethyl and Het-methyl; a) each of which optionally being substituted with one to three substituents each independently selected from fluoro and methyl; and b) each of which optionally being substituted with one or two substituents each independently selected from hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, methoxy, phenoxy and trifluoromethoxy; and c) each of which optionally being substituted with a substituent selected from chloro, bromo, CF3, cyano, nitro, -CO-NH2, -CO-NHCH3, -CO-N(CHs)2, -NH2, -NH(CH3) and -N(CH3)2; wherein Het is selected from thienyl, furyl, thiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, indolizinyl, isoindolyl, 3H-indolyl, indolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, tetrahydrothienyl, tetrahydrofuryl, thiadiazolyl, isoxazolyl, benzothienyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl,
Figure imgf000146_0001
and or R4 is selected from cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl; a) each of which optionally being substituted with one to three fluoro substituents; and b) each of which optionally being substituted with one or two substituents each independently selected from hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, methoxy and trifluoromethoxy; and c) each of which optionally being substituted with a substituent selected from chloro, bromo, cyano, nitro, -CO-NH2, -CO-NHCH3, -CO-N(CH3)2, -NH2, -NH(CH3) and -N(CH3)2; and d) each of which being optionally substituted with (C1-8)alkyl, wherein the (C1-8)alkyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from -O-(C1-6)alkyl, hydroxy, halogen, (C2-i0)alkenyl, (C2-io)alkynyl, (C3-7)cycloalkyl, (C4-7)cycloalkenyl, aryl, aryloxy, and aryl-(C1-4)alkyl-O-, wherein each of the aryl and aryloxy is optionally substituted with (Ci.β)alkyl; or R4 is -N(RN2)(RN1), wherein RN1 and RN2 are each independently selected from H, methyl, ethyl, propyl, 1-methylethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, 1-methylethoxy, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl and phenylmethyl; wherein the methyl, ethyl, propyl, 1-methylethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, 1-methylethoxy, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl and phenylmethyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents each independently selected from halogen,
Figure imgf000147_0001
hydroxy, cyano, O-(Ci-4)alkyl, -NH2,
-NH(C^)alkyl, -N((Ci-»)alkyl)2, -CO-NH2, -CO-NH(C1-4)alkyl, -CO-N((C1-4)alkyl)2, -COOH, and -COO(C1-4)alkyl; or RN2 and RN1 are linked, together with the nitrogen to which they are bonded, to form a 3- 4-, 5- or 6-membered monocyclic saturated or unsaturated heterocycle, optionally containing from one to three further heteroatoms each independently selected from N, S and O, and optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents each independently selected from halogen, (C1-4)alkyl, hydroxy, cyano, O-(C^)alkyl, -NH2, -NH(C1-4)alkyl, -,N((Ci-4)alkyl)2, -CO-NH2, -CO-NH(Ci-4)alkyl,
-CO-N((C^)alkyl)2, -COOH, and -COO(Ci-4)alkyl; with the proviso that when R1 is ethyl or ethenyl; and R2 is -O-R20, wherein R20 is Het, wherein the Het is selected from:
Figure imgf000148_0001
wherein the Het is optionally substituted with R200, wherein R200 is one or two substituents each independently selected from methyl, methoxy, chloro, fluoro, hydroxy, phenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 4-(dimethylamino)phenyl, 4-cyanophenyl, and a group selected from:
Figure imgf000148_0002
R4 is cyclopropyl optionally substituted with propyl, cyclopropylmethyl or phenylmethyl; and R3 is -COOR31; then R31 is not 1,1-dimethylethyl.
28. A pharmaceutical composition comprising an anti-hepatitis C virally effective amount of a compound according to one or more of claims 1 to 27, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier medium or auxiliary agent.
29. The pharmaceutical composition according to claim 28 additionally comprising a therapeutically effective amount of at least one other antiviral agent.
30. A method of treating or preventing a hepatitis C viral infection in a mammal by administering to the mammal an anti-hepatitis C virally effective amount of a compound according to one or more of claims 1 to 27, a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a composition thereof.
31. Use of a compound according to one or more of claims 1 to 27, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the treatment or prevention of hepatitis C viral infection in a mammal.
32. Use of a compound according to one or more of claims 1 to 27, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment or prevention of hepatitis C viral infection in a mammal.
33. A method of inhibiting the replication of hepatitis C virus by exposing the virus to a hepatitis C viral NS3 protease inhibiting amount of the compound according to one or more of claims 1 to 27, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
34. Use of a compound according to one or more of claims 1 to 27, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, to inhibit the replication of hepatitis C virus.
35. An article of manufacture comprising a composition effective to treat an HCV infection or to inhibit the NS3 protease of HCV; and packaging material comprising a label which indicates that the composition can be used to treat infection by the hepatitis C virus; wherein the composition comprises a compound according to one or more of claims 1 to 27 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
36. A process for the preparation of a compound according to one or more of claims 1 to 27, comprising: a) reacting a compound of formula (II):
H2N\ so ^m R4
(H) wherein R4 and m are defined as in claim 1 , with a strong base so as to form the corresponding amide anion and b) reacting an azalactone of formula (III):
Figure imgf000150_0001
(III) wherein R1, R2, R3, and n are defined as in claim 1 , with the amide anion formed in step a).
37. An azalactone intermediate compound of formula (III):
Figure imgf000150_0002
(III) wherein R1, R2, R3 and n are defined as in claim 1.
38. Use of the intermediate azalactone according to claim 37 in the preparation of an HCV NS3 protease inhibitor peptide analog.
PCT/CA2005/001115 2004-07-20 2005-07-15 Hepatitis c inhibitor dipeptide analogs WO2006007700A1 (en)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CA2573219A CA2573219C (en) 2004-07-20 2005-07-15 Hepatitis c inhibitor dipeptide analogs
JP2007521757A JP4914354B2 (en) 2004-07-20 2005-07-15 Hepatitis C inhibitor peptide analog
EP05763539A EP1771453B1 (en) 2004-07-20 2005-07-15 Hepatitis c inhibitor dipeptide analogs

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US58943504P 2004-07-20 2004-07-20
US60/589,435 2004-07-20

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2006007700A1 true WO2006007700A1 (en) 2006-01-26

Family

ID=35784836

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CA2005/001115 WO2006007700A1 (en) 2004-07-20 2005-07-15 Hepatitis c inhibitor dipeptide analogs

Country Status (9)

Country Link
US (2) US7511157B2 (en)
EP (1) EP1771453B1 (en)
JP (1) JP4914354B2 (en)
AR (1) AR050430A1 (en)
CA (1) CA2573219C (en)
PE (1) PE20060381A1 (en)
TW (1) TW200615275A (en)
UY (1) UY29016A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2006007700A1 (en)

Cited By (66)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2006086381A2 (en) * 2005-02-08 2006-08-17 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis c virus inhibitors
WO2007019674A1 (en) 2005-08-12 2007-02-22 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Viral polymerase inhibitors
US7449479B2 (en) 2002-05-20 2008-11-11 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
WO2009076173A2 (en) 2007-12-05 2009-06-18 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Fluorinated tripeptide hcv serine protease inhibitors
WO2009076747A1 (en) 2007-12-19 2009-06-25 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Viral polymerase inhibitors
US7592336B2 (en) 2005-05-10 2009-09-22 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US7601686B2 (en) 2005-07-11 2009-10-13 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US7741281B2 (en) 2005-11-03 2010-06-22 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
WO2010080874A1 (en) 2009-01-07 2010-07-15 Scynexis, Inc. Cyclosporine derivative for use in the treatment of hcv and hiv infection
US7763584B2 (en) 2006-11-16 2010-07-27 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US7772183B2 (en) 2005-10-12 2010-08-10 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US7772180B2 (en) 2006-11-09 2010-08-10 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US7816348B2 (en) 2006-02-03 2010-10-19 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Viral polymerase inhibitors
WO2010132163A1 (en) 2009-05-13 2010-11-18 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Macrocyclic compounds as hepatitis c virus inhibitors
US7888464B2 (en) 2006-11-16 2011-02-15 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US7897622B2 (en) 2006-08-17 2011-03-01 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Viral polymerase inhibitors
US7906619B2 (en) 2006-07-13 2011-03-15 Achillion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 4-amino-4-oxobutanoyl peptides as inhibitors of viral replication
US7935670B2 (en) 2006-07-11 2011-05-03 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US7964560B2 (en) 2008-05-29 2011-06-21 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US8003604B2 (en) 2006-11-16 2011-08-23 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
EP2364984A1 (en) 2005-08-26 2011-09-14 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Inhibitors of serine proteases
US8044023B2 (en) 2008-05-29 2011-10-25 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US8044087B2 (en) 2008-09-29 2011-10-25 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US8163693B2 (en) 2007-09-24 2012-04-24 Achillion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Urea-containing peptides as inhibitors of viral replication
US8163921B2 (en) 2008-04-16 2012-04-24 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US8178491B2 (en) 2007-06-29 2012-05-15 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Antiviral compounds
US8202996B2 (en) 2007-12-21 2012-06-19 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Crystalline forms of N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-3-methyl-L-valyl-(4R)-4-((7-chloro-4-methoxy-1-isoquinolinyl)oxy)-N- ((1R,2S)-1-((cyclopropylsulfonyl)carbamoyl)-2-vinylcyclopropyl)-L-prolinamide
US8207341B2 (en) 2008-09-04 2012-06-26 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Process or synthesizing substituted isoquinolines
US8242140B2 (en) 2007-08-03 2012-08-14 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Viral polymerase inhibitors
US8273709B2 (en) 2007-12-14 2012-09-25 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Triazole-containing macrocyclic HCV serine protease inhibitors
US8283310B2 (en) 2008-12-15 2012-10-09 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US8293705B2 (en) 2007-12-21 2012-10-23 Avila Therapeutics, Inc. HCV protease inhibitors and uses thereof
US8304385B2 (en) 2007-11-14 2012-11-06 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Macrocyclic tetrazolyl hepatitis C serine protease inhibitors
US8309685B2 (en) 2007-12-21 2012-11-13 Celgene Avilomics Research, Inc. HCV protease inhibitors and uses thereof
US8314141B2 (en) 1996-10-18 2012-11-20 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Inhibitors of serine proteases, particularly hepatitis C virus NS3 protease
US8343477B2 (en) 2006-11-01 2013-01-01 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Inhibitors of hepatitis C virus
US8372802B2 (en) 2008-03-20 2013-02-12 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Fluorinated macrocyclic compounds as hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US8383583B2 (en) 2007-10-26 2013-02-26 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Macrocyclic, pyridazinone-containing hepatitis C serine protease inhibitors
US8435984B2 (en) 2007-02-26 2013-05-07 Achillion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Tertiary amine substituted peptides useful as inhibitors of HCV replication
US8513186B2 (en) 2007-06-29 2013-08-20 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Antiviral compounds
US8563505B2 (en) 2008-09-29 2013-10-22 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
EP2674417A2 (en) 2007-11-21 2013-12-18 Decode Genetics EHF Biaryl PDE4 inhibitors for treating inflammation
US8614180B2 (en) 2008-12-10 2013-12-24 Achillion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 4-amino-4-oxobutanoyl peptides as inhibitors of viral replication
US8691757B2 (en) 2011-06-15 2014-04-08 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US8778877B2 (en) 2007-12-21 2014-07-15 Celgene Avilomics Research, Inc. HCV protease inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2014145095A1 (en) 2013-03-15 2014-09-18 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Macrocyclic and bicyclic inhibitors of hepatitis c virus
US8957203B2 (en) 2011-05-05 2015-02-17 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US8993595B2 (en) 2009-04-08 2015-03-31 Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Macrocyclic serine protease inhibitors
US9006423B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2015-04-14 Achillion Pharmaceuticals Inc. Process for making a 4-amino-4-oxobutanoyl peptide cyclic analogue, an inhibitor of viral replication, and intermediates thereof
US9049878B2 (en) 2010-04-02 2015-06-09 Senomyx, Inc. Sweet flavor modifier
US9085607B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2015-07-21 Achillion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. ACH-0142684 sodium salt polymorph, composition including the same, and method of manufacture thereof
US9115175B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2015-08-25 Achillion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Processes for Producing sovaprevir
US9163061B2 (en) 2007-12-21 2015-10-20 Celgene Avilomics Research, Inc. HCV protease inhibitors and uses thereof
US9227952B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2016-01-05 Achillion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Sovaprevir polymorphs and methods of manufacture thereof
US9284307B2 (en) 2009-08-05 2016-03-15 Idenix Pharmaceuticals Llc Macrocyclic serine protease inhibitors
US9334279B2 (en) 2012-11-02 2016-05-10 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
EP3020723A1 (en) 2010-09-21 2016-05-18 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Macrocyclic proline derived hcv serine protease inhibitors
US9353100B2 (en) 2011-02-10 2016-05-31 Idenix Pharmaceuticals Llc Macrocyclic serine protease inhibitors, pharmaceutical compositions thereof, and their use for treating HCV infections
US9409943B2 (en) 2012-11-05 2016-08-09 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US9499550B2 (en) 2012-10-19 2016-11-22 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US9580463B2 (en) 2013-03-07 2017-02-28 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US9598433B2 (en) 2012-11-02 2017-03-21 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US9643999B2 (en) 2012-11-02 2017-05-09 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US9834544B2 (en) 2010-04-02 2017-12-05 Senomyx, Inc. Sweet flavor modifier
WO2018065288A1 (en) 2016-10-07 2018-04-12 Bayer Cropscience Aktiengesellschaft 2-[2-phenyl-1-(sulfonyl-methyl)-vinyl]-imidazo-[4,5-b] pyridine derivatives and related compounds as pesticides in plant protection
US11339128B2 (en) 2014-11-07 2022-05-24 Firmenich Incorporated Substituted 4-amino-5-(cyclohexyloxy)quinoline-3-carboxylic acids as sweet flavor modifiers

Families Citing this family (22)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7176208B2 (en) * 2003-04-18 2007-02-13 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Quinoxalinyl macrocyclic hepatitis C serine protease inhibitors
UY28323A1 (en) * 2003-05-21 2004-12-31 Boehringer Ingelheim Int INHIBITING COMPOUNDS OF HEPATITIS C
US7491794B2 (en) * 2003-10-14 2009-02-17 Intermune, Inc. Macrocyclic compounds as inhibitors of viral replication
UY29016A1 (en) 2004-07-20 2006-02-24 Boehringer Ingelheim Int ANALOGS OF INHIBITING DIPEPTIDES OF HEPATITIS C
WO2006007708A1 (en) * 2004-07-20 2006-01-26 Boehringer Engelheim International Gmbh Hepatitis c inhibitor peptide analogs
EP1695973A1 (en) * 2005-02-24 2006-08-30 Neuro3D Ocaperidone salt and pharmaceutical compositions containing the same
US20090148407A1 (en) * 2005-07-25 2009-06-11 Intermune, Inc. Novel Macrocyclic Inhibitors of Hepatitis C Virus Replication
ATE493409T1 (en) 2005-10-11 2011-01-15 Intermune Inc COMPOUNDS AND METHODS FOR INHIBITING HEPATITIS C VIRUS REPLICATION
RU2008152171A (en) 2006-07-05 2010-08-10 Интермьюн, Инк. (Us) NEW HEPATITIS C VIRAL REPLICATION INHIBITORS
US7718612B2 (en) * 2007-08-02 2010-05-18 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Pyridazinonyl macrocyclic hepatitis C serine protease inhibitors
EA200970493A1 (en) * 2006-11-17 2009-10-30 Тиботек Фармасьютикалз Лтд. MACROCYCLIC INHIBITORS OF HEPATITIS C VIRUS
EP2185524A1 (en) 2007-05-10 2010-05-19 Intermune, Inc. Novel peptide inhibitors of hepatitis c virus replication
AU2009210789B2 (en) * 2008-02-04 2014-01-30 Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Macrocyclic serine protease inhibitors
US8188098B2 (en) * 2008-05-19 2012-05-29 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. GPR119 receptor agonists
UY32099A (en) * 2008-09-11 2010-04-30 Enanta Pharm Inc HEPATITIS C SERINA PROTEASAS MACROCYCLIC INHIBITORS
NZ592705A (en) * 2008-12-10 2013-02-22 Achillion Pharmaceuticals Inc 4-amino-4-oxobutanoyl peptide cyclic analogues, inhibitors of viral replication
CN103380132B (en) 2010-12-30 2016-08-31 益安药业 Phenanthridines macrocyclic hepatitis C serine protease inhibitors
CA2822556A1 (en) 2010-12-30 2012-07-05 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc Macrocyclic hepatitis c serine protease inhibitors
US10201584B1 (en) 2011-05-17 2019-02-12 Abbvie Inc. Compositions and methods for treating HCV
WO2015103490A1 (en) 2014-01-03 2015-07-09 Abbvie, Inc. Solid antiviral dosage forms
US9957233B1 (en) 2016-08-05 2018-05-01 Calitor Sciences, Llc Process for preparing substituted quinolin-4-ol compounds
TW202128161A (en) 2019-10-18 2021-08-01 美國加利福尼亞大學董事會 Compounds and methods for targeting pathogenic blood vessels

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CA2429359A1 (en) * 2000-11-20 2002-08-08 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis c tripeptide inhibitors
WO2003099316A1 (en) * 2002-05-20 2003-12-04 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Heterocyclicsulfonamide hepatitis c virus inhibitors
CA2486308A1 (en) * 2002-05-20 2003-12-04 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis c virus inhibitors
WO2004043339A2 (en) * 2002-05-20 2004-05-27 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Substituted cycloalkyl p1' hepatitis c virus inhibitors
WO2004101602A2 (en) * 2003-03-05 2004-11-25 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Hepatitis c inhibitor peptide analogs
WO2004103996A1 (en) * 2003-05-21 2004-12-02 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Hepatitis c inhibitor compounds

Family Cites Families (75)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US106559A (en) * 1870-08-23 Improvement in plows
US20503A (en) * 1858-06-08 Improvement in breech-loading fire-arms
DE3481913D1 (en) 1983-04-27 1990-05-17 Ici America Inc PROLIN DERIVATIVES.
US5164402A (en) 1989-08-16 1992-11-17 Pfizer Inc Azabicyclo quinolone and naphthyridinone carboxylic acids
JPH05155827A (en) 1991-12-09 1993-06-22 Banyu Pharmaceut Co Ltd Production of cis-2-aminocyclopropanecarboxylic acid derivative
AU689589B2 (en) 1994-06-02 1998-04-02 Hoechst Marion Roussel, Inc. Novel elastase inhibitors
DE4430601A1 (en) * 1994-08-22 1996-02-29 Beiersdorf Ag Cell adhesion peptides for modifying the adhesion behavior of eukaryotic cells to one another
US6159938A (en) * 1994-11-21 2000-12-12 Cortech, Inc. Serine protease inhibitors comprising α-keto heterocycles
DE4444893A1 (en) * 1994-12-16 1996-06-20 Merck Patent Gmbh Peptides and synthetic cell membranes
GB9517022D0 (en) 1995-08-19 1995-10-25 Glaxo Group Ltd Medicaments
DE19600034C2 (en) 1996-01-02 2003-12-24 Degussa 1,1,2-Trisubstituted cyclopropane compounds, process for their preparation and dihydroxyethyl-substituted 1-amino-cyclopropane-1-carboxylic acid
US5633388A (en) * 1996-03-29 1997-05-27 Viropharma Incorporated Compounds, compositions and methods for treatment of hepatitis C
WO1997043310A1 (en) 1996-05-10 1997-11-20 Schering Corporation Synthetic inhibitors of hepatitis c virus ns3 protease
EP2409985A3 (en) 1996-10-18 2013-05-01 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Inhibitors de serine proteases, especially of the NS3 protease of the hepatitis C virus
GB9623908D0 (en) 1996-11-18 1997-01-08 Hoffmann La Roche Amino acid derivatives
AU7127298A (en) 1997-04-14 1998-11-11 Emory University Serine protease inhibitors
GB9707659D0 (en) 1997-04-16 1997-06-04 Peptide Therapeutics Ltd Hepatitis C NS3 Protease inhibitors
JPH10298151A (en) 1997-04-30 1998-11-10 Japan Energy Corp Hepatitis c virus protease inhibitor
JP2002512625A (en) 1997-05-29 2002-04-23 メルク エンド カンパニー インコーポレーテッド Heterocyclic amide compounds as cell adhesion inhibitors
JPH1135478A (en) 1997-07-17 1999-02-09 Soyaku Gijutsu Kenkyusho:Kk Antihepatitis c viral agent and specific inhibitor of protease ns3 containing organic extract from plant of family compuestas
ES2234144T3 (en) 1997-08-11 2005-06-16 Boehringer Ingelheim (Canada) Ltd. ANALOGS OF INHIBITING PEPTIDES OF HEPATITIS C.
ES2241157T3 (en) 1997-08-11 2005-10-16 Boehringer Ingelheim (Canada) Ltd. INHIBITING PEPTIDES OF HEPATITIS C.
US6767991B1 (en) * 1997-08-11 2004-07-27 Boehringer Ingelheim (Canada) Ltd. Hepatitis C inhibitor peptides
JPH11127861A (en) 1997-10-29 1999-05-18 Japan Energy Corp Neutralized partial peptide of antibody against serine protease originated from hepatitis c virus
JP3612551B2 (en) 1997-11-07 2005-01-19 独立行政法人産業技術総合研究所 RNA molecule that inhibits NS3 protease of hepatitis C virus
SE9704543D0 (en) * 1997-12-05 1997-12-05 Astra Ab New compounds
IT1299134B1 (en) 1998-02-02 2000-02-29 Angeletti P Ist Richerche Bio PROCEDURE FOR THE PRODUCTION OF PEPTIDES WITH PROTEAS INHIBITING THE NS3 PROTEASIS OF THE HCV VIRUS, PEPTIDES SO OBTAINABLE AND PEPTIDES
GB9806815D0 (en) 1998-03-30 1998-05-27 Hoffmann La Roche Amino acid derivatives
EP1066247B1 (en) 1998-03-31 2006-11-22 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Inhibitors of serine proteases, particularly hepatitis c virus ns3 protease
JPH11292840A (en) 1998-04-06 1999-10-26 Soyaku Gijutsu Kenkyusho:Kk Norstatine derivative or its salt
US6455571B1 (en) * 1998-04-23 2002-09-24 Abbott Laboratories Inhibitors of neuraminidases
GB9809664D0 (en) * 1998-05-06 1998-07-01 Hoffmann La Roche a-Ketoamide derivatives
GB9812523D0 (en) 1998-06-10 1998-08-05 Angeletti P Ist Richerche Bio Peptide inhibitors of hepatitis c virus ns3 protease
US6323180B1 (en) 1998-08-10 2001-11-27 Boehringer Ingelheim (Canada) Ltd Hepatitis C inhibitor tri-peptides
AR022061A1 (en) 1998-08-10 2002-09-04 Boehringer Ingelheim Ca Ltd INHIBITING PEPTIDES OF HEPATITIS C, A PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION CONTAINING THEM, THE USE OF THE SAME TO PREPARE A PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION, THE USE OF AN INTERMEDIATE PRODUCT FOR THE PREPARATION OF THESE PEPTIDES AND A PROCEDURE FOR THE PREPARATION OF ANOGRAPH .
WO2000020400A1 (en) 1998-10-05 2000-04-13 Axys Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Novel compounds and compositions for treating hepatitis c infections
US6277830B1 (en) 1998-10-16 2001-08-21 Schering Corporation 5′-amino acid esters of ribavirin and the use of same to treat hepatitis C with interferon
GB9825946D0 (en) 1998-11-26 1999-01-20 Angeletti P Ist Richerche Bio Pharmaceutical compounds for the inhibition of hepatitis C virus NS3 protease
US6608027B1 (en) * 1999-04-06 2003-08-19 Boehringer Ingelheim (Canada) Ltd Macrocyclic peptides active against the hepatitis C virus
UA74546C2 (en) 1999-04-06 2006-01-16 Boehringer Ingelheim Ca Ltd Macrocyclic peptides having activity relative to hepatitis c virus, a pharmaceutical composition and use of the pharmaceutical composition
AU5920400A (en) 1999-07-07 2001-01-22 Du Pont Pharmaceuticals Company Cell-based assay systems for examining hcv ns3 protease activity
EP1206449A1 (en) 1999-07-26 2002-05-22 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Lactam inhibitors of hepatitis c virus ns3 protease
EP1206568A2 (en) 1999-08-30 2002-05-22 K.U. Leuven Research & Development Target for antiparasitic agents and inhibitors thereof
JP2001103993A (en) 1999-10-05 2001-04-17 Japan Energy Corp Cyclic peptide and serine protease inhibitor
GB9925955D0 (en) 1999-11-02 1999-12-29 Angeletti P Ist Richerche Bio Hcv n33 protease inhibitors
CA2390349A1 (en) 1999-12-03 2001-06-07 Bristol-Myers Squibb Pharma Company Alpha-ketoamide inhibitors of hepatitis c virus ns3 protease
AU2001234837A1 (en) 2000-02-08 2001-08-20 Schering Corporation Azapeptides useful in the treatment of hepatitis c
EP1261611A2 (en) 2000-02-29 2002-12-04 Bristol-Myers Squibb Pharma Company Inhibitors of hepatitis c virus ns3 protease
IL152022A0 (en) 2000-04-03 2003-04-10 Vertex Pharma Compounds useful as protease inhibitors and pharmaceutical compositions containing the same
KR20030036152A (en) 2000-04-05 2003-05-09 쉐링 코포레이션 Macrocyclic NS3-serine protease inhibitors of hepatitis C virus comprising N-cyclic P2 moieties
NZ521456A (en) 2000-04-19 2004-07-30 Schering Corp Macrocyclic NS3-Serine protease inhibitors of hepatitis C virus comprising alkyl and aryl alanine P2 moieties
IT1320536B1 (en) * 2000-07-13 2003-12-10 Bridgestone Firestone Tech UNISTAGE DRUM FOR THE FORMING OF A RADIAL TIRE FOR AGRICULTURAL PERVEICLES.
WO2002008251A2 (en) 2000-07-21 2002-01-31 Corvas International, Inc. Peptides as ns3-serine protease inhibitors of hepatitis c virus
HUP0303358A3 (en) 2000-07-21 2005-10-28 Schering Corp Novel peptides as ns3-serine protease inhibitors of hepatitis c virus and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
AR034127A1 (en) 2000-07-21 2004-02-04 Schering Corp IMIDAZOLIDINONES AS INHIBITORS OF NS3-SERINA PROTEASA OF THE HEPATITIS C VIRUS, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION, A METHOD FOR THEIR PREPARATION, AND THE USE OF THE SAME FOR THE MANUFACTURE OF A MEDICINAL PRODUCT
AR029851A1 (en) 2000-07-21 2003-07-16 Dendreon Corp NEW PEPTIDES AS INHIBITORS OF NS3-SERINA PROTEASA DEL VIRUS DE HEPATITIS C
DK1385870T3 (en) 2000-07-21 2010-07-05 Schering Corp Peptides as inhibitors of NS3 serine protease from hepatitis C virus
SV2003000617A (en) 2000-08-31 2003-01-13 Lilly Co Eli INHIBITORS OF PROTEASA PEPTIDOMIMETICA REF. X-14912M
US6846806B2 (en) 2000-10-23 2005-01-25 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Peptide inhibitors of Hepatitis C virus NS3 protein
GB0107924D0 (en) 2001-03-29 2001-05-23 Angeletti P Ist Richerche Bio Inhibitor of hepatitis C virus NS3 protease
US6867185B2 (en) 2001-12-20 2005-03-15 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Inhibitors of hepatitis C virus
CA2369711A1 (en) 2002-01-30 2003-07-30 Boehringer Ingelheim (Canada) Ltd. Macrocyclic peptides active against the hepatitis c virus
US7091184B2 (en) * 2002-02-01 2006-08-15 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Hepatitis C inhibitor tri-peptides
US6642204B2 (en) * 2002-02-01 2003-11-04 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Hepatitis C inhibitor tri-peptides
CA2370396A1 (en) * 2002-02-01 2003-08-01 Boehringer Ingelheim (Canada) Ltd. Hepatitis c inhibitor tri-peptides
CA2369970A1 (en) * 2002-02-01 2003-08-01 Boehringer Ingelheim (Canada) Ltd. Hepatitis c inhibitor tri-peptides
AU2003299519A1 (en) * 2002-05-20 2004-05-04 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis c virus inhibitors
US20040033959A1 (en) * 2002-07-19 2004-02-19 Boehringer Ingelheim Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Pharmaceutical compositions for hepatitis C viral protease inhibitors
US20050075279A1 (en) * 2002-10-25 2005-04-07 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Macrocyclic peptides active against the hepatitis C virus
WO2004101605A1 (en) * 2003-03-05 2004-11-25 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Hepatitis c inhibiting compounds
PE20050431A1 (en) 2003-09-22 2005-07-19 Boehringer Ingelheim Int MACROCYCLIC PEPTIDES ACTIVE AGAINST HEPATITIS C VIRUS
US7132504B2 (en) * 2003-11-12 2006-11-07 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
WO2006000085A1 (en) 2004-06-28 2006-01-05 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Hepatitis c inhibitor peptide analogs
UY29016A1 (en) 2004-07-20 2006-02-24 Boehringer Ingelheim Int ANALOGS OF INHIBITING DIPEPTIDES OF HEPATITIS C
WO2006007708A1 (en) 2004-07-20 2006-01-26 Boehringer Engelheim International Gmbh Hepatitis c inhibitor peptide analogs

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CA2429359A1 (en) * 2000-11-20 2002-08-08 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis c tripeptide inhibitors
WO2003099316A1 (en) * 2002-05-20 2003-12-04 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Heterocyclicsulfonamide hepatitis c virus inhibitors
CA2486308A1 (en) * 2002-05-20 2003-12-04 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis c virus inhibitors
WO2004043339A2 (en) * 2002-05-20 2004-05-27 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Substituted cycloalkyl p1' hepatitis c virus inhibitors
WO2004101602A2 (en) * 2003-03-05 2004-11-25 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Hepatitis c inhibitor peptide analogs
WO2004103996A1 (en) * 2003-05-21 2004-12-02 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Hepatitis c inhibitor compounds

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See also references of EP1771453A4 *

Cited By (96)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8314141B2 (en) 1996-10-18 2012-11-20 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Inhibitors of serine proteases, particularly hepatitis C virus NS3 protease
US8507722B2 (en) 2002-05-20 2013-08-13 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US8710229B2 (en) 2002-05-20 2014-04-29 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US7915291B2 (en) 2002-05-20 2011-03-29 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US7449479B2 (en) 2002-05-20 2008-11-11 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US9636375B2 (en) 2002-05-20 2017-05-02 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US8889871B2 (en) 2002-05-20 2014-11-18 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US8299094B2 (en) 2002-05-20 2012-10-30 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US9227940B2 (en) 2002-05-20 2016-01-05 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
WO2006086381A2 (en) * 2005-02-08 2006-08-17 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis c virus inhibitors
WO2006086381A3 (en) * 2005-02-08 2007-10-11 Bristol Myers Squibb Co Hepatitis c virus inhibitors
US7323447B2 (en) 2005-02-08 2008-01-29 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US7592336B2 (en) 2005-05-10 2009-09-22 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US7601686B2 (en) 2005-07-11 2009-10-13 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
WO2007019674A1 (en) 2005-08-12 2007-02-22 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Viral polymerase inhibitors
EP2366704A1 (en) 2005-08-26 2011-09-21 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Inhibitors of serine proteases
EP2364984A1 (en) 2005-08-26 2011-09-14 Vertex Pharmaceuticals Incorporated Inhibitors of serine proteases
US7772183B2 (en) 2005-10-12 2010-08-10 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US7741281B2 (en) 2005-11-03 2010-06-22 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US7816348B2 (en) 2006-02-03 2010-10-19 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Viral polymerase inhibitors
US7935670B2 (en) 2006-07-11 2011-05-03 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US7906619B2 (en) 2006-07-13 2011-03-15 Achillion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 4-amino-4-oxobutanoyl peptides as inhibitors of viral replication
US8785378B2 (en) 2006-07-13 2014-07-22 Achillion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Macrocyclic peptides as inhibitors of viral replication
US9610317B2 (en) 2006-07-13 2017-04-04 Achillion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 4-amino-4-oxobutanoyl peptides as inhibitors of viral replication
US9233136B2 (en) 2006-07-13 2016-01-12 Achillion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 4-amino-4-oxobutanoyl peptides as inhibitors of viral replication
US7897622B2 (en) 2006-08-17 2011-03-01 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Viral polymerase inhibitors
US8343477B2 (en) 2006-11-01 2013-01-01 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Inhibitors of hepatitis C virus
US7772180B2 (en) 2006-11-09 2010-08-10 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US8003604B2 (en) 2006-11-16 2011-08-23 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US7888464B2 (en) 2006-11-16 2011-02-15 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US7763584B2 (en) 2006-11-16 2010-07-27 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US8435984B2 (en) 2007-02-26 2013-05-07 Achillion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Tertiary amine substituted peptides useful as inhibitors of HCV replication
US8513186B2 (en) 2007-06-29 2013-08-20 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Antiviral compounds
US8809267B2 (en) 2007-06-29 2014-08-19 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Antiviral compounds
US8809266B2 (en) 2007-06-29 2014-08-19 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Antiviral compounds
US8178491B2 (en) 2007-06-29 2012-05-15 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Antiviral compounds
US8242140B2 (en) 2007-08-03 2012-08-14 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Viral polymerase inhibitors
US8163693B2 (en) 2007-09-24 2012-04-24 Achillion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Urea-containing peptides as inhibitors of viral replication
US8383583B2 (en) 2007-10-26 2013-02-26 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Macrocyclic, pyridazinone-containing hepatitis C serine protease inhibitors
US8304385B2 (en) 2007-11-14 2012-11-06 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Macrocyclic tetrazolyl hepatitis C serine protease inhibitors
EP2674417A2 (en) 2007-11-21 2013-12-18 Decode Genetics EHF Biaryl PDE4 inhibitors for treating inflammation
WO2009076173A2 (en) 2007-12-05 2009-06-18 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Fluorinated tripeptide hcv serine protease inhibitors
US8273709B2 (en) 2007-12-14 2012-09-25 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Triazole-containing macrocyclic HCV serine protease inhibitors
US8912182B2 (en) 2007-12-19 2014-12-16 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Viral polymerase inhibitors
US8541402B2 (en) 2007-12-19 2013-09-24 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Viral polymerase inhibitors
WO2009076747A1 (en) 2007-12-19 2009-06-25 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Viral polymerase inhibitors
US8476257B2 (en) 2007-12-19 2013-07-02 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Viral polymerase inhibitors
US8202996B2 (en) 2007-12-21 2012-06-19 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Crystalline forms of N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-3-methyl-L-valyl-(4R)-4-((7-chloro-4-methoxy-1-isoquinolinyl)oxy)-N- ((1R,2S)-1-((cyclopropylsulfonyl)carbamoyl)-2-vinylcyclopropyl)-L-prolinamide
US8309685B2 (en) 2007-12-21 2012-11-13 Celgene Avilomics Research, Inc. HCV protease inhibitors and uses thereof
US9676785B2 (en) 2007-12-21 2017-06-13 Celgene Car Llc HCV protease inhibitors and uses thereof
US8293705B2 (en) 2007-12-21 2012-10-23 Avila Therapeutics, Inc. HCV protease inhibitors and uses thereof
US9163061B2 (en) 2007-12-21 2015-10-20 Celgene Avilomics Research, Inc. HCV protease inhibitors and uses thereof
US8338606B2 (en) 2007-12-21 2012-12-25 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Crystalline forms of N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-3-methyl-L-valyl-(4R)-4-((7-chloro-4-methoxy-1-isoquinolinyl)oxy)-N-((1R,2S)-1-((cyclopropylsulfonyl)carbamoyl)-2-vinylcyclopropyl)-L-prolinamide
US8741837B2 (en) 2007-12-21 2014-06-03 Celgene Avilomics Research, Inc. HCV protease inhibitors and uses thereof
US8778877B2 (en) 2007-12-21 2014-07-15 Celgene Avilomics Research, Inc. HCV protease inhibitors and uses thereof
US9694086B2 (en) 2007-12-21 2017-07-04 Celgene Car Llc HCV protease inhibitors and uses thereof
US8372802B2 (en) 2008-03-20 2013-02-12 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Fluorinated macrocyclic compounds as hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US8163921B2 (en) 2008-04-16 2012-04-24 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US7964560B2 (en) 2008-05-29 2011-06-21 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US8044023B2 (en) 2008-05-29 2011-10-25 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US8877929B2 (en) 2008-09-04 2014-11-04 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Process for synthesizing substituted isoquinolines
US8357806B2 (en) 2008-09-04 2013-01-22 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Process for synthesizing substituted isoquinolines
US8207341B2 (en) 2008-09-04 2012-06-26 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Process or synthesizing substituted isoquinolines
US8044087B2 (en) 2008-09-29 2011-10-25 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US8563505B2 (en) 2008-09-29 2013-10-22 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US8614180B2 (en) 2008-12-10 2013-12-24 Achillion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 4-amino-4-oxobutanoyl peptides as inhibitors of viral replication
US9133115B2 (en) 2008-12-10 2015-09-15 Achillion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 4-amino-4-oxobutanoyl peptides as inhibitors of viral replication
US8283310B2 (en) 2008-12-15 2012-10-09 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
WO2010080874A1 (en) 2009-01-07 2010-07-15 Scynexis, Inc. Cyclosporine derivative for use in the treatment of hcv and hiv infection
US8993595B2 (en) 2009-04-08 2015-03-31 Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Macrocyclic serine protease inhibitors
WO2010132163A1 (en) 2009-05-13 2010-11-18 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Macrocyclic compounds as hepatitis c virus inhibitors
US9284307B2 (en) 2009-08-05 2016-03-15 Idenix Pharmaceuticals Llc Macrocyclic serine protease inhibitors
AU2011235069B2 (en) * 2010-04-02 2016-03-17 Senomyx, Inc. Sweet flavor modifier
US9834544B2 (en) 2010-04-02 2017-12-05 Senomyx, Inc. Sweet flavor modifier
US9902737B2 (en) 2010-04-02 2018-02-27 Senomyx, Inc. Sweet flavor modifier
US9049878B2 (en) 2010-04-02 2015-06-09 Senomyx, Inc. Sweet flavor modifier
EP3020723A1 (en) 2010-09-21 2016-05-18 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Macrocyclic proline derived hcv serine protease inhibitors
US9353100B2 (en) 2011-02-10 2016-05-31 Idenix Pharmaceuticals Llc Macrocyclic serine protease inhibitors, pharmaceutical compositions thereof, and their use for treating HCV infections
US8957203B2 (en) 2011-05-05 2015-02-17 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US9527885B2 (en) 2011-05-05 2016-12-27 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US8691757B2 (en) 2011-06-15 2014-04-08 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US9499550B2 (en) 2012-10-19 2016-11-22 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US9598433B2 (en) 2012-11-02 2017-03-21 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US9334279B2 (en) 2012-11-02 2016-05-10 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US9643999B2 (en) 2012-11-02 2017-05-09 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US9409943B2 (en) 2012-11-05 2016-08-09 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US9580463B2 (en) 2013-03-07 2017-02-28 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Hepatitis C virus inhibitors
US9481708B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2016-11-01 Achillion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Process for producing Sovaprevir
US9115175B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2015-08-25 Achillion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Processes for Producing sovaprevir
US9227952B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2016-01-05 Achillion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Sovaprevir polymorphs and methods of manufacture thereof
US9540346B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2017-01-10 Achillion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Sovaprevir polymorphs and methods of manufacture thereof
US9085607B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2015-07-21 Achillion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. ACH-0142684 sodium salt polymorph, composition including the same, and method of manufacture thereof
US9006423B2 (en) 2013-03-15 2015-04-14 Achillion Pharmaceuticals Inc. Process for making a 4-amino-4-oxobutanoyl peptide cyclic analogue, an inhibitor of viral replication, and intermediates thereof
WO2014145095A1 (en) 2013-03-15 2014-09-18 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Macrocyclic and bicyclic inhibitors of hepatitis c virus
US11339128B2 (en) 2014-11-07 2022-05-24 Firmenich Incorporated Substituted 4-amino-5-(cyclohexyloxy)quinoline-3-carboxylic acids as sweet flavor modifiers
WO2018065288A1 (en) 2016-10-07 2018-04-12 Bayer Cropscience Aktiengesellschaft 2-[2-phenyl-1-(sulfonyl-methyl)-vinyl]-imidazo-[4,5-b] pyridine derivatives and related compounds as pesticides in plant protection

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2008506719A (en) 2008-03-06
EP1771453A4 (en) 2009-03-18
JP4914354B2 (en) 2012-04-11
US20090156822A1 (en) 2009-06-18
US20060046965A1 (en) 2006-03-02
TW200615275A (en) 2006-05-16
US7511157B2 (en) 2009-03-31
CA2573219A1 (en) 2006-01-26
AR050430A1 (en) 2006-10-25
EP1771453A1 (en) 2007-04-11
US7767818B2 (en) 2010-08-03
PE20060381A1 (en) 2006-06-01
UY29016A1 (en) 2006-02-24
EP1771453B1 (en) 2012-05-30
CA2573219C (en) 2011-01-18

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP1771453B1 (en) Hepatitis c inhibitor dipeptide analogs
CA2573346C (en) Hepatitis c inhibitor peptide analogs
CA2549851C (en) Macrocyclic peptides active against the hepatitis c virus
JP4914348B2 (en) Hepatitis C inhibitor peptide analog
CA2536182C (en) Macrocyclic peptides active against the hepatitis c virus
EP1910378B1 (en) Hepatitis c inhibitor peptide analogs
CA2522577C (en) Hepatitis c inhibitor compounds
EP1601685A1 (en) Hepatitis c inhibiting compounds
JP2012502925A (en) Hepatitis C inhibitor compound

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AE AG AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BW BY BZ CA CH CN CO CR CU CZ DE DK DM DZ EC EE EG ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KM KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MA MD MG MK MN MW MX MZ NA NG NI NO NZ OM PG PH PL PT RO RU SC SD SE SG SK SL SM SY TJ TM TN TR TT TZ UA UG US UZ VC VN YU ZA ZM ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): BW GH GM KE LS MW MZ NA SD SL SZ TZ UG ZM ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IS IT LT LU LV MC NL PL PT RO SE SI SK TR BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GQ GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2005763539

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2573219

Country of ref document: CA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2007521757

Country of ref document: JP

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 2005763539

Country of ref document: EP